Apollo 12 Preliminary Science Report

NASA SP-235
Science
I NATIONAL AERONAUTICS
AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
APOLLO 12 PRELIMINARY SCIENCE REPORT
I Apollo 12 astronaut drives a core tube into lunar surface for scientific exploration of the Moon.
NASA SP-235
Preliminary Science Report
PREPARED BY
NASA MANNED SPACECRAFT CENTER
Scientific and Technical Information Division

OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION 1970
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
Washington, D.C.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The material submitted for the "Apollo 12 Prelim-

inary Science Report" was reviewed by a NASA Manned
Spacecraft Center Editorial Review Board consisting of
the following members: Anthony J. Calio (Chairman),
John W. Harris, John H. Langford, R. Mercer, Jamie L.
Moon, Scott H. Simpkinson, William K. Stephenson,
Jeffrey L. Warner, and Julian M. West.
For sale by the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield, Virginia 22151
CFSTI price $3.00 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 73-606625

Foreword
OUR SECOND JOURNEY to the Moon opened the new age of extraterrestrial scientific
exploration by man. Going beyond Apollo 11, which demonstrated to an eager
world that astronauts can set foot on a celestial body and return safely to Earth,
Apollo 12 concentrated on a systematic scientific sampling designed to help
unlock some of the secrets of the solar system's origin and early history.
At Apollo 12's destination we had in the spring of 1967 landed Surveyor 3,
a spiderlike mechanical creature with three legs, a clawlike arm, and a roving
TV eye. Less than 3 years later, Pete Conrad and Alan Bean landed their lunar
module Intrepid with precision a few thousand feet from Surveyor 3, enabling
them to disassemble parts exposed to the lunar environment for a known time
for later analysis back on Earth. This was but a single task in a long series of
tasks the astronauts had to perform, but to me this precise landing so close to
a preselected site a quarter of a million miles from Earth points up the marvelous
inseparability of mechanical and scientific capabilities in space exploration.
This document, like the initial report of the first manned landing, relates
the preliminary scientific observations resulting from the mission of Apollo 12.
Further study and more detailed analysis will undoubtedly produce additional
significant results, just as additional manned landings will undoubtedly reveal
new mechanical and scientific marvels.
THOMAS O. PAINE
Administrator
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
JUNE 1, 1970
V
Contents
PAGE
INTRODUCTION ix
A. I. Calio
MISSION DESCRIPTION xi
W. K. Stephenson
SUMMARY OF SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 1

Gene Simmons and A. I. Calio
I PHOTOGRAPHIC SUMMARY OF THE APOLLO 12 MISSION 7

L. C. Wade
2 CREW OBSERVATIONS 29
Alan L. Bean, Charles Conrad, It., and Richard F. Gordon
3 PASSIVE SEISMIC EXPERIMENT 39

Gary V. Latham, Maurice Ewing, Frank Press,
George Sutton, ]ames Dorman, Yosio Nakamura,
Nafi Toksoz, Ralph Wiggins, and Robert Kovach
4 LUNAR SURFACE MAGNETOMETER EXPERIMENT 55

P. Dyal, C. W. Parkin, and C. P. Sonett
5 THE SOLAR-WIND SPECTROMETER EXPERIMENT 75

Conway W. Snyder, Douglas R. Clay, and Marcia Neugebauer
6 SUPRATHERMAL ION DETECTOR EXPERIMENT (LUNAR

IONOSPHERE DETECTOR) 83
l. W. Freeman, It., H. Balsiger, and H. K. Hills
7 COLD CATttODE GAGE (LUNAR ATMOSPHERE DETECTOR) 93

F. S. lohnson, D. E. Evans, and 1. M. Carroll
8 THE SOLAR-WIND COMPOSITION EXPERIMENT 99

I. Geiss, P. Eberhardt, P. Signer, F. Buehler, and 1. Meister
9 APOLLO 12 MULTISPECTRAL PHOTOGRAPHY EXPERIMENT 103

A. F. H. Goetz, F. C. BiUingsley, E. Yost, and T. B. McCord
10 PRELIMINARY GEOLOGIC INVESTIGATION OF THE

APOLLO 12 LANDING SITE 113
PART A. GEOLOGY OF THE APOLLO 12 LANDING SITE 113
E. M. Shoemaker, R. M. Batson, A. L. Bean, C. Conrad, Jr.,

D. H. Dahlem, E. N. Goddard, M. H. Hait, K. B. Larson,
G. G. Schaber, D. L. Schleicher, R. L. Sutton,
G. A. Swann, and A. C. Waters
PART B. PHOTOMETRIC AND POLARIMETRIC PROPERTIES OF
THE LUNAR REGOLITH 157

H. E. Holt and 1. I. Rennilson
vii
PAGE
PART C. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE LUNAR REGOLITH 161

R_ F. Scott, W. D. Carrier, N. C. Costes, and 1. K. Mitchell
11 LUNAR SURFACE CLOSEUP STEREOSCOPIC

PHOTOGRAPHY 183
T. Gold, F. Pearce, and R. 1ones
12 PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION OF LUNAR SAMPLES 189

The Lunar Sample Preliminary Examination Team
13 PRELIMINARY RESULTS FROM SURVEYOR 3 ANALYSIS 217

R. E. Benson, B. G. Cour-Palais, L. E. Giddings, ]r.,
Stephen lacobs, P. H. ]ohnson, I. R. Martin,
F. I. Mitchell, and K. A. Richardson
APPENDIX A-GLOSSARY OF TERMS 225
APPENDIX B - ACRONYMS 227
°°°
VIII
Introduction
ThE APOLLO 11 MISSION, primarily designed to land men on the Moon and return
them safely to Earth, signaled a new phase of the manned space program. Based
on the success of Apollo 11, the first of a series of missions designed for the
systematic exploration of the Moon was successfully accomplished on Apollo 12.
The fact that the Apollo 12 astronauts were able to achieve a pinpoint landing
at a preselected site, and then spend an extended time on the lunar surface,
graphically illustrates the rapid progress of the Apollo program.
The Apollo 12 mission added significantly to man's knowledge of the Moon.
The precise landing capability allowed the crew to accomplish a wide variety
of preplanned tasks and paved the way for planning future missions to smaller,
more selected landing areas with the possibility of significant scientific returns.
The Apollo 12 mission also benefited lunar orbital science. By changing the
orbital plane of the command and service module (CSM) twice, once for rendez-
vous and once to accomplish photographic tasks, the crew demonstrated the
capability to explore new areas of the lunar surface during orbital operations.
Future flights will take advantage of this capability to photograph additional
potential landing sites and to make scientific observations of the surface, both
visually and photographically. The success of the Apollo 12 crew in lunar orbit
allowed an increase in the planned orbital activities for the Apollo 13 mission.
The large quantity of lunar soil and rocks brought back by the Apollo 12 astro-
nauts will add to the detailed scientific information already obtained from the
Apollo 11 samples. The emplaced scientific experiments have yielded consider-
able geophysical data that were unavailable prior to the Apollo 12 mission. With
the landing of future missions, a network of scientific instruments will be created
that will greatly enhance the gathering of data. This report is preliminary and
covers only the initial scientific results of the Apollo 12 mission. A great deal of
work remains for the scientists involved to interpret and understand the returned
lunar material and the data being constantly transmitted from the Apollo 12
scientific experiments on the Moon.
h. J. CALIO
NASA Manned Spacecraft Center
ix
Mission Description
W. K. Stephenson a
The Apollo 12 mission was the second manned The first of the two planned extravehicular
lunar landing mission. Its objective was to per- activity periods began at 115 hr g.e.t. A color
form detailed scientific lunar exploration. television camera mounted on the descent stage
The space vehicle with a crew of Charles Con- provided live television coverage of the descent
rad, Jr., the commander; Richard F. Gordon, the of both astronauts to the lunar surface. A con-
command module pilot; and Alan L. Bean, the tingency sample of lunar soil was collected by
lunar module pilot, was launched from Kennedy the commander and p_aced aboard the lunar mod-
Space Center, Fla., at 11:22:00 a.m.e.s.t. (16: ule prior to the descent of the lunar module pilot.
22:00 G.m.t.) on November 14, 1969. The activi- Live television coverage was subsequently lost
ties during Earth-orbital checkout, translunar because of the inadvertent pointing of the cam-
injection, and translunar coast were similar to era at the Sun. The crew emplaced the U.S. flag
those of Apollo 11, except for the special atten- and the solar-wind composition experiment.
tion given to verifying all spacecraft systems as a Then, the Apollo lunar surface experiments were
result of the electrostatic discharges shortly after deployed at a safe distance away from the lunar
launch at 36.5 and 52 sec ground elapsed time module. Additional lunar surface samples, in-
(g.e.t.). All equipment checked perfectly, so cluding core-tube specimens, were collected. The
permission to proceed was given. Only one mid- first extravehicular activity period, lasting ap-
course correction, applied at 31 hr g.e.t, to place proximately 4 hr, was recorded with the color
the spacecraft on the planned non-free-return still cameras and the sequence camera and by
trajectory, was required prior to lunar orbit stereoscopic and panoramic views taken with the
insertion. still cameras. Upon return to the lunar module,
The spacecraft was inserted into an elliptical the crew replenished the portable life-support
lunar orbit at 83.5 hr g.e.t., and the orbit was systems and, after a planned 7-hr rest period,
circularized two revolutions later. Following un- prepared for the second extravehicular activity
docking of the command and service module period.
and the lunar module, the descent orbit began at The second extravehicular activity period be-
109.5 hr g.e.t. One hour later, a precision land- gan at 131.5 hr g.e.t, with the descent of the
ing was made using automatic guidance, with commander to the lunar surface. The lunar mod-
only small manual corrections required in the ule pilot followed shortly thereafter, and the two
final phases of descent. The touchdown occurred astronauts started the geology traverse. The trav-
at 110.5 hr g.e.t, at a point only 600 ft from the erse covered a distance of approximately 4300
target point, the Surveyor 3 spacecraft. The ft and lasted 3 hr 50 min. During the traverse,
landing coordinates were 3.2 ° south latitude and documented samples, core-tube samples, trench
23.4 ° west longitude in the Ocean of Storms. site samples, and gas analysis samples were col-
This precision landing is of great significance to lected. The crew photographed Surveyor 3,
the future lunar exploration program, because which landed on the lunar surface in April 1967.
landing points in rough terrain of great scientific Also, for scientific and engineering evaluation of
interest may now be targeted. the long-term effects of the lunar environment
on Earth-made materials, the crew retrieved a
"NASA Manned Spacecraft Center. painted tube, an unpainted tube, the television
xi
xii APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
camera,andthe Surveyor3 scoop.Stereoscopic that hadbeenemplacedduringthe first extra-

andblack-and-white still cameraswereusedto vehicularactivityperiod.
documentsamplecollectionandthetraverse.As Extensive landmarktrackingandphotography
onApollo11,crewmobilitywasexcellent through- wereperformedin lunar orbit. The lunar orbit
out the total 7-hr-and-46-min extravehicular photographywas conductedusing a 500-mm
activityperiod. long-range lensto obtainmappingandtraining
Anotherrestperiodanda final checkoutpre- datafor futuremissions.
cededthe liftoffof thelunarmoduleascentstage Transearthinjectionwas accomplished with
from the lunar surfaceat 142hr g.e.t.After a the servicepropulsionengineat 172.5hr g.e.t.
nominalrendezvous sequence, thetwospacecraft Duringtransearth coast,twosmallmidcourse cor-
weredockedat 145.5hr g.e.t.Followingcrew rectionswereexecuted, andthe entry sequence
transfer,the ascentstagewasremotelyguided was normal.The commandmodulelandedin
to impacton the lunar surfaceto providean the PacificOceanat 244.5hr g.e.t.The landing
activeseismicsourcefor the passiveseismicex- coordinates,as determinedfrom the onboard
periment.Impactoccurredat 150hr g.e.t.,ap- computer, were15o47 , south latitude and 165°11 '
proximately 40milesfromtheseismicequipment west longitude.
Summary ot Scientific Results
Gene Simmons a and A. I. Calio b
The Apollo 12 mission provided the first op- craters and on deposits of ejecta from them.
portunity in the scientific exploration of the Therefore, the samples returned to Earth contain
Moon to sample extensively the rocks within a a variety of material ejected from local craters.
radius of _/z km of the landing site, to obtain Some of the fine-grained material was derived
geologic data from firsthand observations made locally, and some probably from distant sources.
on the Moon, to measure on the surface of the The Apollo 12 results obtained to date are
Moon the vector components of the lunar mag- summarized in this section. The reader should
netic field, to measure the pressure of the lunar understand that these results are preliminary and
atmosphere, and to collect seismic data on the that the interpretation, especially, is Iikely to
interior of the Moon from the impact of the change in the future.
lunar module (LM) ascent stage. During the
two extravehicular activity (EVA) periods, a Surface Experiments
total duration of 7.5 hr, the astronauts collected Geology
three core tubes of lunar soil and additional sur-
Igneous rocks, breccias, and soils were col-
face samples along a geologic traverse. They ob- lected from a variety of local geologic features
tained material from the bottom of a shallow
that included a mound and several craters. Along
trench and brought back several items from the
several parts of the traverse made during the
Surveyor 3 spacecraft. The astronauts caught second EVA period, the astronauts found fine-
some of the solar wind in an aluminum foil, and
grained material of relatively high albedo that,
they obtained extensive photographs of the lunar at some places, was buried in the shallow sub-
surface and of crew activities by using 70-mm
surface and, at other places, was situated on the
Hasselblad cameras and a closeup stereoscopic surface. This light-gray material was specifically
camera.
reported to be at the surface near Sharp Crater
The Apollo 12 LM landed on the northwest and a few centimeters below the surface near
rim of the 200-m-diameter Surveyor Crater in
Head, Bench, and Block Craters. It is possible
the Ocean of Storms. The landing site was at
that some of this light-gray material may consti-
23.4 ° west longitude and 3.2 ° south latitude, ap- tute a discontinuous deposit that is observed
proximately 120 km southeast of the crater Lans-
telescopically as a Copernican ray.
berg and due north of the center of Mare Cogni- Small linear patterns similar to those at the
tum. The landing site is near a ray associated Apollo 11 site were noted in the surface. These
with the crater Copernicus, which is situated
patterns are probably caused by drainage of fine-
approximately 370 km to the north. The landing
grained material into fractures in the underlying
site is characterized by a distinctive cluster of
bedrock. This interpretation implies northeast-
craters that range in diameter from 50 to 400 m.
and northwest-trending joint sets in the bedrock
The traverses during the two EVA periods were
of the Apollo 11 site and north- and east-trending
generally made on or near the rims of these
joint sets in bedrock of the Apollo 12 site. The
lineated strips of ground reported by the crew
a NASA Manned Spacecraft Center and Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. probably reflect joint sets within larger fracture
b NASA Manned Spacecraft Center. zones in the bedrock.
2 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
Darkerregolithmaterialthat generallyover- of the measurements. The optical properties indi-

lies the light-graymaterialis only a few centi- cate that the lunar surface in the area of the
meters thick at some places,but probably Surveyor spacecraft has not received a new cov-
thickensgreatlyon therimsofsomecraters.The ering of dust nor been mechanically altered by
regolith varieslocally in the size,shape,and the lunar environment during the 30 months. A
abundance of constituentparticlesand in the significant change occurred in the reflectance of
presence or absence of patternedground.Most the Surveyor footpad imprint over the 30-month
of the localdifferences areprobablythe result span; the change may have been caused by
oflocalcrateringevents. microscopic mechanical alteration of the com-
The Apollo12siteis youngerthanthe Apollo pressed surface.
11landingsiteassuggested by the fewernum- In spite of local variations in soil texture, color,
ber of kilometer-size craters.The Apollo11site grain size, compactness, and consistency, the soil
has about2.37 times as many kilometer-size at the Apollo 12 site is similar in appearance and
cratersasdoesthe Apollo12 site. behavior to the soils encountered at the Apollo
Oneofthenotabledifferences betweenthe set 11 and Surveyor 3 equatorial landing sites. Al-
of rockscollectedat the Apollo12siteandthat though the deformation behavior of the surface
collectedattheApollo11site(TranquilityBase) material involves both compression and shear
is theratioof crystalline rockstobreccias. At the effects, the conclusion drawn earlier from the
Apollo12site the rockscollectedarepredomi- Surveyor 3 mission results-that the soil at the
nantlycrystalline, whereasat TranquilityBase, Surveyor 3 landing site is essentially incompress-
approximately half the rockscollectedarecrys- ible- is consistent with the consistency, com-
tallineandhalf aremicrobreccia. Thisdifference pactness, and average grain size of the soil at the
existsprobablybecause therocksfromtheApollo Surveyor 3 site, as assessed during the Apollo 12
12 landingsite werecollectedprimarilyon or EVA. There appears to be no direct correlation
nearcraterrims.Theregolithis thinonthecrater between crater slope angle and consistency of
rims,andmanyof therocksareprobablyderived soil cover. The latter depends mainly on the
from cratersthat havebeenexcavatedin the geologic history of the terrain feature and on
bedrockthatlieswell belowthe regolith.Tran- the local environmental conditions.
quility Basewas on a thick, matureregolith,
wheremanyoftheobserved rockfragments were Seismology
producedby shocklithificationof regolithma- No seismic signals with characteristics similar
terialandwereejectedfromcraterstoo shallow to terrestrial signals have been observed for the
to excavate bedrock. Moon. This fact is a major scientific result. The
Twomounds weresituatedin theareanorthof high sensitivity at which the lunar instruments
HeadCrater.Bothmoundsarevisibleonthehigh- were operated would have resulted in the detec-
resolutionLunar Orbiter photographs.These tion of many such signals if the Moon were as
moundsareprobablyclumpsof regolithmaterial seismically active as the Earth and had the same
that were slightly induratedby impact and transmission characteristics as the Earth. Thus,
ejectedfromoneof the nearbycraters-possibly the data obtained to date indicate that either
from HeadCrater.Bombardment by meteoritic seismic energy release is far less for the Moon
materialandby secondary impactsand,possibly, than for the Earth or the interior of the Moon is
the effectsof diurnal temperature changes have highly attenuating for seismic waves.
probably caused sloughing of the sides of the The LM ascent stage was impacted approxi-
mounds, which has resulted in their present mately 80 km E 24 ° S from the seismometer. The
ratl_t'r _mooth form. event was recorded on all three long-period seis-
Tile hmar surface materials near the Surveyor mometers. The signal amplitude increased slowly
3 spacecraft were examined for measurable and then decreased slowly. The signal continued
changes that might have occurred in photometric for approximately an hour. The coherence be-
properties during tile 30 months since the Sur- tween various signal components was quite low.
veyor landing. None occurred, within the limits None of the signal features was typical of anal-
SUMMARY
OFSCIENTIFIC
RESULTS
ogousterrestrialevents.The velocity of the first tail boundary, as indicated by the solar-wind

arrival was 3.1 to 3.5 km/see. spectrometer and by the lunar surface magne-
The passive seismic experiment has recorded tometer, are in agreement when comparison of
30 prolonged signals with a gradual buildup and data has been possible. Highly variable spectra
then a slow decrease in signal amplitude. Signals that may involve unexpected phenomena were
with these characteristics may imply transmis- observed on November 27, 1969, and at lunar
sions with very low attenuation and intense wave sunrise; otherwise, observations have been as
scattering-conditions that are mutually exclusive expected.
on Earth. Because of the similarity with the Suprathermal Ion Detector Experiment
signal from the impact of the LM ascent stage,
Preliminary analysis of data from the supra-
the 30 recorded signals are thought to be pro-
thermal ion detector reveals the following fea-
duced by meteoroid impacts of shallow moon-
tures: a concentration of ions in the 18- to
quakes. Most of the events that produced these
50-amu/q (mass-pet-unit-charge) range, the fre-
signals appear to have originated within 100 km
quent appearance of ions in the 10- to several-
of the Apollo lunar surface experiments package
hundred eV range, the sporadic appearance of
(ALSEP). The occurrence of signals with similar
1- to 3-keV ions early in the lunar night, and the
characteristics during both the Apollo 11 and 12
presence of solar-wind ions on the nightside of
missions greatly strengthens the present belief
the Moon approximately 4 days before lunar
that at least some signals observed, including the
sunrise, Energetic ion fluxes correlate well with
30 signals recorded by the seismometer, are likely
the impact of the LM ascent stage into the lunar
to be of natural origin.
surface. There is a strong suggestion that the
Magnetometer impact-released gases have been ionized and
accelerated by the solar wind. High background
TheApollo 12 magnetometer is a very sophisti-
count rates observed during the second lunar day
cated three-component fluxgate instrument. It is
may be indicative of large quantities of gas
the first magnetometer to be operated on the
escaping impulsively from the LM descent-stage
lunar surface. A permanent magnetic field of 36
tanks.
garhmas and a gradient of 4X10 -a gammas/cm
Cold Cathode Gage
were measured at the Apollo 12 site. The magni-
tude of the gradient is interpreted to mean that The ambient lunar atmospheric pressure is less
the local magnetic body must be at least 0.2 km than 8X10 -9 torr. The gas cloud around an
in size. The largest transient magnetic field meas- astronaut on the lunar surface exceeds the upper
ured in space at distances greater than a few range of the gage (approximately 10 -6 torr)
Earth radii, approximately 96 gammas, was re- when the gage is a distance of several meters
corded on November 26, 1969, when the Moon from the astronaut; however, no perceptible
was in the vicinity of the Earth magnetohydro- residual contamination at the 10 -8 torr level re-
dynamic bow shock. mains around the gage for longer than a few
minutes after the departure of the astronaut.
Solar-Wind Spectrometer
Examination of the data obtained from the Multispectral Photography Experiment
solar-wind spectrometer during the first 35 days The astronauts obtained a total of 142 black-
of operation indicates that the solar plasma at and-white photographs, taken with blue-, green-,
the lunar surface is superficially indistinguishable red-, and infrared-filtered cameras, that are suit-
from the solar plasma at some distance from the able for color-difference analysis. Two existing
Moon, both when the Moon is ahead of and when image data-reduction methods are being ex-
the Moon is behind the plasma bow shock of the panded to produce images that display greatly
Earth. No detectable plasma appears to exist in enhanced three-color contrast. Two-color differ-
the magnetospherie tail of the Earth or in the ence pictures have been produced, and the
shadow of the Moon. Times of passage through method is effective. The color enhancement of
the bow shock or through the magnetospheric- the Apollo 13 landing-site frame shows a lack of
4 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
colorvariation.TheframecontainingLalande,1 Experiments on Returned Materials

exhibitscolordifferences,
the first suchdiffer-
Returned Lunar Samples
encesto be detectedin high-resolutionphotog-
raphyof thelunarsurface,that canprobablybe Three categories of samples were collected on
attributedto compositional
variations. the lunar surface. The contingency sample was
collected early in the first EVA period in the
Lunar Surface Closeup Stereoscopic Photography vicinity of the LM. The selected sample was
The almost complete absence of dust on the collected, after deployment of the ALSEP, in the
surfaces of rocks, clearly evident in several of vicinity of the mounds and near Middle Crescent
the Apollo lunar surface stereoscopic camera Crater; and a core tube was driven into the
photographs taken during the Apollo 12 mission surface near the LM late in the first EVA period.
and in several similar photographs taken during The documented sample, collected along the
the Apollo 11 mission, is most remarkable. The geologic traverse during the second EVA period,
absence of dust cannot be attributed to any included a variety of rock and soil samples, one
cleansing effect of the exhaust gases from the single- and one double-core tube, the special
descent engine because shadowing would have environment and gas analysis samples, and sev-
to be evident, and shadowing is not evident in eral totebag samples that were brought back in a
any of the photographs. During the time re- totebag. One sample was grapefruit size.
quired to form the many impact holes on the Igneous rocks and breccias were collected on
surface of the rock, a similar number of impacts this mission. The igneous rocks are basaltic and
on the neighboring powdery ground would have vary widely in both texture and modal composi-
scattered much powder; and the average condition. Most of the igneous rocks fit a fractional
tion, if impacts were the only process, would have crystallization sequence that indicates either that
to be a substantial blanket of dust so that the loss they represent parts of a single intrusive se-
from the dust blanket by impacts equaled, in the quence or that they are samples of a number of
long run, the gain from material scattered from similar sequences.
nearby impacts. The almost complete absence of The breecias and fines have a higher carbon
dust on the rocks requires an explanation other content than the crystalline rocks, which is pre-
than such an equilibrium. It must be assumed sumably largely due to contributions of meteor-
that there is either a general removal of dust itie material and the solar wind. The level of
from the lunar surface that dominates all other indigenous organic material capable of volatili-
processes that distribute dust or that there is a zation or pyrolysis, or both, appears to be ex-
dust-transportation process over the lunar surface tremely low (_._10 to 200 ppb).
that has a strong tendency for downhill flow and The content of noble gas of solar-wind origin
in which the particles arc generally not lifted as is less in the fines and breeeias of the Apollo 12
rocks than in similar material from Tranquility
high (i.e., more than 5 or 10 cm) as the surfaces
Base. Tile breceias contain less solar-wind con-
of the rocks that exhibit the clean areas. The
tribution than the fines, which indicates either
latter possibility is more in accord with other
that the breceias were formed from fines that
observations, such as the scarcity of trenches
were lower in solar-wind noble-gas content than
adjoining rocks whose distribution clearly indi-
the fines presently at the surface or that the
cates that they fell to their present positions.
gases escaped during the process of formation.
The trench and pileup that must have been com-
The presence of nuclides produced by cosmic
mon in the soft soil surrounding a fallen rock rays shows that the rocks have been within 1 m
must thus be eradicated, yet at the same time, of the hmar surface for 1 to 200 million years.
no significant amount of material must be de- The preliminary 4°K-4°Ar measurements on ig-
posited on tile tops of the rocks. This is a strong neous rocks show that they crystallized 1.7 to
indication for a process of surface creep that may 2.7 billion years ago.
be a major process in the long-term evolution of The Apollo 12 breccias and fines arc chemi-
tile lunar surface. cally similar and contain only half the titanium
SUMMARY
OFSCIENTIFIC
RESULTS 5
contentof the Apollo11fines.The composition The chemistry of the Apollo 12 samples does
of the crystalline rocks is distinct from that of not resemble that of any known meteorite be-
the fines material in containing less nickel, po- cause nickel, in particular, is strikingly depleted.
tassium, rubidium, zirconium, uranium, and The Apollo 12 sample chemistry, however, has
thorium. The Apollo 12 rocks contain less tita- interesting similarities with the eucrites; and
nium, zirconium, potassium, and rubidium and there now seems to be a fairly good possibility
contain more iron, magnesium, and nickel than that rocks of chemistry similar to the eucritic
the Apollo 11 samples. Systematic variations meteorites are present on the Moon.
among the magnesium, nickel, and chromium The Apollo 12 material is enriched in many
contents occur in the crystalline rocks, but there elements by 1 to 2 orders of magnitude in com-
are only small differences in the potassium and parison with estimates of cosmic abundances.
rubidium contents. The mare material is clearly strongly fractionated
Comparison of the Apollo 12 samples from relative to most models of the composition of the
Oceanus Procellarum with the Apollo 11 samples primitive solar nebula.
from Mare Tranquillitatis shows that the chem- The K-Ar age of the Apollo 12 rocks is most
istry at the two mare sites is clearly related. Both interesting scientifically. The 4°K-4°Ar age of
sites show the distinctive features of high con- these rocks reinforces the possibility recognized
centrations of refractory elements and low con- from the data obtained on the Apollo 11 rocks,
tents of volatile elements; these two features that is, that the lunar maria are geologically very
most clearly distinguish lunar material from old. If the minimum ages established by the K-Ar
other material. This overall similarity indicates method are indicative of the true age of the
that the Apollo 11 sample composition is not Apollo 12 rocks, then the mare material in
unique. Taken in conjunction with the Surveyor Oceanus Procellarum at the Apollo 12 site is
5 and 6 chemical data, this similarity is sugges- approximately 1 billion years younger than that
tive of a similar chemistry for the maria basin at the Apollo 11 site. Although this K-At age is
fill. Unlike the Tranquility Base samples, the subject to various uncertainties, the younger age
element abundances in the fines of the Apollo 12 for the Apollo 12 material is consistent with
samples display a generally more fractionated geological observations. This large age difference
character than the rocks. The fine material and
indicates a prolonged period of mare filling.
the breccias are generally quite similar in com-
position and could not have formed directly Solar-Wind Composition Experiment
from the large crystalline rock samples. The The Apollo 12 foil had the same dimensions,
chemistry of the fine material is not uniform in general makeup, and trapping properties as the
the different maria.
Apollo 11 foil. Three small foil pieces were de-
The overall geochemical behavior of the lunar contaminated by ultrasonic means. It was found
rocks is consistent with the patterns observed
that a piece of the foil that had been shielded
during fractional crystallization in terrestrial ig-
from the solar wind had a 4He concentration per
neous rocks-a process that involves separation
unit area that was less than 1 percent of the con-
of olivine and pyroxene; depletion in the silicate
centrations found in the foil pieces exposed to
melt of the elements such as nickel and chro-
the solar wind. There is good agreement between
mium, which preferentially enter these mineral
the concentrations and the 4He/aHe ratios meas-
phases; and enrichment of the residual melt in
ured in two exposed foil pieces.
such elements as barium and potassium, which
are excluded from the early crystal fractions. The From the first two Apollo 12 foil pieces ana-
lyzed, the 4HE/3HE ratio is 2600-+-200 for the
slight degree of enrichment of barium and po-
tassium indicates an early stage of the fractional Apollo 12 exposure period. This value is higher
crystallization process. Whether these rocks form than the 4HeFHe ratio obtained thus far from
a related sequence or are a heterogeneous col- analyses of pieces of the Apollo 11 foil. Compar-
lection of similar origins cannot be answered ative analyses of pieces of foils from the two
from the chemical evidence. flights are being continued to confirm this differ-
6 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
ence.Actually,timevariationsin isotopicratios surprisingly low number (0 to 3) of high-

in the solarwind can be expected,and the velocity-impact pits of meteoritic origin. The
4He/3Heratio hasto be determined repeatedly majority of low-velocity-impact pits have been
to assess
the rangeof occurringvariationsbefore identified as resulting from the LM descent. The
an averagefor the present-day solarwind can Surveyor 3 spacecraft was found to be covered
beestablished.Thisaverage is ofhighastrophysi- with a light-brown coating that has been identi-
calsignificance,
because it canbecompared with fied as lunar dust. Other investigations in prog-
ancient4He/3He ratios derived from solar-wind ress are enginee_ring (cold welding) investiga-
gases trapped in the lunar surface or in meteorites. tions, radioactivity analysis of the Surveyor 3 TV
Preliminary results from the investigation of camera, dust analysis, and alpha-particle meas-
the returned Surveyor 3 components indicate a urements.
1. Photographic Summary o[ the Apollo 12 Mission
L. C. Wade a
The scientific, geologic, and photographic graphs of particular interest was that series of
objectives of the Apollo 12 mission were designed the Fra Mauro area taken during revolution 10.
to achieve the maximum return of lunar data. These photographs of the Apollo 13 landing site
The staytime on the lunar surface was increased showed the site at a 7 ° Sun elevation angle and
to accommodate two extravehicular activity will be used to train the Apollo 13 crew for
(EVA) periods. The photography accomplished their pinpoint landing, which will occur at
during the Apollo 12 mission was designed to approximately that Sun angle.
document and augment the experimental, obser- The lunar multispectral photography experi-
vational, and geologic data obtained from the ment was performed by Astronaut Gordon, the
extended lunar surface activities and from the command module (CM) pilot, while the lunar
scientific instruments placed on the lunar sur- module (LM) was on the lunar surface. Astro-
face. A further photographic objective was to naut Gordon took a series of stereoscopic strip
obtain, from lunar orbit, photographs of future photographs with the four-camera array dur-
landing sites. Orbital photographs will aid in ing two orbital revolutions and photographed
the planning of pinpoint landings in lunar terrain selected target areas on a third revolution.
more rugged and of even greater scientific inter- On revolution 39, the command and service
est than the mare-type terrain at the Apollo 11 module (CSM) accomplished an orbital plane
and 12 landing sites. change to prepare for extensive photography of
This chapter is a brief description of the future landing sites. The plane change opened up
Apollo 12 mission and is illustrated with a small a considerable amount of new area on the lunar
sample of the hundreds of photographs taken by
surface to both photographic and visual observa-
the astronauts during the mission. These photo-
tion and placed the orbital trace of the CSM
graphs will require years to analyze completely
over the three potential landing sites to be
and, thus, will be a continuing contribution to
photographed-the crater Lalande, an area north
the improvement of man's knowledge of the
of the crater Descartes, and the Apollo 13 land-
Moon. The lunar multispectral photography ex-
periment may aid in the determination of subtle ing site in the Fra Mauro region.
color or tone changes on the lunar surface. The On revolution 40, a terminator-to-terminator
photographs taken during the EVA periods will strip of photographs was taken with the bracket-
aid in identifying the original locations and posi- mounted Hasselblad camera using the 80-mm
tions of many of the returned lunar samples. lens. An intervalometer was used to trigger one
Photographs of Surveyor 3, when examined in frame every 20 sec with sufficient overlap to
conjunction with the parts of the spacecraft that provide stereoscopic photography. By using this
were returned to Earth, will provide engineering strip of stereoscopic photographs, the approach
data on the effects of Earth-made materials of terrain into the landing sites can be better de-
long-duration exposure to the lunar environment. fined, which will be important in designing the
During the early part of the lunar orbital profiles for the three sites.
phase of the mission, the crew took many photo- On revolution 41, high-resolution photographs
graphs of the lunar surface. A series of photo- of two potential landing site areas were taken
" NASA Manned Spacecraft Center. using the 500-mm lens on the Hasselblad camera.
8 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
Unfortunately,a film magazinemalfunctioned, visualrecordof their lunar surfaceactivities.
andthesephotographs werepartiallylost.The The16-mmdataacquisitioncamerawasused
photographs of the two areasweresuccessfully by AstronautBeanto recordAstronautConrad's
retakenonrevolution43,with anotherfilm mag- descentdownthe ladderandhis earlyactivities
azine;however,this resultedin the inabilityto on the lunar surface.Photographs of Astronaut
completea secondterminator-to-terminator ster- Conradpickingup the contingency samplepro-
eoscopicstrip of photographsthat had been videda recordof the samplelocationandillus-
plannedfor revolution44.The craterLalande trated AstronautConrad'smovements in the
wassuccessfully photographed onre#olution45. 1/6genvironment on the lunarsurface.
In additionto thesephotographs, the crewtook Both crewmentookhundredsof photographs
severalphotographs of variousareasusingthe whileonthesurface,includingmanypanoramas.
250-mmlens on the Hasselbladcamera.The Theyphotographed the unloadingof the Apollo
Davy Rille was one suchareaphotographed. lunar surfaceexperimentspackage(ALSEP)
The Apollo 12 photographs,combinedwith andits deploymenton the lunar surface.Some
earlierLunarOrbiterphotographs, havekindled unusualfeatures,whichthecrewcalledmounds,
scientificinterestin the DavyRille area,andit wereseenand photographed on the surface.
is plannedto rephotographthis areaon the Thesefeaturescan be locatedon the Lunar
Apollo 13 missionto determineif it may be Orbiterphotography of the areasand,thus,can
selectedas a futurelandingsite. be used as a key to interpretingthe Lunar
After separation, the LM begana seriesof Orbiterphotography. Aftercompletion of ALSEP
maneuvers that resultedin the successful lunar deployment, andat therequestof geologists on
landing.UnliketheApollo11LM, the Apollo12 Earth,the crewmadea traverseto a largesub-
LM flewthe entiredescentphaseof themission dued craterapproximately 300m in diameter.
in theheads-up position;therefore,photographic Duringthesecond EVAperiod,thefirstphoto-
documentation of the Apollo 12 LM descent graphicactivityafterdeparturefromtheLM was
phasestartedwith the pitchovermaneuver.At to takeblack-and-white photographs, with polar-
this point,the 16-mmdataacquisitioncamera izing filters on the Hasselbladcameras.After
vividlyrecorded thesceneasdescribed by Astro- taking thesephotographs, the filters weredis-
naut Conradduring the actual landing.The carded, andtheastronauts beganthedocumented
"Snowman" formation,for which the crewtar- geologicaltraverse.During the courseof the
geted,is clearly visible during most of the traverse,thecrewphotographed therocksamples
descentfilm. AstronautConrad'slanding ma- collected,thecoresamples taken,andthecraters
neuversarealsoevident,asis the actualmoment visited.
of touchdown, whichoccurswithin an extensive The final leg of the traverseon the second
dustcloud.This film hasbeencorrelatedwith EVAperiodtookthecrewto thecraterin which
thetelemetered datato document the finalland- Surveyor3 landed in April 1967.The crew
ing maneuvers performedby the LM crew. recordedphotographically their activitiesin the
Followingtouchdown, photographs of theim- vicinity of Surveyor3; photographed the Sur-
mediatevicinityof the LM weretakenthrough veyor3 spacecraft; andwith their cameras, du-
the LM windows.Panoramicmosaicsof these
plicatedmanyof thescenes firstrecorded by the
photographs arepresented in chapter10of this
documentand showthe lunar surfacebefore Surveyortelevisioncamera.
andafterbothEVAperiods.Initial activitieson Near the completionof the secondEVA
the firstEVAperiodwererecordedby tile Has- period,AstronautBeantookseveralstereoscopic
selbladcameras andby a colortelevision camera. pairsof photographs with the Apollolunarsur-
However,shortly after both astronautshad facecloseupcamera.Thesephotographs show,
egressed theLM, the-television camerawasinad- in exceptional detail,the fine grainstructureof
vertentlypointeddirectlyat the Sun,andtele- the lunar surfacematerial.
visioncoverage of the missionwaslost.Thus, On their return from the Moon,the crew
the photographs takenby the crewarethe only followedthe practiceof previousApollocrews
PHOTOGRAPHIC SUMMARY OF THE APOLLO 12 MISSION 9
and took a series of photographs of the Moon Reentry of the Apollo 12 spacecraft over the
after transearth injection. Several of these photo- Pacific Ocean occurred later in the day than had
graphs were planned to provide slightly different previous Apollo flights, and the crew recorded
lunar aerial coverage as an aid in solving sele- an excellent sequence of reentry data on 16-mm
nodetic problems of the Moon. film. The film data cover the period from the
As the spacecraft neared the Earth, the crew first evidence of heat-shield burning to the
reported and photographed the impressive sight deployment of the three main parachutes.
of the Sun being eclipsed by the Earth. This Overall, the crew of Apollo 12 took many
unusual sighting was reported to be one of the excellent photographs of scientific interest, pro-
most spectacular views observed during the vided extremely valuable photographic informa-
entire mission. The eclipse was photographed tion concerning possible future landing sites, and
using color film in the 16-mm data acquisition photographically recorded many items of engi-
camera and black-and-white film in the Hassel- neering and scientific interest. Cameras, film
blad camera. types, and usage are listed in tables 1-I and 1-II.
TABLE 1-I. Apollo 12 Photographic Equipment Used in CM
Camera Features Film Remarks
Hasselblad Electric; with 70-mm, type SO-368 Ektachrome MS color- Used in lunar orbit to
80-ram lens, reversal film, with a normal ASA of 64; and make stereoscopic strip
250-mm lens, 70-mm, type SO-3400 Panatomic X black-and- photographs of potential
and 500-mm lens white film, with a normal ASA of 80 landing sites
Data acquisition With 5-mm lens, 16-ram, type SO-368 film; and 16-mm, type Type SO-168 film exposed
camera 18-mm lens, SO-164 Panatomic X black-and-white film, with and developed with an
and 75-mm lens a normal ASA of 80. Also, 16-ram, type SO-168 ASA of 1000
Ektachrome EF color-reversal film, with a
normal ASA of 160
Multispectral See section 9 See section 9

photography
experiment
array
"For complete information, see section 10 of this document.
TABLE 1-II. Apollo 12 Photographic Equipment Used in LM and During EVA Periods
Camera Features Film Remarks
Hasselblad (2) Electric with 70-mm, type SO-168 film (first EVA period) and
60-mm lens and 70-mm, type SO-267 plus XX black-and-white
reseau plate film, with a normal ASA of 278
Data acquisition With 10-mm lens 16-mm, type SO-368 film Mounted behind right
camera window LM; recorded
LM descent (from
approximately 6 km )
and lunar surface
activities
Apollo lunar Stereoscopic; 35-mm, type SO-368 film Stereoscopic convergent

surface has 46-mm angle of 9*
closeup M-39 lens with
camera aperture of
f/22.6 and
built-in light
source
10 APOLLO 12 PRELIMINARY SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE1-1. - O n November 14, 1969, a t 11:22. a.m. e.s.t., the srcond U.S. lunar landing mis-
sion, Apollo 12, lifted ofT from Capc Kcnncdy, FIa. On board wcrc Astronauts
Charles Conrad, Jr., Richard F. Cordan, and Alan I,. Bean. (NASA photograph
S-69-58883)
FIGURE 1-2. - Shortly after translunar

injection, the central portion of the
United States was photographed.
Lake Michigan can be seen in the
upper left corner of the photograph.
The river at the center of the photo-
graph is the Red River, and the
point of land visible in the lower
right comer is the Yucatan Penin-
sula. The cloud formation suggests
a frontal passage that is in the Gulf
of Mexico. (NASA photograph
AS12-50-7325)
FIGURE1-3.- Made during the trans-

lunar coast phase of the Apollo 12
mission, this view overlooks a great
expanse of the Pacific Ocean. Baja
California and Mexico can be seen
in the lower right comer of the
photograph, and the Yucatan Penin-
sula and Central America are vis-
ible in the lower left center. The
object near the center of the photo-
graph and above the clouds is one
2 of the four panels that protect the
P
LM during launch and that are jet-
tisoned at the time of CSM separa-
tion from the SIVB stage of the
launch vehicle. (NASA photograph
AS12-50-7326)
12 M O L L 0 12 PRELIMINARY SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 1-4.-The LM is shown in

place on the SIVB stage shortly
after separation of the CSM and
the SIVB stage. (NASA photograph
AS12-50-7329 )
FIGURE1-5. - Looking back to the

southeast on the lunar surface, the
crew took this dramatic view of the
crater Humboldt. The central peaks
appear “snow” white because of
the high-Sun elevation angle. The
arcuate fractures within Humboldt
are evidence of the forces working
on the surface of the Moon to change
the lunar topography. ( NASA photo-
graph AS12-50-7416)
PHOTOGRAPHIC SUMMARY O F THE APOLLO 12 MISSION 13
FIGURE1-6. - Looking into Sinus Aes-

tuum. A striking example of the
differences in albedo of the lunar
surface. (NASA photograph AS12-
52-7733)
FIGURE 1-7. - Alphonsus, the target

point of Ranger 9. The dark “haloed”
areas on the floor of Alphonsus are
distinctly evident. These areas are
of high geologic interest. (NASA
photograph AS12-51-7580)
FIGURE 1-8.- Looking into the ter-

minator. The crater Kepler can be
seen (at the center of the photo-
graph) just to the east of the ter-
minator. On the dark side of the
terminator, the crew could distin-
guish surface detail in earthshine.
FIGURE 1-9. - The difference between

day and night on the Moon. The
terminator is just to the west of the
crater Gambart, which is at the ex-
treme north in the photograph. This
view is representative of the lunar
surface as seen by the crew as they
crossed the terminator twice every
orbit. The Apollo 13 landing site is
located in the highland region in the
shadow area of the photograph.
(NASA photograph AS12-50-7438)
FIGURE 1-10. - An oblique view look-

ing northwest at the highland area
north of the crater Fra Mauro. This
photograph was taken from the CM
at an orbital altitude of 60 n. mi.
The Sun elevation angle was 7".
The Sun will be only slightly higher
when Apollo 13 lands in this area.
(Arrow indicates landing site. ) Al-
though taken early in the mission,
this photograph supplements the
site photography taken later. (NASA
photograph AS12-52-7597 )
FIGURE 1-11.-The Fra Mauro area.

This photograph was taken with a
500-mm lens from the CM at an
approximate orbital altitude of 60
n. mi. This photograph is repre-
sentative of the photography taken
during the final orbital phase of the
mission. The arrow indicates a hilly
area slightly north of Fra Mauro
Crater that has been selected as the
landing site for the Apollo 13 lunar
mission. This photograph was taken
with a 40" Sun elevation angle.
(Compare with fig. 1-10.) To take
this and other orbital photographs,
Astronaut Gordon constantly had to
adjust the pitch of the spacecraft to
accomplish image motion compen-
sation. (NASA photograph AS12-
53-7833)
FIGURE1-12. - Davy Rille, potential

landing site for a future lunar mis-
sion. The proposed landing site is
at the point where the rille touches
the highlands in the east. North is
at the right of the photograph.
FIGURE1-13.-The LM is above the

floor of the giant crater Ptolemaeus
in this westward-looking oblique.
The LM appears to be close to the
""-7
-3 -'-- surface, even though it is some 60
n. mi. high. This was one of Astro-
naut Gordon's last views of the Lhl
as he began his 1% days of solo
flight around the Moon. (NASA
FIGURE1-14.- A high-oblique view

looking northeast. This photograph
was taken from the LM. The large
crater Copernicus is in full view,
and the Carpathian Mountain Range
is visible on the horizon. The stark
lunar relief is accented by the low-
Sun elevation angle. (NASA photo-
graph AS12-47-6875)
FIGURE 1-15.- Earthrise as seen from

the LM. This photograph was taken
before the LM started its final de-
scent to the lunar surface. (NASA
1-16. - After collecting the contingency sample, Astronaut Conrad took several pano-
FIGURE
ramas in the vicinity of the LM. In this panorama, the LM, Surveyor Crater,
the television camera, and the S-band antenna are visible. The Surveyor 3 space-
craft can barely be distinguished in the shadow of the crater, (NASA photograph
S-70-22360)
1-17. - The crew erected the American flag after landing and collecting the contingency
FIGURE
sample. The long shadow of the LM and the blcnk lunar surface serve as n fitting
background. ( NASA photograph AS12-47-6897 )
__ ~ ~~
FCGURE 1-18.- Astronaut Bean un-

loading equipment from Intrepid.
Astronaut Conrad was standing to
the north of Intrepid when he took
this photograph. Both the edge and
the interior of Surveyor Crater are
just to the east. (NASA photograph
AS12-46-6749)
FIGURE 1-19. - After unloading the

ALSEP, Astronaut Bean used the
“barbell” carry to take the ALSEP
to its deployment site. (NASA pho-
tograph AS12-46-6807)
FIGURE 1-20. - The deployed ALSEP

is visible in this northwest-looking
view. The lunar surface magnetom-
eter experiment is in the foreground,
and the other objects on the lunar
surface (from left to right) are: a
discarded subpallet and cover; the
solar-wind spectrometer experiment;
the suprathermal ion detector ex-
periment, with the darker radioiso-
tope thermoelectric generator be-
hind it; the ALSEP central station,
with an astronaut adjusting the an-
tenna; the passive seismic experi-
ment (PSE); and the discarded PSE
girdle. The deployment of the
ALSEP was one of the major tasks
of the first EVA period. (NASA
FIGURE1-21.-Looking back at the

LM from the ALSEP deployment
site. The ALSEP central station is
approximately 600 ft from the LM.
The magnetometer and the passive
seismometer are clearly visible. Only
a small part of the rim of Surveyor
Crater. which is located behind the
LM, can be seen at this distance.
FIGURE 1-20.- The deployed ALSEP

is visible in this northwest-looking
view. The lunar surface magnetom-
eter experiment is in the foreground,
and the other objects on the lunar
surface (from left to right) are: a
discarded subpallet and cover; the
solar-wind spectrometer experiment;
the suprathermal ion detector ex-
perirnent, with the darker radioiso-
tope thermoelectric generator be-
hind it; the ALSEP central station,
with an astronaut adjusting the an-
tenna; the passive seismic experi-
ment (PSE) ; and the discarded PSE
girdle. The deployment of the
ALSEP was one of the major tasks
of the first EVA period. (NASA
photograph AS12-47-6921 )
FIGURE 1-21.--Looking back at the

LM from the ALSEP deployment
site. The ALSEP central station is
approxim_!tely 600 ft from thc LM.
The magnetometer and the passive
seismometer are clearly visible. Only
a small part of the rim of Surveyor
Crater, which is located behind the
LM, can be seen at this distance.
FIGURE1-22. - After deploying the

S-band antenna and the solar-wind
experiment and after erecting the
flag, the crew moved around the
LM and photographed their space-
craft on the edge of the Surveyor
Crater. Surveyor 3 is below the rim
of the crater and cannot be seen in
this view. (NASA photograph AS12-
47-6899)
FIGURE1-23. - This mound on the

lunar surface was photographed
looking towards the southwest. This
type of feature and its formation
have generated considerable interest
among lunar geologists. (NASA pho-
tograph AS12-46-6795)
FIGURE
1-24. - Two panoramas of the large subdued crater visited during the first EVA period.
The crater is more than 300 m across and was visited near the end of the EVA
period. ( NASA photograph S-70-22361)
FIGURE 1-25. - The tools of the lunar

geologist. The gnomon, the core
tube, and the tool carrier were car-
ried on the documented geology
traverse during the second EVA
period. (NASA photograph AS12-
49-7320)
1-26. - A panorama looking southwest across Head Crater. Astronaut Conrad rolled a
FIGURE
rock down the side of this crater. Head Crater was visited during the early part
of the second EVA period. (NASA photograph S-70-24309)
1-27. - A panorama of Bench Crater. This crater was selected by the geologists as a
FIGURE
key crater to visit during the second EVA period. (NASA photograph
S-70-24311)
1-2-. - A Danorama o Sharp ,.ater. This crater was at the outermost point of the
FIGURE
crew’s traverse during the second EVA period. (NASA photograph S-70-22363)
FIGURE1-29. -The LM is visible at

the extreme right center of the pho-
tograph, with Head Crater visible in
the foreground. The view, taken
during the second EVA period, is
toward the east-northeast. The astro-
naut is moving away from Head
Crater. (NASA photograph AS12-
49-7213)
FIGURE1-30. - The core-sample tool

embedded in the lunar surface near
Halo Crater. In this southeast-look-
ing view, the loosely compacted
lunar soil is clearly visible, and Halo
Crater can be seen in the back-
ground. (NASA photograph AS12-
49-7288)
FIGURE1-31. -The LM on the lunar

surface near the rim of Surveyor
Crater. A portion of Surveyor Crater
is visible in the foreground. The flag
is visible just to the left of the LM,
and the ALSEP can be seen at left
center of the photograph. (NASA
FIGURE 1-32.-Footprints left by the

astronauts walking on the interior
slope of Surveyor Crater. The foot-
prints are sharp, and a slight break
in the lunar soil can be seen. (NASA
FIGURE1-33. - A closeup of the lower

part of Surveyor 3. Those parts that
were not returned to Earth were
photographed extensively by the
Apollo 12 crew. (NASA photograph
AS12-48-7138 )
FIGURE1-34. - Astronaut Bean and

two U.S. spacecraft on the surface
of the Moon. This photograph and
figure 1-29 clearly show how close
Astronaut Conrad landed the LM
to its predesignated landing point.
After completing their work around
Surveyor 3, the crew moved back
toward the LM. (NASA photograph
AS12-48-7133 )
FIGURE1-35.- The Moon, photo-

graphed after transearth injection.
The geographic areas visible include
Smyth's Sea, the Sea of Crises, the
Sea of Fertility, and the Sea of Tran-
quility. The areas of coverage on
this photograph are from approxi-
mately 110" east longitude to 25"
east longitude. (NASA photograph
AS12-55-8221)
FIGURE 1-36. - A photograph of the

solar eclipse, taken from the CM
during transearth coast shortly before
reentry. (NASA photograph AS12-
53-7917)
2. Crew Observations
Alan L. Bean, a Charles Conrad, 1r., a and Richard F. Gordon a
Apollo 12 was the first in a series of missions It was a strange feeling; the Earth just seemed
designed to take advantage of the unique capa- to hang in black space. The subsolar point was
bilities of the trained observer in combination over the water and caused the surface to glint,
with a carefully designed instrument package to somewhat like a light on a billiard ball. One spot
insure the maximum possible return of scientific in particular showed a specular reflection with a
data about the Moon. Apollo 11 proved the capa- bright halo. The red Earth colors were easy to
bilities for a manned lunar landing, for working distinguish, but the greens and grays were diffi-
in the lunar environment on the lunar surface, cult to distinguish from the blues.
for successfully deploying an instrument pack- After about 32 hr into the mission, the Earth
age for long-term data retrieval, and for a safe appeared to be about the size of a golfball held
return to Earth. The operational use of these ca- at arm's length. Even though landmasses seemed
pabilities on Apollo 12 has been an important first to be brown, it was difficult to distinguish land-
step in the scientific exploration of the Moon. masses from water. Later in the mission, it was
This section is a summary of the scientific noted that the vegetation on Earth made a kind
observations of the Apollo 12 crew from lunar of gray-green color area that tended to blend into
orbit and from the lunar surface. Included in the ocean.
the section are comments on the appearance of As we got farther away from Earth, only areas
the Earth and Moon from orbit, observations that contrasted strongly with the blue-gray and
from the lunar surface on the appearance of blue-green areas of Earth were noticeable. Over-
lunar terrain and features, descriptions of crew all, the Earth seemed to be a pretty blue and
adaptability to the lunar environment, and geo- white, and our planet looked like an oasis.
logic and soil mechanics observations made dur-
ing the two extravehicular activity periods. The
Lunar Surface Features
section is concluded with a short discussion of
as Seen From Lunar Orbit
the solar eclipse witnessed by the crew during
transearth coast.
We began to get our first good look at the
lunar surface when the spacecraft went into
Observations of Earth From Space
lunar orbit. The mare areas were generally
During Translunar Flight smooth, but there were several long ridges run-
After about 8 hr into the mission, the Earth ning through these areas, and several isolated
appeared to l_e about volleyball size, and nothing hills were scattered throughout the smooth
was readily discernible but clouds and water. maria. At first glance, these hills resembled cu-
There appeared to be a glare point on Earth mulus clouds because the low sun angle caused
similar to the zero-phase point. On the dark side them to be extremely bright on top. By using the
of the Earth, it was difficult to tell where the monocular, though, it was possible to see that
Earth stopped and space began. the hills were high and isolated. While using
There was no noticeable rotation or movement the monocular, we also noticed three or four
of the Earth after about 11 hr into the mission. bright craters that had very dark-gray material
streaking down the crater sides, like landslides.,
a NASA Manned Spacecraft Center. The gray streaks had the appearance of some-
29
thing like a liquid spill; the streaks were com- We also got a look at the back side of the
pletely different from anything else we saw. The Moon during lunar orbit. The command module
Ocean of Storms looked much like a desert area, pilot commented that he was more impressed
but we could not think of a place on Earth that by the lunar back side.
is similar to it. One especially impressive sight was the Moon
In contrast to the smooth maria, the surface in earthshine. The Moon is fairly easy to see
in the terra was covered with rounded knolls in earthshine; it is quite beautiful and very
and seemed to be quite a bit rougher. We also soft looking, and the earthshine gives the Moon
saw several areas that seemed to indicate that a greenish tinge, making it look gray-green.
the lunar surface has been involved in some
volcanic action. Landing and Observations
Most of the lunar craters that we observed From the Lunar Module
from lunar orbit appeared to be caused by im-
pacts on the lunar surface. One flesh-looking Landing
crater had a collapsed side; another crater had As soon as the pitchover started, the computer
a fantastic ejecta blanket that must have gone was used to enable the landing point designator
out to a distance of 50 to 60 times the crater (LPD), and we immediately looked out the
diameter. Two young craters in the mare area window. For the first couple of seconds none of
were particularly startling because of their per- the lunar surface features were recognizable,
fectly circular ray patterns. although the visibility was excellent. The field
In the crater Humboldt, we saw great frac- of view and the lunar surface detail were also
ture marks that looked like crisscrossed roads in excellent, but photographs do not provide ade-
the desert. Big, black boulders appeared to dot quate preparation for the first look out the
the surface of the central peak of the crater window. However, when we looked down the
Langrenus. Boulders were also observed on the 40 ° line on the LPD, our five-crater chain and
central peak of Theophilus, and on this central the "Snowman" became very obvious. No early
peak there were some rather well-defined ridge landing site redesignations were required. We
lines. Upon looking closely, we saw what ap- were targeted in the middle of Surveyor Crater.
peared to be a mild terracing effect that ran We made a steeper-than-planned descent. At
parallel to the ridge lines and also some rilles approximately 700 ft, we went to manual control
that ran perpendicular to the ridge lines. and reduced our descent rate to enable us to
We also saw rilles as we passed over the Sea of get a better look around. As we passed over
Serenity. In this sea, there were two parallel Surveyor Crater, at approximately 500 ft, a suit-
rilles (long narrow valleys) and two parallel able landing area was apparent between Sur-
grabens (depressed segments of the lunar crust veyor and Head Graters. It was necessary to
bounded on two sides by faults) with associated fly around Surveyor Crater to get to this area,
crater chains.
which appeared to be perfectly smooth. The
As for the color of the Moon, we noticed very
vertical descent was begun at approximately
little change as we orbited. At first, the surface
300 ft, and the descent rate was relatively low.
had a very light gray-white concrete appear-
At 175 ft, we began to pick up dust. The dust
ance. On later orbits, we began to notice a touch
went out as far as we could see in any direction
of brown in the surface features. One interesting
and continued to build up until the lunar surface
contrast was that of the Moon to the black sky.
was completely obscured during the last 40 ft
In comparison to the coal blackness of the sky,
of descent. The reduced visibility forced us to get
the Moon appeared to be a very light concrete
our attitude references from the instruments.
color. The terra was a gray color, and as we
passed over the Sea of Fertility, the sea appeared Then, the lunar contact light came on, and the
to be a slightly darker gray than the terra. We descent engine was shut down. We dropped
commented at the time that the Sea of Fertility approximately 2 or 3 ft to a gentle touchdown
resembled wet beach sand. on a slight slope.
CREWOBSERVATIONS 31
Color and Contact were on the ground, things that were far away
At first glance out of the spacecraft window, looked closer than they really were. After egress
there was absolutely no distinguishable color to the lunar surface, however, it was possible to
difference. About the only difference we noticed get an accurate position for the LM because it
was apparent that we were close to the edge of
was in looking cross-Sun versus looking down-
Surveyor Crater, approximately 600 ft from the
Sun. Looking down-Sun, the surface material
Surveyor spacecraft.
looks the same, but it appears to be of different
Lunar surface visibility was not too unlike
colors. Some of the rocks must definitely have
had different colors and different textures, but Earth visibility, with the exception that the Sun
viewed from the spacecraft, they did not appear was extremely bright. Cross-Sun and down-Sun
to be different. All the materials on the horizon viewing were not hindered to any great degree,
except that shadows were visible only when
and the blocks on the horizon appeared to be
of the same material, and when using the mo- viewing cross-Sun. It was difficult to view down-
Sun exactly along the zero-phase direction, but
nocular with the low Sun angle, they all ap-
this deficiency did nob hinder normal lunar
peared to be white.
From the lunar module (LM), there did not surface operations because the eyes could be
scanned back and forth across these bright zones
seem to be any possibility of seeing a contact
for visual assimilation. Objects in shadows could
between different colored surfaces. We hoped
that we could discern the contacts or different be seen with only a slight amount of dark
adaptation. The only difficulty in seeing in a
materials by looking at the textures during the
shadow occurred when some object was reflecb
extravehicular activity (EVA) periods. For ex-
ing sunlight into the helmet visor while we were
ample, the area that was described as being
trying to see into the shadow. Once we entered
directly in front of the LM had north-south lines
the shadow, it was possible to see well.
running through it. Other than those lines, the
area looked like one uniform surface with many
Mobility
craters in it. There were no immediately appar-
ent white rim craters near us. Most of the craters Our mobility and stability were generally the
we saw from the LM window did not have a same as reported by the Apollo 11 crew. Run-
raised rim, and neither did they have any partic- ning on the lunar surface, moving from side to
ular elongation. The craters seemed to be the side, hopping, and so forth, felt almost exactly
same texture as the areas surrounding them. This as it had during simulations on Earth. There
lack of contact was verified during the EVA. was no noticeable tendency for our boots to
We found that all the material looked the same slip on the lunar surface.
until we were very close to the individual rocks. Moving around on the lunar surface proved to
be no special problem, although, at first, we
First EVA Period moved slowly because of the required adjust-
ment to a different center of gravity. It was
Lunar Surface Visibility difficult for us to walk "heel-toe, heel-toe" as
We were positive of where we were, but it we would have in a normal walk on Earth. There
was difficult to pinpoint our exact location be- is really no such thing as walking on the lunar
cause of the limited field of view out the LM surface; it takes more energy to move slowly
windows, because of the general tendency to and take a normal Earth step than it does to
underestimate distances (sometimes by as much move at a lope. Because of the reduced gravity,
as 100 percent), and because of the difficulty of there is a brief period when both feet are off the
seeing even large craters beyond a distance of ground at the same time. This condition gave
about 100 ft. None of the shadows that were us the impression that we were moving rapidly,
visible in flight, the ones in the bottoms of although in reality, we were moving at about a
craters, were visible after touchdown. The bright normal Earth walking pace. Loping actually
part of the landscape could always be seen, but seemed to be the most natural way to move
it was difficult to find the craters. When we around.
The fall experienced by the commander difference in softness is not great, but it is
proved to be no problem. When a fall begins, noticeable. The sides of the craters did not
you first lose your balance rather quickly, partic- appear to be particularly slippery. When deploy-
ularly if you try to back up, because the ground ing the experiments, we noticed that tamping of
is uneven and there is a possibility of stepping the lunar surface material seemed to do little
in holes or on rocks. The fall progresses so good in emplacing an experiment. The core tube
slowly, though, that there is plenty of time to was a little difficult to drive in, but if it were
almost turn around or to catch your footing augered first, it could be pounded in to full
before you actually fall to the surface. Because length.
a fall begins so slowly on the Moon, it is usually Upon inspection of the LM, we found that
possible to spin around, bend the knees, and re- the Intrepid footpads sank in a little farther than
cover. Several times, in trying to bend over to did the Apollo 11 LM footpads. Our estimated
get something, we would start to fall over, but depth of penetration was la/2 to 2 in. As observed
the fall progressed so slowly that we could start on the Apollo 11 mission, the LM descent pro-
moving our feet and keep moving until they pulsion system (DPS) engine did not dig a
came back under us again. crater, but the surface under the engine was
Working on the lunar surface was not exces- clean. There were no loose dust particles, but
sively strenuous. The metabolic rate was 900 a number of small, dirtlike clods seemed to be
Btu/hr for the commander and 1000 Btu/hr for strewn out radially from the skirt of the engine.
the lunar module pilot. We did not feel too tired, We did notice one unusual .thing, though: there
even wearing the pressurized suit that tends to was an angular rock that was sitting approxi-
tire the wearer even during simulations. On the mately 6 in. from the engine exhaust skirt. It was
Moon, in the same light gravity as experienced approximately 3% by 31/z in., and it was not
in the simulations, with the same suit, and with stuck in the ground-it was just sitting there
the same weight, the wearer's legs never seem loosely. The ground around it was glassy clean,
to get tired. The problem with the suit is that yet the DPS engine exhaust did not blow the
it does not always bend as the wearer wants to rock away.
bend. For example, the suit bends fairly well While sampling some of the lunar rocks and
in the knees and in the ankles, but it does not soil, we frequently noticed linear patterns that
want to bend near the top of the thigh. This extended from north to south. These patterns
one area of inflexibility results in loping in a seemed to indicate that an impact had occurred
stiff-legged fashion- running with straight legs, not long ago at the particular location.
landing flatfooted, and then pushing off with the
Experiment Deployment
toes. We expected to become tired loping in this
manner, but apparently it takes much less force Several minor problems arose during deploy-
to walk this way on the Moon than on Earth, ment of the experiments. The Apollo lunar sur-
and as a result, the legs do not seem to tire. face experiments package (ALSEP) fuel ele-
ment would not come out of its cask easily, arid
Soil Mechanics
several minutes were spent working with the
Our first impression of the lunar soil was that delicate element before it was removed satis-
it was soft and queasy; however, we did not factorily. We also noticed that while carrying
sink in too far. Our boot prints left a very shiny, the ALSEP in the _g environment, the whole
compacted surface. We guessed that the particles pallet tended to rotate, especially the pallet con-
were small and cohesive, because the prints taining the radioisotope thermoelectric generator.
were so extremely well defined and because no During deployment of the passive seismic ex-
grains could be detected in the boot prints. Also, periment, the Mylar skirt on the experiment
when walking in the bottoms of small craters, would not lie fiat. We believe that the skirt had
we seemed to sink in deeper. We believe that been folded for so long that it had an "elastic
the bottoms of those small craters contain a memory," and it wanted to go back to its orig-
softer dust than is found on the crater rim. The inal folded shape because of this memory. To
CREWOBSERVATIONS 33
makethe skirt lie fiat,we hadto put lunar soil to be any difference in color among either the
andboltsalongthe skirtedges. rocks or the soils; they all looked about the same.
Therewas alsoa problemwith the deploy- The first day, everything appeared to be dull
mentof thecoldcathodeion gage(CCIG). The gray. If we looked very closely, of course, now
gagetendedto undeployitself,but we finally and then it was possible to observe a white
got it to lie down while pointingupwardat rock or, in an area where we had disturbed the
abouta 60° angle.The problemwith the CCIG soil, perhaps a slightly different shade of gray.
was causedby the cable,which kept _ulling Between the first and second days, definite color
backon theinstrumentandcausingthe gageto change accompanied the Sun-angle change. On
tip over. the second day, everything that had appeared to
Generally,deployment of theexperiments was be gray on the first day started looking either a
accomplished with no major problems.How- dark or a tannish brown.
ever,thereseemsto be no wayto avoidgetting One of the most interesting aspects of the
dust on the experimentsduring unloading, lunar surface operations was how much color
transport,anddeployment. The experiments got change resulted from only about a 7 ° Sun-angle
dustyfromdustsplatteredoff the lunar surface change. Because the Sun angle and the angle
by our boots,andthey got dustywhenwe put of viewing had such a pronounced effect on
themdownon the lunarsurface.Because there color, minerals in the rocks were very difficult
seemsto be no operationallysimplemeansof to identify, even when we held the rocks in our
alleviatingthis dust condition,the presence of hand to get the best lighting. Geological opera-
dustshouldbe considered duringthe designof tions on the Moon are probably going to be more
future lunar surfaceexperiments. Of all the difficult than on Earth, because the color cues
experiments deployedonthis mission,the solar- are not going to be there. The lunar geologist is
wind composition experimentwasthe cleanest, going to have to look for texture, fracture, and
andthepassiveseismicexperiment wasthe next luster, among other things, to aid in determining
cleanest. differences in rocks and minerals.
After lunar liftoff, whenwe wereagainin a There might be a subtle enough distinction in
0genvironment, a greatquantityof dustfloated colors from a distance, perhaps sufficient to dis-
free within the cabin.This dust madebreath- tinguish the ray patterns around a crater; but
ing without the helmetdifficult, and enough up close, there was not sufficient apparent dif-
particleswerepresentin the cabinatmosphere ference in color to distinguish ray material from
to affectour vision.Theuseof a whiskbroom the surrounding surface material. At one point
prior to ingresswould probablynot be satis- on the lunar surface, we talked about seeing
factoryin solvingthe dustproblem,because the large white boulders in the distance and, on
dusttendsto rub deeperintothe garmentrather other occasions, about seeing other white-appear-
than to brushoff. ing objects. We talked about this again when
Duringthetransearth coastphase,we noticed we were back in orbit. At the high-Sun angles,
thatmuchof the dustthathad adheredto the the ground looked white; we concluded that
cameramagazines andotherequipmenton the because the Sun, almost directly behind the
lunarsurfacehadfloatedfreein the 0g condi- spacecraft, is so bright at high-Suri angles, every-
tion,leavingthe equipment relativelyclean.This thing viewed at a distance appears to be almost
factwasalsotrue of the spacesuits, whichwere chalk white.
not as dustyafter flight as they wereon the The one place where we found a fairly definite
surfaceafterfinalingress. color difference in the soils was out on the north-
west rim of Head Crater. About 50 ft inside the
Second EVA Period upper rim of the crater, our boots scraped away
tlle surface layer (about an eighth of an inch
Color Observations
thick) to reveal a much lighter cement-colored
One of the more difficult aspects of the trav- soil right underneath. We trenched down about
erses was the fact that there did not appear 6 in., and the soil remained that light-gray color.
34 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
In movingawayfromthe area,we turnedover in Surveyor Crater than anywhere else on the
one rock that had a much whiter bottom than traverse, both on the way to the Surveyor space-
that of any other rocks on the traverse, and we craft and on the way toward the LM through
think this lighter color was caused by contact Block Crater on the other side of Surveyor
of the rock with the lighter gray material be- Crater.
neath the surface. The soil in this area around This blocky crater inside Surveyor Crater was
Head Crater was different from the soil around another interesting feature. Our impression was
the LM. We kicked up quite a bit of soil around that Surveyor Crater was a very old crater that,
the LM, and it was all the same dark-gray color. in being formed, had exposed the bedrock. Then,
We are almost sure that the light-gray color after the crater had become rather smooth
observed in the area around Head Crater was through weathering, another object impacted
true soil color and not just due to the Sun angle. directly into the lightly covered bedrock in Sur-
veyor Crater and really banged it out to form
Observations on the Geological Traverse Block Crater. The blocks around this small
We collected a sample of anything that was blocky crater were the most angular and, we
different in texture, differently weathered, inter- think, the most recently exposed blocks observed.
esting in its location, or in any way unusual. On One thing that impressed us about the geologi-
the geological traverse, the first significant thing cal traverse was the fact that we went so far
observed was at Head Crater, where there was and found it as easy going as we did. The only
a difference in soil color just under the lunar thing that kept us from moving faster was that
surface. The next thing of significance we noted there was so much to see, and the only thing
was the difference in the textures of the rocks that kept us from studying more details at each
in the bottom of Bench Crater. We were fairly site was the need to keep moving. We were not
certain that there were big fragments of bedrock able to stay as long as we would have liked at
visible, but we also noted the fact that some of any one site. The whole EVA period could have
the rocks were rounded on top and not as been spent in any one of the craters- trenching
jagged, almost as though they had been melted around, collecting different types and sizes of
on top. The melted material had a lavalike rocks, and examining the ejecta blanket to see if
appearance, but that is not to imply that we there were any apparent differences in texture,
believe that it was volcanic in origin. The melted etc.- but there just was not enough time.
material looked .more like the effects of some One contrast between what we were seeing
high-speed impact; it had a volcanic appearance as opposed to what the Apollo 11 crew had ob-
only in that it resembled the melted knobby- served was that we never saw any vesicular
looking mounds of basalt frequently associated material or any rocks with a vesicular type of
with zones of weakness around volcanic-type structure. At one point, it was believed that we
craters on Earth. had found such a rock, but when we picked it
Somewhere between Bench Crater and Sharp up, we found that its pits were not vesicles. In
Crater, we obviously ran over what must have moving across the lunar surface, we saw every-
been a contact, in that the ground very definitely thing from fine- to coarse-grained basalts and
changed to a softer, finer dust. We sank in even some reddish-gray colored rocks with a
deeper not only at Sharp Crater but also in the crystalline structure almost like granite.
surrounding area. It was not possible at the The main objectives of the geological traverse
time to be certain that we had actually reached were not just to grab samples and take photo-
Halo Crater, which was the next stop on our graphs but to try to understand the morphology
traverse, but if not, we were close to it. As we and stratigraphy of the area being investigated.
came up to Halo Crater, it was apparent that However, except for deciding which craters were
we were on still another type of soil texture. The newer than others, we were not able to discern
ground seemed to be very firm and was similar any of the little morphological clues that had
to the firmest ground we had traversed, which been observed in training on Earth. The whole
was around Surveyor Crater. We sank in less area on the Moon seemed to have been acted on
CREWOBSERVATIONS 35
by meteoroidsor something,so that all the there were no positive color differences to con-
featuresthat might haveprovidedmorphologi- firm the distinctions. It appeared from the way
cal clueswereobscured.Whenwe walkedup that we sank that some soil was firmer than
to a crater,it wasneverpossibleto determine other soil. The finer soil was generally softer.
wherethe normallunar surfaceendedandthe This type of soil was encountered near Sharp
ejectablanketbegan.The only clueswere a Crater, at the farthest point from the LM. The
differencein slopeor the fact that the ground soil around the LM could be described to be
becamea little morepowderyunderfoot, and of medium texture. The firmest texture we en-
thesecluesare a poorindex. countered was in Surveyor Crater, where the
Because we sawwhatwasbelievedto bebed- soil seemed to have the greatest bearing
rock on the outsideof someof the craters,we strength.
thoughtthat whenwe got to them andlooked We traversed several areas of patterned
in, a deep contactbetweenregolith and the ground that were covered with radial streaks.
bedrockwouldbe visible.However,the insides The streaks seemed to be about perpendicular
of the craterslookedjust aboutlike the surface to the direction of any _uch streaks that could
exceptfor a few rocksrestingon the wallsand have been caused by the LM exhaust plume. The
bottom and, occasionally,someexposedbed- streak pattern in Surveyor Crater seemed to run
rock.Justas treesand grassand suchthings from the north or northeast to the southwest,
hide morphologicalclueson Earth, the mor- and the streaks around the area of the LM
phologyof the Moonis hiddenfrom the lunar appeared to run from the north or northwest
geologist.We did not seeanyplaces,regardless toward the south. The patterns were made up
of the slope,that did not havea coatingof the of little hilly streaks that were about a sixteenth
dust-typematerialon the lunarsurface. to an eighth of an inch wide; about a sixteenth
Twoveryinteresting formations
observed were of an inch, or less, high; and about three-eighths
in the formof moundsof materialonthe lunar of an inch apart. One place in particular where
surface.They were fairly small(4 ft high by we did not see any radial patterning was at
about5 ft acrosson abouta 20-ftcircularbase Sharp Crater, where the ground was very soft.
asthe contactwith the surface),wereoriented It may be a pertinent point that the firmer the
in an east-west direction,andwereroughlytri- ground, the more we saw the radial patterning.
angularin shape.The moundsdid not appear The firm ground was also the ground that had
to be volcanicin origin;they appearedto be a little blobs in it similar to a smooth, level dirt
big chunkof materialthathadbeentossedinto field after rain. The patterned ground seemed
the areafromoneof the nearbycratersor from to extend in the direction of the grooves as far
something fartheraway.Welookedaroundthe as the eye could see. We never saw any kind of
moundsfor vent holesor ejectedpyroclastics contact along the transverse direction of the
thatmighthavecomefromthe mounds, but we grooves in the vicinity of the LM, in Surveyor
did not find anyof thiskind of evidence. Crater, or in any of the other places where we
Generallyspeaking, theglassymaterialseemed found the streaks.
to be aboutevenlydistributedoverthe entire In the area of Halo Crater, we came upon a
surfaceandin the bottomsof eventhe smallest clear contact between two apparently different
craters.Glassbeadswereall overthe surface, soils. The area was not so smooth and had a
and we found both beadsand glass-covered completely different texture. The surface ma-
rocksin the bottomsof craters3 or 4 ft in terial appeared to be finer in texture and more
diameter.The glass-covered rockswe sawand cohesive. At Sharp Crater, the soil around the
sampledwerevery similarto thosereturnedby sharp, white raised rim appeared to be very
Apollo11. soft and had a color similar to the soil uncov-
ered by our boots at Head Crater. There ap-
Soil Mechanics and Characteristics
peared to be blast-effect material in a radial
Our observation that there were three distinct spray pattern all around Sharp Crater. Although
types of soil was more or less subjective in that we looked for Copernican ray material around
this area, we could discern only a very few vertical. The same was true of the trenches.
distinct rays. For craters older than Sharp When we dug a trench, the sides would be
Crater, there did not seem to be any discernible almost 90 ° . As long as we did not touch the
differentiation or contact between surface ma- trench accidentally with the shovel or a boot,
terial and ejected material or rays. the angle of repose stayed about 85 ° to 90 ° . In
We made some interesting observations on the fact, there seemed to be some angles greater
lunar surface by rolling rocks down the side of than 90 ° that might imply layering or that the
a crater. We had the idea that it would be material had been built up over different time
quite easy to get a rock started, but it was not. periods.
Once we got one going, however, it went along Surveyor Observations
in a sort of animated slow motion and kept During the first EVA period, the slope at the
going for a very long time. The rock bounced Surveyor location was in the shadow and ap-
and slid as it would have done on Earth, but peared to have an inclination of approximately
the whole process was very much prolonged. 35 ° . The next day, however, when the Sun had
Without walking down into the crater, which risen sufficiently to place the Surveyor slope in
we could not do, there was no way to determine sunlight, the inclination appeared to be only 10 °
what kind of track the rock made rolling down. or 15 °, as had been determined from the Surveyor
Also, we did not notice any tracks in the craters data. When we walked around the crater and
that might have been made by rocks other than got to Surveyor, it was sitting on about a 12 °
the ones we rolled down. If there were a lot slope and was situated firmly enough so that
of rock rolling that might have been causing there was no possibility of it sliding down the
some of the signals received by the passive slope on us. On the first day, while it was in the
seismic experiment, it was not obvious to us on shadow, the Surveyor spacecraft looked white,
the lunar surface. The majority of the rocks on but when we got close to it, the spacecraft was
the sides and in the bottoms of the craters were covered with a tenacious covering of tan-colored
partially buried or had dust fillets around the dust. The dust was not in a very thick layer, but
bottom. None of these looked as if they had it was very hard to rub off. The dust was on all
moved for a very long time or were likely to sides of the Surveyor but was not uniform around
move in the near future. There were other rocks any specific part. Generally, the dust was thickest
in the craters, however, that were positioned on the areas that were most easily viewed when
such that some thermal or seismic mechanism walking around the spacecraft. For example, the
could possibly cause them to roll. A few of these, side of a tube or strut that faced the interior of
if they had been dislodged, would have had a the Surveyor was relatively clean as compared
drop of 2 or 3 ft to the surface of the crater slope to a side facing out. The color of the surface
and might have been given a sufficient impetus around the Surveyor also had a brown appear-
to have rolled. It is not possible to completely ance, but we are fairly sure that the dust on the
discount rock rolling as a possible seismic source. Surveyor was not blown there by the LM ex-
We had no trouble driving the single-core haust. If the dust had been blown onto the Sur-
tubes, and we did not have to auger them as was veyor, we would have noticed a directional pat-
required for the double-core tubes. Friction tern to the dust, and there was no directional
steadily built up as the tube went into the pattern. Except for the fact that it had changed
surface, but there was never a significant in- color, the Surveyor spacecraft appeared to be in
crease in friction with depth. Driving the double- very good condition. The wafiqe imprint of the
core tube required that we use harder hammer pads was still visible in the lunar surface.
blows but not more blows. The holes made by Using the cutting tool to collect the television
the core tubes stayed pretty much uncollapsed (TV) camera from the Surveyor spacecraft was
except for the top inch or so. When the tubes not difficult. The aluminum tubing appeared to
were withdrawn from the holes, this top inch be more brittle and easier to cut than the tubes
would fall in, but the sides were still relatively used in training. It was as though some process
CREWOBSERVATIONS 37
of crystallization
had affectedthe tubesduring would crinkle rather than roll. Using great care,
their long exposureto the lunar environment. we tried to roll up the foil, but on about the fifth
Theinsulationon the wirebundleshadbecome attempt to roll it up, a longitudinal crack ap-
very hard and dry and appearedto havethe peared in the crinkle area. We finally had to use
textureof old asbestos.Themirrorson the sur- our hands to roll the foil up, and as a result, the
facesof the electronicspackagesweregenerally foil was soiled by the lunar material adhering to
in goodcondition,with a few cracksbut no our gloves. After the foil was rolled up, we dis-
seriousdebondings. The only mirrorsthat had covered that the roll was too big to fit into the
becomeunbondedwere thoseon the flight- container that was to be used to return the foil
controlelectronicspackage.The glasson the to Earth. To make the foil fit into the container,
Surveyorthermalswitchplatewas bondedto we had to crush it with our hands. Perhaps one
metal,whichwedid not know,andthebonding reason for these problems with the foil was the
wasin suchperfectconditionthattherewasno "setting" we had observed. On the second day,
wayto get a sampleof the glass.Whenwetried as we looked out the LM window, it appeared
to get a sample,the glassshatteredinto tiny that the foil had wrapped itself around the pole
fragments,sowe left it alone. on which it was mounted. Upon inspection dur-
As a bonus,we retrievedthe Surveyorscoop. ing the second EVA period, we decided that the
Although the steel tape was too thick to cut, the foil tended to set and that it did not want to roll
end attached to the scoop became debonded up because the set was stronger than the spring
when we twisted the tape with the cutting tool. tension of the roller.
We collected several rock samples in the field of
view of the TV camera for comparison with Ascent From the Lunar Surface
original Surveyor photography, but the only soil
Ascent from the lunar surface was smooth, and
sample from that area was a small amount that
everything went as our training had conditioned
was in the bottom of the Surveyor scoop. The
us to expect. The ascent engine performed beau-
added weight of the Surveyor componehts and
tifully. The spacecraft pitched over, and we
samples did not appear to affect either our sta-
bility or our mobility on the return traverse. could look down directly at the landing site. The
ALSEP did not appear to be affected by the
Apollo Lunar Surface Closeup Camera (ALSCC) liftoff, but a considerable amount of silver and
The ALSCC photographic activity suffered gold Kapton insulation could be seen flying off
somewhat from the lack of time remaining to do the descent stage and traveling radially outward
it at the end of the EVA period. The areas photo- for considerable distance parallel to the lunar
graphed were mostly around the LM. We were surface, as had been reported by the Apollo 11
able to get a few shots of some areas that we had crew.
not been in, but most of the photographs were of Solar Eclipse
the bottoms of small craters, dust patterns on the
An event of significance that took place during
lunar surface, rocks, and footprints in the lunar
transearth coast was the observation and pho-
soil. Two photographs were taken in the vicinity
tography of a solar eclipse that occurred when
near the LM descent engine. The entire sequence
of ALSCC photographs was completed in about the Earth came between the spacecraft and the
5 min; this did not allow enough time to orient Sun. This was one of the most spectacular things
the camera properly and to document photo- we saw throughout the entire flight. The Earth
graphs by describing what was being taken. was completely invisible except through the
smoked glass, even when we used one hand to
Experiment Retrieval shade our eyes to block out the Sun. When the
During retrieval of the solar-wind composition eclipse was almost total, the atmosphere of the
experiment, the foil on the experiment rolled up Earth was completely illuminated, and the Earth
approximately ll/z ft. After that point, the foil was as black as space.
The coloring of the illuminated atmosphere eclipse cycle, and from our vantage point of
was very interesting. The atmosphere was seg- approximately 25 750 n. m., we could also see
mented in alternating color shades of blue and thunderstorms and lightning flashes over part of
pink. Pinkish-gray clouds were visible over the the Earth. We were not, however, able to dis-
darkened part of the Earth during part of the tinguish landmasses.
3. Passive Seismic Experiment
Gary V. Latham, at Maurice Ewing, a Frank Press, b George Sutton, c lames Dorman, _
Yosio Nakamura, d Nafi Toksoz, b Ralph Wiggins, b and Robert Kovach e
The purpose of the passive seismic experiment ing LM ascent. Of these signals, 10 are thought
(PSE) is to detect vibrations of the lunar surface to be produced by noise sources within the LM
and to use these data to determine the internal descent stage. The remaining 30 signals, classi-
structure, physical state, and tectonic activity of fied as type L, are prolonged, with gradual
the Moon. Sources of seismic energy may be buildup and decrease in signal amplitude. This
internal (moonquakes) or external (meteoroid signal character may imply transmission with
impacts and manmade impacts). A secondary very low attenuation and intense wave scatter-
objective of the experiment is the determination ing- conditions that are mutually exclusive on
of the number and the mass of meteoroids that Earth. Because of the similarity with the signal
strike the lunar surface. The instrument is also from the impact of the LM ascent stage, L-sig-
capable of measuring tilts of the lunar surface nals are thought to be produced by meteoroid
and changes in gravity that occur at the instru- impacts or shallow moonquakes. Most of the
ment location. Detailed investigation of lunar L-events appear to have originated within 100
structure must await the establishment of a net- km of the ALSEP. The occurrence of similar
work of seismic stations; however, a single, large, L-events during both the Apollo 11 and Apollo
well-recorded seismic event can provide informa- 12 missions greatly strengthens the present belief
tion of fundamental importance that could not that, of the various types of signals observed,
be gained by any other method. L-events are the most likely to be of natural
Since deployment and activation of the PSE origin.
on November 19, 1969, the instrument has oper- The fact that no natural seismic signals with
ated as planned, except as noted in the para- characteristics similar to those typically recorded
graphs entitled "Instrument Description and Per- on the Earth were observed during the combined
formance." The sensor was installed west-north- recording period for Apollo 11 and 12 (63 days
west from the lunar module (LM) at a distance at this writing) is a major scientific result. The
of 130 m from the nearest LM footpad. With high sensitivity at which the lunar instruments
the successful installation and operation of the were operated would have resulted in the detec-
first Apollo lunar surface experiments package tion of many such signals if the Moon were as
(ALSEP), the feasibility of using long-lived geo- seismically active as the Earth and had the same
transmission characteristics as the Earth. Thus,
physical stations to study the Moon has been
demonstrated. the data obtained indicate that seismic energy
release is either far less for the Moon than for
Signals of 40 seismic events have been identi-
the Earth or that the interior of the Moon is
fied on the records for the 42-day period follow-
highly attenuating for seismic waves. Although
• Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory. the material of the outer region of the Moon (to
b Massachusetts Institute of Technology. depths of at least 20 km) appears to exhibit very
c University of Hawaii.
low attenuation in the regions studied, the pos-
d General Dynamics, Fort Worth, Tex.
"Stanford University. sibility of the existence of high attenuation at
t Principal investigator. greater depths cannot presently be excluded. The
39
absence of significant seismic activity within the tively large and delicate for use on lunar mis-
Moon, if verified by future data, would imply sions. For example, a typical single-axis low-
the absence of tectonic processes similar to those frequency seismometer designed for use on Earth
associated with major crustal movements on the weighs approximately 30 kg and occupies 1 X 105
Earth and would imply lower specific thermal cm 3 .
energy in the lunar interior than is present in The Apollo 12 PSE (ref. 3-1) consists of two
the interior of the Earth. main subsystems: the sensor unit and the elec-
However, it is important to remember that tronics module. The sensor, shown schematically
all results obtained thus far pertain to mare in figure 3-1, contains three matched long-period
regions. Quite different results may be obtained (LP) seismometers (with resonant periods of 15
for nonmare regions in which the lunar structure sec) alined orthogonally to measure one vertical
may differ radically from that in the mare. and two horizontal components of surface mo-
tion. The sensor also includes a single-axis short-
period (SP) seismometer (with a resonant period
Instrument Description and Performance
of 1 sec) sensitive to vertical motion at higher
A seismometer consists simply of a mass, free frequencies.
to move in one direction, that is suspended by The instrument is constructed principally of
means of a spring (or a combination of springs beryllium and weighs 11.5 kg, including the elec-
and hinges) from a framework. The suspended tronics module and thermal insulation. Without
mass is provided with damping to suppress vibra- insulation, the sensor is 23 cm in diameter and
tions at the natural frequency of the system. The 29 cm high. Total power drain varies between
framework rests on the surface whose motions 4.3 and 7.4 W.
are to be studied and moves with the surface. Instrument temperature control is provided by
The suspended mass tends to remain fixed in a 2.5-W heater, a proportional controller, and an
space because of its own inertia while the frame insulating wrapping of aluminized Mylar. The
moves around the mass. The resulting relative insulating shroud is spread over the local surface
motion between the mass and the frame can be to reduce temperature variations of tile surface
recorded and used to calculate original ground material. In this way, it is expected that ther-
motion if the instrumental constants are known. mally induced tilts of thc local surface will be
Conventional seismic instruments are prohibi- reduced to acceptable levels.
.-- Gnomon (Sun compass)
r_ Level sensor
Insulation: "_\\\\\\\\\\\i\\\\_\_
laluminized Mylarl .... | Three 10ng-perl0d /
/ 'e'sm°me'ers
/N
iI
H
I .... SPZ seism0meter
J t ...... "L_ heater and controller
Ix... Insulating. /I L_ electronics
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / "_\\\\\\\'.\-.\\\\\\_
/ / / //_"_\ / / /-
F 5. "1
FxcunE 3-1. -- Schematic diagram of the PSE sensor unit.

PASSIVE SEISMIC EXPERIMENT 41
The LP seismometers will detect vibrations of in crisscross fashion to reduce the required
the lunar surface in the frequency range from volume.
0.004 to 2 Hz. The SP seismometer covers the Calibration of the complete system is accom-
band from 0.05 to 20 Hz. The LP seismometers plished by applying an accurate increment or
can detect ground motions as small as 0.3 nm at step of current to the coil of each of the four
maximum sensitivity; the SP seismometer can seismometers by transmission of a command from
detect ground motions of 0.3 nm at 1 Hz. Earth. The current step is equivalent to a known
The LP horizontal-component ( LPX and LPY) step of ground acceleration.
seismometers are very sensitive to tilt and must A caging system is provided to secure all crit-
be leveled to high accuracy. In the Apollo sys- ical elements of the instrument against damage
tem, the seismometers are leveled by means of a during the transport and deployment phases of
two-axis motor-driven gimbal. A third motor the Apollo mission. In the present design, a
adjusts the LP vertical-component (LPZ) seis- pneumatic system is used in which pressurized
mometer in the vertical direction. Motor opera- bellows expand to clamp fragile parts in place.
tion is controlled by command. These elements Uncaging is performed on command by piercing
are shown schematically in figure 3-2. As shown the connecting line by means of a small explo-
in figure 3-2, the LP seismometers are mounted sive device.
The seismometer system is controlled from
Earth by a set of 15 commands that govern func-
tions such as speed and direction of leveling
motors, instrument gain, and calibration. The
seismometer is shown fully deployed on the
lunar surface in figure 3-3.
The PSE instrumentation has operated suc-
cessfully throughout the first 42 days of the
experiment, the time period discussed in this
report. The instrument difficulties that have been
observed are described in the following para-
LP graphs.
(Zl sensor
;Wormdriver
\
' spring
adjustment
motor
Capacitor plate - -
Inertial m a s s - - - - - - - '
r boom
Damping magnet----
'Caging bellows
(retract for uncagel
LP horizontal
Sensor ( X Y I sensors
m a s s - - - - -..
Bellows (retract
FIGURE3-2. - Schematic diagram of the elements of L FIGURE3-3. - Photograph of the seismometer after de-
seismometers. ployment on the lunar surface.
Short-Period Seismometer Long-Period Seismometers
The SPZ seismometer appears to be operating The response of the LPZ seismometer to a
at reduced gain. The first evidence of this prob- calibration pulse was observed to be oscillatory
lem appeared when the instrument failed to re- soon after activation. This effect gradually in-
spond to calibration pulses. (No calibration creased to the point of instability. In the presence
pulses have been detected to date on the SPZ of feedback, this tendency toward instability can
component•) Detailed comparison between sig- be produced if the natural period of the seis-
nals observed on both LPZ and SPZ seismometers mometer is lengthened (or if the feedback-filter
has led to the tentative conclusion that the iner- corner period is shortened) beyond the design
tial mass of the SP seismometer is rubbing slightly value. It is considered most likely, at this point
on the frame. Response, which is apparently nor- in the analysis, that vibration effects lengthened
mal, is observed for large signals, presumably the natural period of the seismometer from 15
because such signals produce forces large enough sec to approximately 60 sec. Acceptable seis-
to exceed the static frictional restraining forces. mometer operation has been achieved by remov-
Restraining forces introduced by sliding friction ing the feedback filters from all three seismom-
are apparently less important. The threshold eters by command. In this configuration, the seis-
ground-motion acceleration required to produce mometers have responses equal to underdamped
an observable signal cannot be determined accu- pendulums with natural periods of 2.2 sec. The
rately; however, the smallest signals observed instrument response curve corresponding to this
correspond to a surface acceleration of 8X10 -4 mode of operation is shown in figure 3-4.
cm/sec 2 (peak-to-peak surface motion amplitude
of 2 nm at a frequency of 10 Hz). Lunar surface
5 -
accelerations less than this approximate thresh-
old are apparently not detected by the SPZ seis-
mometer.
A series of square-wave pulses observed on
the SPZ seismometer trace began at 11:00
G.m.t. on December 2, 1969, and lasted approxi-
mately 13 hr. A similar "storm" commenced at
approximately 08:00 G.m.t. on December 28, •50
1969, and ended some time between 01:00 and
23:00 G.m.t. on January 1, 1970. The pulse
amplitude was constant and was approximately .20
equal to a shift in the third least-significant bit
of the 10-bit binary ALSEP data word. These
• 10
pulses are also observable on the records from eo
E
the LP seismometers, but the pulses have reduced on
amplitude. The source of these pulses has not .05

yet been identified, but malfunction of the PSE
analog-to-digital (A/D) converter or of the con-
verter reference voltage is suspected. The fact .02
that each of these "storms" occurred just subse-
quent to lunar noon, that the second storm was .01
.3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 30
the stronger of the two, and that the seismometer
Period. sec
temperature rose to 142 ° F at the second lunar
FZCURE 3-4.--Response of LP seismometers with feed-
noon as compared to 134 ° F at the first lunar
back filters removed. Seismometer sensitivity for unity
noon suggests that the high temperatures in the ordinate value is 5-mV output for 0.3-nm ground
seismometer may have caused the trouble. motion.
Thermal Control and for the LM ascent, the compressional veloc-

ity of the lunar surface material has been deter-
The PSE active thermal control system was
mined to be approximately 108 m/sec. This value
designed to maintain constant temperature to is consistent with estimates derived on the basis
-+-18 ° F about a set point of 125 ° F. The ob-
of mechanical properties measured by Surveyor,
served range is from + 85 ° F (predicted by ex-
as presented in references 3-4 and 3-5 and by
trapolation) during the lunar night to + 142 ° F
Sutton and Duennebier in "Seismic Characteris-
during the lunar day. This temperature variation
tics for the Lunar Surface From Surveyor Space-
will not degrade the quality of seismic data but
craft Data" (to be published).
will greatly reduce the probability of obtaining
Signals were also recorded from the impacts
useful tidal data. It appears that higher-than-
of the two portable life-support systems as they
anticipated heater output is required to maintain
struck the lunar surface after ejection from the
the temperature of the sensor unit within the
LM. Observed signal amplitudes from these
-+-18 ° F tolerance.
sources are smaller by a factor of 80 than the
Deployment signals observed from tl_e same sources during
Apollo 11. This reduced amplitude of the ob-
Several points raised by the astronauts relative
served signals is due to the increased separation
to the sensor emplacement are worthy of note.
of the PSE and the LM during the Apollo 12
It appears that tamping the lunar surface mate-
mission.
rial with the ribbed soles of the astronauts' boots
Postascent Period
is not an effective means of preparing the surface
for experiment emplacement. The total compac- Forty seismic signals of possible natural origin
have been identified on the records for the 38-
tion achieved by such tamping is reported to be
small. Secondly, spreading the thermal shroud day period following LM ascent (the period for
smoothly over the surface was difficult. The light- which data are available): 10 on the SPZ com-
weight Mylar sheets of which the shroud is con- ponent and 30 on the LP components. All but
structed appeared to resist a fiat-lying configura- one of the 10 high-frequency events detected by
tion. It is not known whether this resistance is the SPZ component were recorded within 8 hr
after LM ascent and may correspond to LM
caused by electrical effects or by elastic memory
within the Mylar. venting processes. This observation is in contrast
to the thousands of signals assumed to be of LM
origin that were recorded during the first 8 days
Description of Recorded Seismic Signals
of the Apollo 11 seismometer operation. This
This experiment is a continuation of observa- drastic reduction in the number of interfering
tions made during the Apollo 11 mission (refs. noises from the LM is due, primarily, to the
3-2 and 3--3). nearly eightfold increase in distance from the
Preascent Period
LM (130 m for Apollo 12 as compared to 16.8 m
Prior to LM ascent, many signals correspond- for Apollo 11). Part of the reduction may be
ing to various astronaut activities on the surface attributed to the reduced sensitivity of the SPZ
and within the LM were recorded, primarily on component to small signals.
the LPZ component. The astronauts' footfalls Direct correlation has been made between sig-
were detectable at all points along their traverse nals recorded by the magnetometer (also on the
(maximum range, approximately 360 m). Signals lunar surface) and those recorded by the SPZ
of particular interest were generated by test fir- component. This correlation was particularly
ings of the reaction control system (RCS) thrus- noticeable during passage of the ALSEP through
tors while the LM was on the lunar surface and the transition zone between the tail of the mag-
by the LM ascent. Signals received from these netic field of the Earth and interplanetary space,
sources are shown in figure 3--5. By measuring where rapid variations in the magnetic field were
the elapsed time between engine ignition and observed on the magnetometer record. It is
signal arrival at the PSE for the RCS test firings assumed that detectable currents are induced in
RCS burn n0. I --,_1

_,_l A_itj,aa, a_L.ml,..__,"
LM ascent
i t I I 1 I I 1
10 20 30 40 50 60 10 80
Time,sec
Flcvm_ 3-5.- Signals recorded during test fire of the RCS thrustors on the lunar surface and
during LM ascension.
the main coil of the SPZ component by varia- It is expected that these phases, although indis-
tions in magnetic flux. These signals will be tinct, can be identified by use of more sophisti-
studied with a view toward the possibility of cated analysis techniques and can be used to
extending the measurement of magnetic-field determine the velocity structure of the outer
variations to higher frequencies than can be regions of the Moon.
recorded with the magnetometer because of its Another interesting feature of L-signals is that
lower data rate. the peak amplitudes recorded on all three LP
The two largest events recorded to date are seismometers are nearly the same in every case.
shown on a compressed time scale in figure 3-6 The spectrum of the largest event (December
along with the signal from the LM impact, which 10, 1969) is shown in figure 3-7. The spectrum
is to be discussed subsequently. The signals are of the signal is broad, with maximum energy
prolonged (total durations are between 30 min near 1.6 Hz. The very-low-frequency peak in
and I hr), with the gradual increase and de- the spectrum is produced by an oscillation pres-
crease in signal strength that is characteristic of ent on the LPZ seismometer at tile time of the
all signals, thus far recorded by the LP seismom- event and is not related to the seismic signal.
eters. These signals are classified as L-signals A very significant event was recorded when
according to the nomenclature adopted in the the LM ascent stage impacted at a distance of
"Apollo 11 Preliminary Science Report" (ref. 75.9 km from the ALSEP (azimuth from ALSEP,
3-2). It should be noted that this designation E 24 ° S). The angle between the LM trajectory
does not refer to a particular type of seismic and the mean lunar surface was 3.7 ° at the point
wave; the designation is simply a shorthand of impact. The azimuth of the trajectory was
means of referring to the class of signals de- 305.85 ° . Signal from the impact was recorded
scribed. In general, L-signals are complex, with well on all three LP seismometers. The signal
little correlation between the three LP seismom- amplitude built up gradually to a maximum of
eter channels. The familiar pattern of signals 10 nm, peak to peak (all components), over a
corresponding to the various body waves and period of approximately 7 min and thereafter
surface waves typically observed from earth- decreased gradually into the background. The
quakes is not observed in any of the recorded total signal duration was approximately 55 rain.
signals. However, there is some indication of the The signal is shown with a compressed time
arrival of body waves (compressional (P) waves scale in figures 3-6 and 3-8. Except for the very
and shear (S) waves) in the early parts of the beginning of the wave train, distinct signals
larger L-signals and in the LM impact signal. corresponding to various types of seismic waves
LM impact
December
i0
I I I I I I I
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Iime. min
FIcvm_ 3-6.- The two largest seismic events recorded to date, in compressed time scale,
compared with the signal received from the LM impact. Only LPZ components
are shown.
(phases) are not apparent. The first few minutes

of the filtered and rotated seismograms are
shown with an expanded time scale in figure 3-9. 15
The first signal, assumed to be the compressional
wave P, is very small in amplitude, and it is 10
difficult to specify the exact arrival time. The
prominent signal that occurs near the beginning
of the wave train was produced by a sudden tilt 5
of the instrument. Such tilts occurred throughout ,_
the recording period, but they are especially
prominent at times of terminator crossings. A ._ 0
possible second arrival, marked "S(?)" in figure
3-9, may be the arrival of the direct shear wave.
_5
There is no visible correlation between com-
ponents after the very first portion of the wave _,
train. A test for coherence was carried out by o-10
generating the cross-spectral matrix for the X,
Y, and Z components. Figure 3-10 shows power
and cross spectra for the first 20 min of the LM -15
impact signal. The data sample starts at 22 hr
17 min 36.43 sec (approximately the onset time
of the emergent first arrival) and ends at 22 hr -20
I I I I I
38 min 12.9 sec. Spectra-are normalized to the 0 .5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
amplitude of the LPX spectrum, and tile raw Frequency,Hz
data were smoothed by the first finite difference
(high-pass filtering) before the spectral esti- FiG_ea_ 3-7.- Frequency spectrum of the event on De-
mates were computed. cember 10, 1969.
HI Im IN • • ii ml I HI Imlil I ImlllH _l I I iI •m ill Imill i II HIH Illll I l IIInll_ IllJ mU Immll Ililli_ I IIII lill II im _1 mm_mll ilm WIN _i _1 mini'Ira m ill II I_1 illlm I Wi imlr_t_Ut_
i0 nm[
i0 nm[
6nm[
LPZ
1 l f I I I I l 1 k
0 10 20 ! 30 40 50 60 70 80 gO
22:20 G.m.t., Time. min
November 20, 1969
Fzcum_ 3-8. -- Three LP components of the LM impact signal in compressed tLrne scale.
tl-10dB) _ ., ^. a,h,ai A,A__.AJ.,mA,II.. ^,,A_.,.LII..,.LLI.AJLAMA_A_-'|a,A^

"- .......... . .... v ..... - ....
T ,.,,-,,_- v-, v- .- -p -v v.,,-vv. ,v-_ V-V ,vw _lV v,,vvv. _--,4,,.,,_lN_/v v l VNI W,,IvvV _vp,' '
_ ..........^.....:;. I, , ^..AA,A,A,IAAmAAkA,
AI
"17,
............... V'' 'vl'vv
22:17:41.2 22:17:58.
i
FxcuB_ 3-9.- Signals from the LM Lmpact in expanded t_ne scale. The data from the two LP.
horizontal-components seismometers are rotated to give transverse (T) and
radial (R) components with respect to the Lrnpact pohat.
In general, the spectra for the LPX, LPY, and LPZ components, although shorter time samples
LPZ components are broadly centered at 1 Hz, of data do not show this correlation. By using
with peaks at 0.95 and 1.2 Hz. The phases of the the real parts of power spectra and cospectra,
cospectra between the LPX-LPY and the LPX- the coherence between signal components was
LPZ components do not reveal consistent phase computed, using the definition
relationships between these components. Inter-
estingly, there is some indica_on of a possible /'Sxr Svx_ '/_
consistent phase relation between the LPY and Cx_--\Sx__ s_,]
LM impact, Apollo 12:22 hr 17 min 36.4 sec to 22 hr 38 min 12.9 sec
1 LPX Cospectrum of LPX and LPY 1 Cospectrum of LPX and LPZ
E E
Phase of cospectrum of LPX and LPY LPY Cospectrum of LPY and LPZ
]
- I I 0
ol
Phase of cospectrum of LPX and LPZ Phase of cospectrum of LPY and LPZ LPZ
E o_
I I I
3 l 2 3 4 0 l 2 3 4
Frequency, Hz Frequency, Hz Frequency, Hz
FxcuaE 3-10.- Power spectra, eospectra, and phases of cospectra of the three LP components
of the LM signal for the first 20 rain. The spectral amplitudes are normalized
to the LPX spectrum.
where C is coherence, Sxy and Svx are cospectra, impact wave train (1) the coherent motion was
and Sxx and Syy are spectra of X and Y compo- primarily P, SV, or Rayleigh type and (2) the
nents. In the frequency band of peak power primary direction of propagation was from the
(/=0.5 to 1.5 Hz), the coherence between the source (impact site) toward the instrument. The
LPX-LPY and LPX-LPZ seismometer pairs is lack of strong coherence between any of the
quite low (C<0.5). The coherence between components indicates the presence of interfer-
LPY and LPZ components is somewhat higher ence either between different wave types or
(C -_ 0.6), indicating a better correlation. These between arrivals from different directions owing
results suggest that during the first 20 min of the to reflections or to scattering. No signal was
detectable on the SPZ component. This is attrib- by meteoroid impacts or by shallow moonquakes.
uted to the reduced sensitivity of the SPZ seis- By comparing the various L-phases with the LM
mometer. impact signal, it may be concluded that few, if
The seismic wave velocity corresponding to any, L-events originated significantly farther
the first arrival ranges between 3.1 and 3.5 km/ from the seismometer than the LM impact. The
sec. The range in velocities is due to the uncer- LM impact occurred at a distance of 75.9 km.
tainty in the exact location of the emergent Many, however, appear to have come from
beginning of the wave. smaller distances.
To explain the unexpectedly long duration of
the wave train, it must be assumed either that
Feedback (Tidal) Outputs and
the effective source mechanism was prolonged
Instrument Temperature
in some manner or that the long duration of the
The PSE LP seismometers are sensitive to tilt
wave is a propagation effect. An extended source
(horizontal components) and changes in gravity from an impact might result from (1) triggering
(vertical component). These data are trans- of rockslides within a crater located near the
mitted through separate data channels referred point of impact, (2) distribution of secondary
to as "feedback" or "tidal" outputs. Large tilts impacts of ejecta that would presumably rain
(0.5 to 1 minute of arc) have been observed downrange (toward ALSEP) from the primary
during passage of the terminator over the PSE impact point, (3) disturbance by an expanding
site, when thermal changes are most rapid. gas cloud consisting of residual LM fuel (180
When the change is from day to night, tilting kg) and volatilized ejecta, and (4) collapse of
begins several hours before local terminator "fairy castle" or other fragile structures triggered
crossing and lasts for several days. When the by seismic waves. None of these mechanisms is
change is from night to day, tilting begins ab- considered likely, although the possible effects
ruptly at the time of terminator passage and of secondary impacts deserve closer considera-
continues for several days. The close correlation. Since the signal maximum occurred approx-
tion between the time of terminator passage and imately 7 min after impact, it is assumed that
the onset of tilting suggests that such tilts result the main contribution from secondary impacts
from thermal effects on the instrument. Rapid would correspond to a time of flight to 7 rain for
heating and cooling of the Mylar thermal shroud the ejeeta. The range from the primary impact
is thought to be a major source of these dis- point to the secondary impact point can then be
turbances.
computed as a function of the velocity of the
ejected particle. The results of this calculation are
Discussion
given in table 3-I. It can be seen from table 3-I
The background seismic noise at the Apollo 12 that ejeeta velocities would have to be less than
site is frequently not detectable by the PSE; that 0.4 km/sec and the corresponding ejection angle
is, it is below 0.3 nm at 1 Hz. Thus, seismometers greater than 54 ° to account for the arrival of
can be used on the Moon at much higher sensi-
tivities than could be achieved on Earth. This TAnLE 3-I. Distance From Primary Impact
result was also obtained for the Apollo 11 record- Point to Secondary Impact Point as a Function
ing site (refs. 3-2 and 3-3). of Ejecta Velocity for a 7-Min Time of Flight
The occurrence of similar L-events during both
Ejecta Ejection angle
the Apollo 11 and 12 missions greatly strengthens velocity, (]rom horizontal), Range,
km/sec deg km
the present belief that, of the various types of
signals observed, L-events are most likely to be 1.6 1.1 493
of natural origin. Equally important, the inclu- 1.4 4.4 555
sion of the LM impact signal in this family 1.2 8.0 460
1.0 12.7 381
shows that L-type signals can be generated by
.8 19.4 299
impulsive sources on the Moon. This observation
.4 54.0 93
suggests that all L-events were produced either
PASSIVE
SEISMIC
EXPERIMENT 49
secondaryimpactsin the vicinity of the PSE it will provide important evidence on the origin
(range=76km) 7 min afterthe impact.These and evolution of the lunar interior.
valuesare well outsidethe expectedrangefor If the outer region of the Moon is composed of
the shallowimpactangleof the LM. (The LM blocks of varying dimensions, seismic waves trav-
struckthe lunarsurfacetravelingat 1.67km/sec eling through this material would be intensely
at an angleof 3.7° from the horizontal.)Since scattered. In the case of extreme scattering, the
the signalproducedby the LM impact.began seismic wave energy may be considered to dif-
approximately 23.5secafterimpact,not all of fuse through the medium in a manner analogous
the signalcan be attributedto ejectalanding to the flow of heat through a solid or the move-
nearthe seismometers. The minimumtime of ment of gas molecules through a gaseous me-
flight at near-orbitalvelocitywouldbe approxi- dium. Such propagation is governed by the laws
mately45sec.The sameremarkappliesto pro- of diffusion in which, as applied to the present
pellantgasesreleasedupon impact.Only seis- case, the seismic energy "flow" is proportional to
mic wavepropagationpermitssignalvelocities the gradient of energy density. The applicable
highenoughto accountfor the beginningof the equations are given by Latham et al. (ref. 3-3).
disturbance,regardlessof the details of the This hypothesis can be tested by comparing the
mechanism postulated.In addition,the factthat observed variation of seismic signal energy from
the samesignalcharacter is observedfor events the LM impact with the signal predicted from
of naturaloriginsuggests thatthesignalcharac- diffusion theory.
ter is producedprimarilyby propagation effects. Figure 3-11 is the smoothed envelope of the
If the signaldurationis a propagationeffect, observed seismic signal from the LM impact
the attenuationof seismicwavesin the lunar plotted on an arbitrary decibel scale. Two theo-
materialthrough which thesewavestraveled retical curves based upon diffusion theory are
mustbe extremelylow. Attenuationof elastic also shown. One curve assumes that the outward
energyin a vibratingsystemis frequentlyspeci-
fied by the quantityQ (quality factor) for the
system; or 1/Q, the dissipation function, where 25
1/Q is the fractional loss of elastic energy per
•... _ Observed
cycle of vibration of the system. Thus, a high Q Q_ _. - _ _ -Two-dimensional
implies low attenuation. The value of Q for the
/( "% _- 5 km2/sec,Q= 3600
lunar material in the region of the Apollo 12 site |E _ ....... Three-dimensional
ranges between 3000 and 5000. This range is in r_ _. _ =7 km21sec,Q • 3600
contrast with values
for most crustal materials
One hypothesis
of Q between
that could
on Earth.
10 and 300
explain the signal

J_
_15
..._" i
character
implied
of L-phases
by surface
is that
least in its outer regions.

the Moon not only
has a high Q but also is very heterogeneous,
Heterogeneity
evidence.
seismic waves that would occur through
at
is also
The scattering
a highly
of
;j ',,
r
heterogeneous material would tend to increase £ I- °%

the duration of the observed seismic wave and C -._,
.%
to suppress the appearance of distinct phases

°°%
within the wave train. A medium that shows
high Q and high scattering efficiency is unlike I I 1 I "','l
10 20 30 40 50
anything observed within the Earth. Cold blocks
Timeafter impact, min
of different composition in welded contact might
show these properties. A welded aggregate might FiGuru_ 3-11. -- Smoothed envelope of the observed wave
scatter seismic waves and still maintain high Q. train from the LM impact compared with the energy
Whatever the mechanism is determined to be, distribution with time predicted by diffusion hypothesis.
50 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
radiatingenergyis confinedto a near-surface the evidence for low attenuation is hard to deny,
zone(two-dimensional spreading),andtheother this phenomenon raises some difficult questions
curve assumesspherical (three-dimensional) as to its mechanism. Regardless of the explana-
spreading.The parameter_ is the productof a tion of signal duration, the similarity between
characteristic
distance_,,defineda_s
the distance the impact signal and other prolonged signals
over which one-halfof the outwardradiating suggests that the latter were produced by mete-
energyis reflectedbacktowardthe source,and oroid impacts or by near-surface moonquakes at
the averagevelocityof propagationv. The sym- ranges mostly within 100 km of the seismometer.
bol Q is the quality factor of the lunar material, The seismic energy generated at the point of
as defined previously. impact can be calculated from the observed sig-
It can be seen from the graph (fig. 3-11) that nal amplitude. The calculated energy is on the
the diffusion theory accurately predicts the ob- order of 10 l° ergs if two-dimensional spreading
served signal envelope except for the first few is assumed and on the order of 1011 ergs if three-
minutes, where the theory predicts somewhat dimensional spreading is assumed. These values
smaller amplitude than is observed. It may be are 10 -0 and 10 -5 , respectively, of the kinetic
that conventional ray theory provides the best energy of the LM at impact. For these calcula-
explanation for the early part of the signal. tions, the signal amplitude at 10 rain into the
Although this result does not verify the scattering wave train is taken to be 4.2 nm. Simple har-
hypothesis, it is sufficiently encouraging to war- monic motion at a frequency of 1 Hz is assumed.
rant further consideration. The density of the lunar material is assumed to
As shown in figure 3-11, the value of _ that be 3 g/cm 3, and the effective thickness of the
gives the best fit between the theoretical and waveguide for the two-dimensional case is taken
experimental curves ranges between 5 and 7 to be 4 km.
km2/sec. By assuming an average velocity of Although the nature of the signals from the
3 km/sec and _=6, the characteristic distance x LM impact and other L-type events indicates
is 2 km. This value of X means that one-half of that a considerable amount of scattering of seis-
the propagating seismic energy is reflected back mic energy has occurred, it is possible that much
over a distance of 2 km. What this reflection of the character of the signal can be explained
means in terms of the average distribution of as resulting from propagation through a near-
discontinuities in the medium is not precisely surface waveguide. As mentioned previously, the
known. However, it can be assumed that the compressional wave velocity in the regolith near
linear dimension between scattering surfaces the lunar surface is approximately 100 m/sec.
must be a fraction of 1 wavelength. The pre- Based upon laboratory measurements on returned
dominant signal frequency is approximately 1 lunar rock samples, as discussed in the following
Hz; thus, 1 wavelength is approximately 3 paragraphs, this velocity should increase to ap-
km. Taking 1/10 wavelength to 1 wavelength as proximately 6 km/sec at depths of 15 to 20 km,
limiting values, the inferred separation between thus forming the lower boundary of the wave-
discontinuities, or dimensions of blocks, ranges guide. Preliminary calculations using ray optics,
between 300 m and several kilometers. Of course, on simple models consistent with this velocity-
heterogeneity may exist on a scale outside the depth structure, indicate that the first several
range, but would not contribute appreciably to minutes of the seismogram can be explained in
scattering for the observed wavelengths. this manner. Work is continuing on this approach,
The seismic signal detected from the Apollo 12 and at this writing it appears that a reasonable
LM impact (fig. 3-8) demonstrated that pro- velocity model can be found that will match the
longed wave trains can be produced on the major aspects of the records throughout the wave
Moon by relatively small impulsive sources. This train. Most of the seismic energy from a near-
result is extremely important to interpretation of surface source would be trapped in this wave-
the long reverberation as a propagation effect guide. Detailed comparisons between the LM
and could be explained by postulating extremely impact signal and other L-signals should allow
low attenuation (high Q) for the Moon. While determination of which of these two possibilities
PASSIVE
SEISMIC
EXPERIMENT 51
-- scattering or the characteristic of the velocity- 150

depth function-is the more important mecha-
nism in producing the observed wave trains.
To estimate the near-surface properties of the
Moon from the available data, lunar seismic /I
velocity models have been constructed on the
basis of the measurements of the physical prop-
100 /
erties of
Model
returned
I assumes
lunar samples. (See ref. 3-6.)
the same variation in elastic E
k_
;)ob
parameters with pressure (or depth) as meas- rrl
ured in the laboratory on a breccia sample.
Model III uses the measured properties of a 50
homogeneous igneous rock. Model II is an at-
tempt to combine the properties of the igneous
rock and breccia samples to produce a model
that will have the elastic parameters of a highly __ RomannumSerals
i:: imC:_
er model
fractured igneous material. For model II, the
I I I I
bulk density is assumed to be that of the igneous lO0 200 300 400
sample (approximately 3.1 g/cm 3), and the com- Distance,km
pressibility is assumed to be that of the breccia I I
5 10
sample. Poisson's ratio is assumed to be 0.30 for
Distance,deg
model IIa and 0.27 for model IIb.
The travel time curves for these models are FmUP,E 3-12.- First and second arrivals from the LM
shown in figure 3-12. The corresponding maxi- impact plotted on the travel-time-distance curves based
mum depths of seismic ray penetration are given on Apollo 11 lunar sample data from reference 3-6.
in table 3-II.
The observed travel times for the first arrival
consistent with the numbers of detectable mete-
from the LM impact and a later arrival are also
oroid impacts predicted (refs. 3-7 and 3-8) for
plotted, with a range of times indicating the
a high-Q Moon. Thus, it is possible that all of
possible reading error. The first arrival is assumed
the observed L-signals were produced by mete-
to be the direct P-wave. The wave type o£ the
oroid impacts. The difference in the observed
second arrival, labeled "S (?)," is uncertain. The
rates of these events on the two missions may
travel times for these phases fall in between
result from failure of the Apollo 12 SPZ seis-
those predicted for the homogeneous igneous
mometer to respond to small signals, as discussed
model (III) and the fractured igneous model
previously. Most of the Apollo 11 L-signals were
(II). Thus, if it is assumed that the observed
detected by the SPZ seismometer because the
phases correspond to direct P- and S-wave prop-
predominant frequencies of these signals are
agation, the correct model for the upper 20 km
higher than the high-frequency limit (2 Hz) of
of hmar material in the vicinity of the Apollo 12
the LP seismometers.
landing site must have been a velocity-depth
function that falls between those assumed for
models II and III but is closer to the homogene- TABLE 3--II. Depth of Ray Penetration of Rays
ous igneous rock case of model III. This result That Emerge at a 75.9-km Range
must be taken to be very tentative since sample-
to-sample variations may be large enough that Model P-ware depth, km S-ware depth, km
a single predominant rock type may also be

I 18 21
found to fit the observations.
IIa 15 15
The average rates of L-events detected during IIb 17 17
the Apollo 11 and 12 recording periods are 4 per III 11 8
day and 0.8 per day, respectively. These rates are
103 served L-signals as being of meteoroid impact

origin, although the presence of some events
50 - with other source mechanisms ( i.e., moonquakes)
is certainly not precluded. By extrapolating the
on O results given in figure 3-13 to large amplitudes,
_'20 _ >_
O signals with amplitudes equal to that of the LM
"on
Qa
impact signal are expected to occur at an aver-
on
l0 10
2 i
age rate of three per year.
Few, if any, of the observed signals have pat-
terns normally observed in recordings of seismic
E activity on Earth (with the possible exceptions
of volcanic tremors, microseisms, and landslide
C signals; i.e., signals from sources that have ex-
_._1- _=101 tended source mechanisms). Phases correspond-
¢..9
ing to the various familiar types of body and
E
surface waves are either indistinct or absent in
the lunar signals, and most wave trains are of
0 - J i I t t i tiiii l_l long duration with little phase correlation be-
0.2 0.5 l 2 5 10 20 30
tween components.
Recorded peak-to-peak amplitude, mm
The fact that no seismic signals with charac-
Fictrms 3-13. -- Cumulative number of L-events observed
teristics similar to those typically recorded on
to date (denoted by circles). Theoretical curve based
the Earth were observed during the combined
on the estimate of meteoroid flux from reference 3-9
is shown by a solid line. recording period for Apollo 11 and 12 (63 days
at this writing) is a major scientific result. The
high sensitivity at which the lunar instruments
In figure 3-13, the cumulative number of were operated would have resulted in the detec-
Apollo 12 L-events detected to date by the LP tion of many such signals if the Moon were as
seismometers is compared with the predicted seismically active as the Earth and had the same
number of detectable meteoroid impacts. The transmission characteristics as the Earth. Thus,
predicted number of impacts assumes (1) the the data obtained indicate that either seismic
meteoroid flux estimates given by Hawkins (ref. energy release is far less for the Moon than for
3-9), (2) attenuation of seismic signals with dis- the Earth or the deep interior of the Moon is
tance as given by the diffusion model described highly attenuating for seismic waves. Although
previously, and (3) that the fraction of impact the material of the outer region of the Moon (to
kinetic energy that is converted to seismic wave depths of at least 20 km) appears to exhibit
energy is the same as that calculated for the LM very low attenuation in the regions studied, the
impact. The conversion efficiency for meteoroids possibility of the existence of high attenuation
with trajectories more nearly perpendicular to at greater depths cannot presently be excluded.
the surface than that of the LM may well be The absence of significant seismic activity within
greater than the LM impact efficiency. the Moon, if verified by future data, would imply
In view of the order-of-magnitude estimates the absence of tectonic processes similar to those
involved in these calculations and the short associated with major crustal movements on the
recording time available, the agreement between Earth and would imply lower specific thermal
predicted meteoroid impact signals and the ob- energy in the lunar interior than is present in the
served data is remarkable. The lack of agree- interior of the Earth.
ment for small-amplitude signals is probably Interpretation of present data is not concerned
explained by the inability of the SPZ seismom- with tile structure of the deep interior of the
eter to detect small signals. It is concluded from Moon since most of the recorded events appear
this comparison that there are sufficient numbers to have occurred at relatively short ranges. The
of meteoroid impacts to explain all of the ob- relatively thick zone of self-compaction in which
elastic wave velocity increases strongly with is necessary to estimate quantitatively the rates
depth would perhaps be 20 km thick. The large of crater formation and erosion. The lunar seismic
increase in velocity with depth results in a sur- experiments will provide data that will be
face sound channel that may carry the seismic uniquely suited to the study of this problem.
energy of these events. The impact of the Saturn
IVB ( SIVB ) stage in April 1970, at a range of References
200 km from the Apollo 12 ALSEP, should enable
3-1. LATHAM, G.; EWlNG, M.; PRESS, F.; and StrrTorL
extension of present interpretation to depths G.: The Apollo Passive Seismic Experiment.
approaching 50 km into the Moon. Science, vol. 165, no. 3890, July 18, 1969, pp.
,
241-250.
It is also important to remember that all results
3-2. LATHAM, G. V.; EWING, MAVRICE; et al.: Passive
obtained thus far pertain to mare regions. Quite
Seismic Experiment. Sec. 6 of Apollo 11 Pre-
different results may be obtained for nonmare
liminary Science Report, NASA SP-214, 1969,
regions in which the structure may differ radically pp. 143-161.
from that of the mare. 3-3. LATHAM, G. V.; et al.: Apollo 11 Passive Seismic
With data from one or two lunar seismic sta- Experiment. Science, vol. 167, no. 3918, Jan. 30,
1970, pp. 455-457.
tions, construction of a picture of the lunar
3-4. CHnlSTENSEN, E. M.; BATTEnsoN, S. A.; et al.:
interior with detail approaching that of Earth
Lunar Surface Mechanical Properties at the land-
models cannot be expected. Seismic experiments ing Site of Surveyor 3. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 73,
have, nevertheless, already revealed some unex- no. 12, June 15, 1968, pp. 4081-4094.
pected phenomena, the understanding of which 3-5. CHOATE, R.; BATTERSON, S. A.; et al.: Lunar Surface
Mechanical Properties. Sec. 4 of Surveyor Pro-
will eventually answer some important questions
gram Results, NASA SP-184, 1969, pp. 129-169.
concerning the structure and dynamics of the
3-6. SCHREmER, E.; et al.: Sound Velocity and Com-
Moon with significant implications for lunar his- pressibility for Lunar Rocks 17 and 46 and for
tory. As a result of the reduced level of detectable Glass Spheres From the Lunar Soil. Science,
lunar seismic activity relative to Earth, results vol. 167, no. 3918, Jan. 30, 1970, pp. 732-734.
3-7. LAsTEn, S. J.; and PRESS, F.: A New Estimate of
will come more slowly than had been hoped,
Lunar Seismicity Due to Meteorite Impact. Phys.
and there will be greater dependence upon the
Earth and Planet Interiors, vol. 1, 1968, pp.
establishment of a network of stations and upon 151-154.
use of artificial sources such as impacts of the 3-8. McGann, A.; LATHAM, G. V.; and GAULT, D. E.:
S IVB stage and the LM ascent stage. Meteoroid Impacts as Sources of Seismicity on the
Moon. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 74, no. 25, Nov. 15,
Meteoroid impacts are a major factor in shap-
1969, pp. 5981-5994.
ing the lunar surface. Determination of the size
3-9. HAWKINS, GERALD S.: The Meteor Population, Re-
and frequency distribution of meteoroid impacts search Report No. 3. NASA CR-51365, Aug. 1963.
4. Lunar Sur[ace Magnetometer Experiment
P. Dyal, a C. W. Parkin, a and C. P. Sonett at
The electromagnetic properties of a planetary tion of temperature, these magnetic-field meas-

body yield valuable information concerning the urements provide information on the thermal
present physical state and the past evolutionary state of the lunar interior. Such information on
history of the body in the solar system. Magnetic- the interior temperature of the Moon is crucial
field measurements have proved to be one of the for differentiation between existing theories of
most useful tools for determining the electromag- lunar formation and history.
netic properties of the Earth's interior and its
solar-wind and ionospheric environments. Purpose and Theory of the Experiment
An extension of these magnetic-field measure-
Purpose of the Experiment
ment techniques was used on the Apollo 12 mis-
sion to investigate the electromagnetic properties The purpose of the magnetometer experiment
of the Moon. The Apollo 12 magnetometer de- is to measure the magnetic field on the lunar
tected a steady magnetic field of approximately surface and to determine from these measure-
36 gammas superimposed upon the geomagnetic ments some of the deep-interior electrical prop-
tail, transition region, and interplanetary fields erties of the Moon. This experiment will also help
through which the Moon passes during each to elucidate the interaction between the solar
orbit. The magnetometer also measured a defi- plasma and the lunar surface.
nite lunar magnetic response to the time-varying
solar-wind field during both the lunar day and Past Experimental Measurements
night. The magnetometer was deployed in the Recent experiments have made considerable
Ocean of Storms, a mare-type sea of smooth, progress in the determination of the electrody-
uniform surface features that made the site ideal namic properties of the Moon. Magnetic-field
for first measurements of the field of the entire measurements from lunar orbital satellites such
Moon. Large mountains or craters would be as Luna 10 (ref. 4--1) and Explorer 35 (refs. 4-2
more likely to possess local electromagnetic in- and 4-3) indicate a remanent, or permanent mag-
homogeneities that would have hindered making netic dipole moment for the whole Moon of less
whole-body lunar-field measurements with a than 1020 G-cm _, and it may possibly be 0. Thus,
single instrument. the lunar dipole moment is less than 10 -5 that of
Magnetometer measurements are used to deter- the Earth.
mine the lunar response to fluctuations in the The relative permeability _ of the lunar surface
interplanetary magnetic field and to measure the material can be estimated from the magnet
time-invariant field associated with the whole experiment results of J. N. deWys (ref. 4-4) from
Moon and with local sources. Measurements of Surveyors 5 and 6. She reported the presence of
the induced lunar magnetic field permit the elec- less than 1 percent by volume of magnetic iron
trical conductivity of the lunar interior to be cal- material. By assuming this material to be mag-
culated. Because electrical conductivity is a func- netite and by using the dependence of perme-
ability upon the magnetite content of rocks as
• NASA Ames Research Center. given by Keller and Frischkneeht (ref. 4-5), a
t Principal investigator. relative permeability t* of 1.04 may be derived
55
for lunar surface material. Behannon (ref. 4-6) mit calculation of the size, location in the Moon,
placed an upper limit of 1.8 on the bulk relative and magnetic moment of the source. The orbit-
permeability by studying the Explorer 35 mag- ing magnetometer (ref. 4-2) has a perilune of
netometer measurements as the Moon traversed 1.48 lunar radii (RM), an apolune of 5.4 RM, and
the neutral sheet in the geomagnetic tail. an orbital period of approximately 11 hr.
The relative dielectric constant c of the surface The short-period measurements involve tran-
material has been measured by Earth- and satel- sient induction of fields in the Moon by the solar
lite-based radar experiments. Hagfors (ref. 4-7), field, and by the Earth field, at different loca-
in his review of Earth-based observation of the tions in the orbit of the Moon. The properties of
Moon, showed a relative dielectric constant of the driving medium, that is, of the solar plasma,
2.6 to be consistent with backscattered measure- must also be considered in detail to understand
ments at 108 Hz. Brown et al. (ref. 4-8) esti- the steady-state and transient magnetic fields on
mated a value for c of 3.5±0.7 at 10 TM Hz by the lunar surface. The solar plasma or solar wind
using data from the radar altimeter and the emanates from the solar atmosphere and passes
Doppler velocity sensor of the Surveyor 3 space- the Moon at a velocity _f approximately 400 km/
craft. The conductivity a of the lunar surface sec. The high electrical conductivity of the solar
material was calculated by Kopal ( ref. 4-9) from wind allows the solar magnetic fields to be
radiometer and radar data to be a _ 10 -4 mhos/m "frozen in" and carried along at the character-
at 3X10 s Hz. More recently, Strangway (ref. istic speed of the plasma. Such fields, which
4-10) estimated the dc conductivity to be 10-. is have been measured as a regular feature of the
to 10 -16 mhos/m, based upon investigations of solar wind, originate with the plasma in the
radar scattering from the lunar surface. Prelimi- atmosphere of the Sun. Because of the rotation
nary examination of the lunar samples from of the Sun, the solar magnetic field spirals out
Apollo 11 (ref. 4-11) indicates that the intensity from the solar atmosphere in a pattern that
of remanent magnetization varies from 10 -5 to makes an angle of approximately 45 ° with the
10 -2 emu/g from the various samples. direction of solar-wind flow near the orbit of
the Earth. The magnitude of this interplanetary
Theory of the Experiment field at the Earth is normally 5 gammas, and
Theoretical analysis of the time-series mag- the density of the plasma is approximately 5
netic-field measurements on the lunar surface particles/cm 3.
can be conveniently divided into two parts. The The interplanetary magnetic field carries waves
first part covers field fluctuations with periods of various types that are associated with the dif-
longer than 10 days, and the second part covers ferent plasma modes in the solar wind. These
higher frequency phenomena with periods be- magnetic-field waves intercept and electromag-
tween 10 days and 0.3 see. netically excite the Moon in a manner similar to
The long-period measurements are associated magnetotelluric excitation on Earth. McDonald
either with remanent sources localized near the (ref. 4-12) has applied this method to the Earth
Apollo 12 landing site or with the entire Moon. by using the secular variations in the geomag-
The magnetic field measured on the lunar sur- netic field to determine the electrical conductiv-
face is a vector sum of the lunar, terrestrial, and ity of the Earth mantle.
solar magnetic fields. The selenomagnetic field In his analysis of the interaction of the Moon
associated with the whole Moon or with a local- with the solar wind, Gold (ref. 4-13) assumed
ized portion of the Moon should have small am- that the electrodynamic interaction could be
plitude variations for time periods less than 10 characterized by a Cowling time constant. Gold
days and can, therefore, be separated from the postulated that the time constant would be long
higher frequency fluctuations by measurements compared to the rotation period and that a
obtained through one complete revolution of the magnetosphere and accompanying shock wave
Moon around the Earth. Simultaneous measure- would be produced. Magnetometers on Explorer
ments from the Apollo 12 magnetometer and the 35 (refs. 4-2 and 4--3) did not detect a bow
Explorer 35 magnetometer (in lunar orbit) per- shock.
LUNARSURFACE
MAGNETOMETER
EXPERIMENT 57
Colburn,Currie, Mihalov,and Sonett(ref. limit of the conductivity to be 10 -5 mhos/m.

4-14)andSonett(ref. 4-15)extended thisanal- Both Colburn and Ness assumed displacement
ysisto includethe casein whicha steady-state currents to be negligible, the driving magnetic
currentsystemis generatedin the Moon and field to be uniform over lunar dimensions, and
closesin the solarplasma.
An electricfield the Moon to be homogeneous. Colburn also
stated that his results were consistent with a
E=vXB (4-1)
model in which the Moon has a highly conduct-
isproduced as the solarmagnetic fieldB, frozen ing core surrounded by an insulating layer.
in the solar plasma, sweeps by the Moon with a Behannon (ref. 4-6) used the Explorer 35 mag-
relative velocity v. For this to occur, it is neces- netometer measurements made during the tra-
sary for the plasma and the magnetic field to be versal of the magnetic tail of the Earth to put
decoupled near the lunar surface so that the field an upper limit of 1.8 on the relative magnetic
can diffuse into the interior. The flow of the cur- permeability of the Moon. In the tail region, the
rent driven by this electric field will distort the plasma flow velocity is subsonic with respect to
diffusion of the magnetic field in the lunar inte- the Moon.
rior and cause the interplanetary field to be dis- Sill and Blank (ref. 4-17) and Schwartz and
torted. This current system will induce a toroidal Schubert (ref. 4-18) have considered the time-
magnetic field with a magnitude inversely pro- dependent response of the Moon to this depend-
portional to the total resistance to current flow ent driving field. By assuming the proper bound-
through the Moon. (See fig. 4-1(a).) ary conditions, it is possible to solve the vector
This model was used by Colburn et al. (ref. Helmholtz equation for the time-dependent lunar
4-14) in analysis of the Explorer 35 magnetic-field field induced by the tffne-varying magnetic field
measurements to determine an effective electrical and the motional electric field in the solar wind.
conductivity of 10 -G mhos/m for the whole Moon. The magnetometer on Explorer 35 provides a
By similar analysis of Explorer 35 magnetic-field measurement of the external driving field, and
measurements, Ness (ref. 4-16) found the upper the Apollo 12 magnetometer measures the result-
Turbulentpla_
_OU_O_
_i°n
e _/2-////)/__ _//
.z<--
V
";X_o (b)
FIGUP_E4-1.-Induced magnetic field. (a) Toroidal in-

duced field B,. View shows the side of the Moon facing
the Sun, with north pole at top. (b) Poloidal induced
field Bp. View is down upon the lunar northern hemi-
sphere. The equatorial plane B0 and v are in the plane
of the paper. The resultant E is perpendicular to the
la) plane of the paper.
ing induced lunar fields. The’eddy currents in- based upon thermal models from Phinney and
duced by the rotating sector structure in the Anderson (ref. 4-21) for a young, cold, poorly
solar wind produce a poloidal field that opposes conducting Moon and for an old, hot, highly con-
the driving field (fig. 4-1 ( b ) ). A conductivity u ducting Moon. The hot lunar model has a factor
can be determined as a function of depth in the of lo3 greater interior electrical conductivity than
lunar interior if it is assumed that displacement the cold model; therefore, determination of the
currents are negligible. After the radial conduc- lunar interior temperature profile should allow
tivity distribution has been calculated, a material differentiation between hot and cold models of
distribution can be assumed, and the internal the Moon.
temperature T can be calculated by using the
Experimental Technique
method of Rikitake (ref. 4-19); that is,
Instrument Requirements
The magnetometer, designed and built to
measure the magnetic fields at the Apollo 12 site,
is one of the five instruments of the Apollo lunar
where Ei is the activation energy of the material, surface experiments package ( ALSEP) . Astro-
ai is the conductivity at infinite temperature, and nauts Conrad and Bean deployed the instrument
k is Boltzmann’s constant. The three summation at 14:OO G.m.t. on November 19, 1969. Figure
terms of equation ( 4 2 ) denote impurity, in- 4-2 shows the magnetometer immediately fol-
trinsic, and ion semiconduction that dominate, lowing deployment and just prior to instrument
respectively, at increasing temperatures. Eng- activation at 14:39 G.m.t.
land, Simmons, and Strangway (ref. 4-20) have In conducting a surface magnetometer experi-
calculated an internal conductivity distribution ment, it is important that the geographic site,
FIGURE
4-2. - Apollo 12 magnetometer deployed on the Moon.
LUNAR SURFACE MAGNETOMETER EXPERIMENT 59
instrument sensitivity, and frequency range be TABLE 4--I. Apollo 12 Magnetometer

selected with care. Time variations of the field Characteristics
are required for sounding measurements, and dc
Parameter Value
fields are required for a measurement of the uni-
polar interaction and of the permanent lunar Range 0 to 2400 gammas
0 to 2200 gammas
magnetic field. A further requirement is that the
0 to ±100 gammas
magnetometer be able to operate over the lunar Resolution 20.2 gamma
day and night, because the mapping of the field Frequency response dc to 2 Hz
lines to determine the interior configuration re- Angular response Proportional to cosine of
quires measurements during a complete lunation. angle between magnetic-field
vector and sensor axis
The instrument must provide its own internal Sensor geometry Three orthogonal sensors at
calibrations on a periodic basis to determine in- the end of 100-cm booms
strument drifts during temperature excursions Orientation determination to
and over long time periods. within 1" in lunar
coordinates
For Earth-based magnetic observations, it is Commands 8 ground and 1 spacecraft
important that a site survey be conducted at the Internal calibration 180° flip
lunar magnetic observatory location. Local de- and sensor flip 0, 2__25,250, and 275 percent
posits of nickel-iron or stony-iron meteoric mate- of full scale
rial may be penned or may produce induction Field bias offset 0, 2__25,250, and 275 percent
capability of full scale
fields that will produce anomalous readings for
Modes of operation Orthogonal field measurements
measurements of the global field response of Gradient measurement
the Moon. Self-siting of the magnetometer is Internal calibration
accomplished by measuring the magnetic field Power 3.5 W average in daytime
between the three sensor heads and calculating 7.5 W average in nighttime
Weight 8.9 kg
the gradient in the plane of the sensors. These Size 25 by 28 by 83 cm
gradient measurements provide information on Operating temperature -50 ° to +85* C
the locations of sources and will also permit one
comlSonent of V XB to be calculated.
The accuracy of an individual measurement
will be fixed because of telemetry bit-rate limita- of 6000 Hz. The output signal from the sense
tions; therefore, the instrument must have a vari- winding contains a second harmonic signal at
able range, and any set range must be capable 2[0, with an amplitude proportional to the input
of being biased by a known amount. The instru- magnetic field and a phase relative to the drive
ment must also measure its position with respect waveform determined by the polarity of the mag-
to the lunar coordinate system. This is accom- netic field. The sensor electronics amplifies and
plished by the use of level sensor readings of filters the the 2_0 sense-winding signal and syn-
two angles and a shadowgraph reading taken by chronously demodulates it to derive a voltage
an astronaut to determine the azimuthal aline- proportional to the magnetic field.
ment of the magnetometer. The preceding re-
Electronics
quirements have resulted in the development of
an instrument that has the properties listed in The magnetometer electronics is self-contained,
table 4-I and the configuration illustrated in fig- except for ALSEP-supplied power, telemetry
ures 4--3 and 4--4. timing, and command lines. It weighs 6 lb, occu-
pies a volume of 300 in?, and contains 1300
Fluxgate Sensor
active components, 1800 passive components,
The Ames fluxgate sensor is the most important and 3300 memory core locations. The operation
element in the magnetometer and is shown sche- of the electronics can be categorized as illus-
matically in figure 4--5. The sensor consists of a trated in the functional block diagram (fig. 4-6).
flattened toroidal core of permalloy that is driven The magnetic-field measurements are made by
to saturation by a sine wave at a frequency f0 the ttuxgate sensors that are operated by the
Y-axis
tt
Sensor '
X-axis
Z-axis
FXCVRE 4-3.- Lunar surface

magnetometer in the labora-
tory.
Power, signals
and commands,
Parabolic mirror and

thermal radiator
FXCVRE'4-4. -- Magnetometer
functional diagram.
'lectors and radiators
Electronic modules (27 each )--_______.__ (50 ft)
Support le/ _lation "N_ -""""_
sensor electronics to provide to the analog-to- measurements utilizes the major portion of the
digital (A/D) converter an output voltage that magnetometer electronics. The analog data are
is proportional to the field. This signal is proc- converted to digital form by the A/D converter,
essed through a low-pass three-pole Butterworth filtered by the digital filter, and transferred to
filter required to reduce aliasing errors at the the output data buffer. The digital filter has a
A/D converter sample rate of 26.5 samples per bandwidth of 0 to 0.36 Hz and will allow mag-
second. This filter has 3-dB attenuation at 2 Hz netic-field measurements to be made over an
and 64-dB attenuation at the sample rate of entire lunar cycle without alias errors being in-
26.5 Hz. The sensor electronics has three ranges, corporated into the data. The filter is a hard-
±100 gammas, ±200 gammas, or ±400 gammas, wired digital computer that accepts the 10-bit
that can be selected by ground command. Cali- word from the A/D converter, stores it in a
bration and dc offset fields are generated by 3300-bit core-storage memory unit, performs the
causing precisely known current to flow through arithmetic operations for the filter routine, and
the sensor feedback winding. transfers the data to the output data buffer. The
Internal data processing of the magnetic-field filter can be bypassed by ground command in
LUNARSURFACE
MAGNETOMETER
EXPERIMENT 61
order to pass higher frequency information. Fre- sensors in three mutually orthogonal directions
quency response for the entire system is shown and to reorient these sensors automatically for
in figure 4-7. calibration and site-survey operations. The sen-
sors are spread approximately 150 cm apart and
Mechanical and Thermal Subsystems are 70 cm above the lunar surface. A functional
The main function of the mechanical subsys- schematic of the motor and cables necessary to
tem on the magnetometer is to orient the fluxgate flip and gimbal the fluxgate sensor is shown in
figure 4--8.
Feedbackwinding Sensewinding The thermal subsystem on the magnetometer

is designed to allow the instrument to operate
over the complete lunar day-night cycle. This
Feedback0 0 Ambient
field field thermal system is designed to keep the mag-
Toroidal
netometer between -30 ° and +65 ° C during
Drive winding Amplitude core the night and day excursions. Because of some
L--.Time
lunar dust on the thermal-control surfaces, the
Drive voltage A A _ /'_ /'_ daytime temperatures were 10 ° C higher than

expected from prelaunch tests. This is within
Permeability I-I 17 17 !-1F'I I-]J-L]-I I-1 I-I
the operating temperature limits (-50 ° to + 85 °
Ambient field
C) of the instrument.
Sensecoil flux linkages "l r-I J-_ _ _ Thermal control is accomplished by a combi-
- "-' I..-J LI LI L
Sensecoil n n n ^ _ . ,, n n n nation of insulation, control surfaces, and heat-

°utputv°ltage u u v ,, - - * v u u
Amplifiedand filtered signal"_ A A ,_ ^ _ _ ^ A ,,_ / ers. A covering of highly efficient insulation
V V V v _ --vvv V
blankets is used to thermally isolate the instru-
Demodulatedsignal
ment from its surroundings so that a set of para-
Filtereddemodulatedsignal_ bolic reflector arrays (fig. 4-9) can control the
Demodulated
referencesignal7 _ _ _ _ _ _ ,17,_ _ ,r heat transfer between the instrument and the
lunar environment.
FZGUBE 4-5.- Ames fluxgate sensor.
/
I Magneticsensor X I Cornmand W From
andoffset =
Calibrate
generator 1
Sensor logic J"--" ALSEP
MagneticsensorY II electronics
I Magnetic
sensorZ J
1 data To
I Motors ] -- Output
buffer F ALSEP
_-[ Multiplexer
I Tempsensors I
1 1
Digital
converter filter
Levelsensors ] Engineering I AID
data
electronics /
I Positionsensors II Timer and L From
Site survey
control F ALSEP
and flip
L Heaters J_- calibrated
I
fl
programer
powersupply
dcldc k ALSEP
From
L Voltage ]
FzcuaE 4-6.- Functional block diagram.

62 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
Glass heat felt insulation
blanket 112-in. thick
Sensor arm.__.:_
,J
2.5
iiJ
E
I s
i
I
s I
i s
i
.01 •1 1 10 j,,
Frequency. Hz
Fxcum_ 4-7. -- Frequency response.

7 f
ISarabolicreflector
array (PRA)
Flip rotation _'[lectronics box
90° and 180°, ..'" 120mil aluminum)
Multilayer insulation blanket.
40 alternate layers of aluminized
Mylar (114-mil thick)and
Dexiglas (3-rail thick)
approximately )12-in. thick
FIuxgate Fzctrm_ 4-9.- Thermal control for electronics box.

Toggle. sensor
back to Earth from the magnetometer experi-

ment. Each analog sensor output is converted to
a digital word and transmitted to Earth by
means of the telemetry format shown in table
_ rotation _° 4-III. The digital data are recorded on magnetic
i
Motor tape at the remote sites and sent to MSC for
processing. These processed tapes are then sent
FICURE 4-8. -- Mechanical gimbal and sensor flip unit. to Ames Research Center for detailed scientific
postmission analysis.
In addition to being recorded on magnetic
Mission Operation and Data Flaw
tape for later use, the data are sent directly to
The Apollo 12 magnetometer experiment is
controlled from the NASA Manned Spacecraft TABLE 4--II. Command List
Center (MSC), Houston, Tex., by commands
transmitted to the ALSEP site from remote track- Command Function
042 Operational power ON
ing stations. These commands are chosen on the
045 Power standby
basis of the analysis of data received in real 123 Range select
time at MSC and are transmitted to the ALSEP 124 Field offset
by the Manned Space Flight Network (MSFN). 125 Offset address
127 Flip-calibrate inhibit
Figure 4-10 is a simplified block diagram of the
131 Flip-calibrate initiate ( Also
telemetry command and data flow. Ten ground
initiated every 12 hr by
commands and one ALSEP-timer-initiated com-
the ALSEP timer.)
mand control the magnetometer. Table 4--II is 132 Digital filter bypass
a list of these commands. 133 Site survey
134 Thermal control
Science and engineering data are transmitted
LUNAR SURFACE MAGNETOMETER EXPERIMENT
63
F_cr.r_ 4-/0, _ Apollo 12 magnetometer telemetry command/data flow.

TABLE 4-III. Telemetry Data
Subcommutated Status bits

Engineering analog
ALSEP channel 7 bit
word (bit 10) (bits 9 to 3)
1 X-sensor temperature X-flip position X-flip

2 Y-sensor temperature Y-flip Y-flip
3 Z-sensor temperature Z-flip Z-flip
4 Gimbal flip unit temperature X-gimbal Y-gimbal
5 Electronics temperature Z-gimbal Temperature control
6 Level detector 1 Spare Heater state
7 Level detector 2 Range Range
8 Reference voltage Spare Spare
9 Same as 1 X-offset X-offset
10 Same as 2 X-offset Y-offset
11 Same as 3 Y-offset Y-offset
12 Same as 4 Z-offset Z-offset
13 Same as 5 Z-offset Z-offset
14 Same as 6 Address Address
15 Same as 7 Filter Inhibit
16 Same as 8 Spare Spare
17 1O bit X-axis magnetic field
19 10 bit Y-axis magnetic field
21 10 bit Z-axis magnetic field
49 10 bit X-axis magnetic field
51 10 bit Y-axis magnetic field
53 10 bit Z-axis magnetic field
MSC for real-time analysis to allow proper con- features on panoramic surface photographs with
trol of the experiment. Real-time control is neces- the corresponding Lunar Orbiter photographs on
sary to establish the proper range, offset, fre- a Mercator projection prepared by the Army
quency response, thermal control, etc. One of Map Service, Corps of Engineers, for NASA.
the most important requirements for real-time The experiment is deployed so that each sen-
operation is to control the one time-irreversible sor is directed at an angle approximately 35 °
sequence of events that performs the gradient
measurements during a site survey. It is neces- TABLE 4-IV. Apollo 12 Magnetometer
sary to assess both the magnetic-field amplitude Experiment Operations
stability and the instrument performance before
Date Timehr:min
{G.m.t.), Operation
sending the command to start the site-survey
Nov. 14, 1969 16:22 Lfftoff from Kennedy Space
internal sequences. Data analysis for the real-
Center
time operations is presented continuously on a
Nov. 18, 1969 14:32 Lunar landing
brush recorder and is presented intermittently 12:55 ALSEP removed from lunar
Nov. 19, 1969
upon command on a high-speed printer. module
Nov. 19, 1969 13:41 Magnetometer removed from
Results ALSEP
Nov. 19, 1969 14:01 Magnetometer deployed by
The Apollo 12 mission provided the first mag- Conrad and Bean
netic-field measurements from the hmar surface. Nov. 19, 1969 14:02 Magnetometer photographed
Nov. 19, 1969 14:39 Magnetometer turned ON
The sequence of operations during the first part
Nov. 19, 1969 14:45 Magnetometer range
of the mission is given in table 4-IV. selected
The magnetometer location on the lunar sur- Nov. 20, 1969 11:09 First flip-calibrate
face is 03.35 ° W longitude and 2.97 ° S latitude. sequence completed
Robert Sutton of the U.S. Geological Survey Nov. 20, 1969 14:26 Lunar module ascent
Nov. 22, 1969 22:50 Site-survey sequence started
determined these coordinates by matching lunar
above the horizontal. The 2-sensor is pointed to- During each orbit around the Earth, the Moon
ward the east and the X-sensor toward the north- is embedded in each of the different magnetic-
west. The Y-sensor completes a right-handed field regions shown schematically in figures 4-13
orthogonal system. A photograph of the deployed and 4-14. The magnetic-field environment is
instrument taken by Astronaut Bean is shown in dominated by the solar wind in interplanetary
figure 4-2. This photograph was taken after he space, by the interaction of the solar wind and
had leveled and azimuthally alined the instru- the Earth magnetic field in the bow shock and
ment along the ALSEP-to-Sun line by moving transition region, and by the Earth intrinsic field
the instrument around until the bubble level and in the geomagnetic-tail region. A detailed meas-
shadowgraph read within marked preset values. urement of the magnetic field as a function of
A subsequent photograph (fig. 4-11), also taken time on the lunar surface and in the immediate
by Astronaut Bean, shows the shadowgraph and vicinity of the Moon will permit the electrical
visual bubble level after instrument alinement. conductivity U, permeability p, and dielectric
The shadowgraph reading was transmitted over constant e to be calculated. These electrical pa-
the voice telemetry link and indicated that the rameters that are calculated for field measure-
instrument was alined azimuthally to within 0 . 5 O ments at one point on the lunar surface may be
of the instrument shadowgraph-to-Sun line. Two associated with either the whole Moon or with
orthogonal electronic level sensors are monitored that part of the lunar body in the vicinity of the
every 5 sec as part of the magnetometer engi- Apollo 12 landing site. A magnetometer network
neering data. The angular readings are shown in is required to measure unambiguously the whole-
figure 4-12 and indicate that the instrument body inductive response of the Moon to time-
changed its orientation by about 2 O during the varying magnetic fields.
first lunar day. Magnetic-field data were received immediately
FIGURE4-11. - Astronaut pho-

tograph of shadowgraph.
after instrument turn-on, and ground commands examination indicates that the average field mag-
were sent to establish the proper range, field nitude is 36-+-5 gammas and that the field is
offset, and operational mode for the instrument. directed downward and toward the southeast,
Low-frequency magnetic-field data were aver- as shown in figure 4-15. A more detailed analysis
aged over the first 20-day period. A preliminary over a period of several lunations will be re-
quired to reduce the uncertainty in this measure-
ment.
1.0
A site survey was performed during a 2-hr
.6 period starting at 22:50 G.m.t. on November
22, 1969. The magnitudes for the vector measure-
.2 ments at each of the sensor-head locations were
0 as follows:
-.2
.,,..,
Sensor: B
_' ".6 X 32.7±0.2 gammas
lb Y 32.7±0.2 gammas
_-1.0 Z 32.8±0.2 gammas
-1.4 The scalar gradient calculated in the plane deter-

mined by the three sensors is
-1.8
0tBI
-2.2 _r _ 4×10 -3 gammas/cm (4-3)
i • J i l 1 i ,
xs i_'i6 '_l'4's' 12 16 _ _4
Higher frequency data, which will be used to
November December
Date measure the inductive response of the Moon, are
shown in figures 4-16 to 4-21. These figures
FIGUnE 4-12. -- Level sensor data. show typical field measurements obtained during
\ \
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
_11122 1
\
\
\
ncescalesin _rth r_ii
\\\\
Fzctn_ 4-13. - Lunar orbit in the solar ecliptic plane.
/
Solar field
Geomagnetic tail
12/2
_17 Moon
11/22
12/6
Earth
i11/19
Transition region
12/18
12/12
12/14
FxcvrtE 4-14. -- Three-dimensional view of the lunar orbit.
a 6-rain period in each of the three regions of the Moon (fig. 4-13). The field variations are
shown figure 4-13. The figures are reproductions caused by the fluctuating solar field that is trans-
of real-time records and do not have all the ported to the lunar surface by the solar plasma.
instrumental parameters removed from the data. These measurements correlate in time with data
The steady 36___5 gamma field is readily ob- from the solar-wind spectrometer.
served in all the real-time records. Figure 4-17 is a plot of the three vector com-
Figure 4-16 is a time-series plot of the three ponents during a time period when the Moon
vector components of the magnetic field in the was in interplanetary space and the magnetom-
instrument coordinate system. During this meas- eter was on the dark side of the Moon. It can
urement period, the Moon was in interplanetary be seen that the resultant lunar surface field
space, and the instrument was on the sunlit side lacks the short-period fluctuations appearing in
1219169
-125 r
Oil2 . 3114 0116 0118

Time. C.m.t.
FIGURE4-17. - Interplanetary field region on the dark

side of the Moon.
11126169
-12%
FIGURE 4-15. - Orientation of the average magnetic-field

vector at the Apollo 12 site.
11128169
lime, C.m.t.
FIGURE4-18. - Shock crossing.
"" 0406 0408 0410 0412 tained in the transition region between the bow
1,ine. C. 111.1.
shock and the magnetopause. In this region, the
FIGURE4-16. - Interplanetary field region on the sunlit field fluctuations are of greater amplitude and
side of the Moon. contain higher frequencies than in the inter-
planetary solar-field region. These measurements
also correlate with data from the solar-wind spec-
trometer.
data taken on the sunlit side. This indicates that Figure 4-20 shows a measurement taken in
the Moon has an inductive response to magnetic- the geomagnetic-tail field region. The field has
field fluctuations in the solar wind. low amplitude and frequency fluctuations as a
Figure 4-18 shows the vector components of function of time.
the surface magnetic field during a time when Figure 4-21 is a time-correlated plot of Apollo
the Moon was in the vicinity of the Earth mag- 12 magnetometer data with Explorer 35 mag-
netohydrodynamic bow shock. This is a large- netometer data transformed into the same coor-
amplitude shock, and it contains frequency dinate system. The data were obtained when the
components throughout the bandpass of the Moon was in the transition region. A typical
instrument. orbit plot of Explorer 35 is shown in figure 4-22.
Figure 4-19 shows typical measurements ob- It can be seen from the relative amplitude scales
III19169
.__'130 [
o _
m N
1822 1824 1826 1828 O2O2 02O4 02O6 O2O8

Time, 9. m.t. Time. G.m.t.
FIGtU_E 4-19.- Transition region between the magneto- FIGURE 4-20.- Geomagnetic-taft region.
pause and the Earth bow shock.
in figure 4-21 that the horizontal (Y and Z) com- of each of the three fluxgate sensors. The entire
ponents of the magnetic field at the Apollo 12 sequence takes approximately 5 min, and an
site are amplified when compared to the Explorer example is shown in figure 4-24. To date, 130
35 measurements. calibrations have been performed with normal
Temperatures are measured at five different instrument response.
locations in the instrument and transmitted to There have been two anomalies in the opera-
Earth every 5 sec. A plot of the temperatures tion of the magnetometer since its deployment
during the first half of the lunar day is shown on November 19, 1969. One of the three filters
in figure 4-23. The temperatures are approxi- in the data processing electronics was bypassed
mately 20 ° C higher than expected from pre- by ground command at 03:57 G.m.t. on No-
launch tests because of an accumulation of lunar vember 22, 1969, after a malfunction was dis-
dust on the thermal control surfaces during in- covered. This digital filter is a small computer
strument deployment. that low-pass filters the data and has a hard-
A reference voltage is measured and trans- wired routine with the characteristic of a four-
mitted with other engineering information to pole Bessel filter. The anomaly indicated that a
the ground stations. This voltage remained con- subroutine in the digital computer was errone-
stant to within 0.2 percent during the first 3-week ously multiplying the data by a zero. After the
period on the Moon. electronics temperature decreased to 50 ° C from
Sixteen different instrument status functions a high of 75 ° C during the lunar day, the filter
are transmitted to Earth every 10 sec. The status was commanded back into the data link. The
information has been analyzed and found to be filter characteristics were measured, and it was
normal for all modes of operation. A total of determined to be functioning properly. Prelimi-
nine different ground commands are utilized to nary analysis indicates that a welded connection
establish the proper operating modes to optimize may have parted at high temperature. Normal
gain, sensor orientation, gradient measurement, data were received during the period in which
calibration, etc. More than 200 separate com- the digital filter was bypassed. The bandpass of
mands have been transmitted to the magnetom- the instrument is increased from 0.3 to 3 Hz by
eter, and all have been properly executed. bypassing the filters, so that the data may be
The magnetometer is calibrated periodically aliased if the field contains high-amplitude infor-
both by internally generated ALSEP-timer com- mation at frequencies greater than the Nyquist
mands and by ground command from MSC. The frequency of 1.5 Hz. Recorded data during this
calibration sequence consists of four sets of am- period indicated a very low probability of aliased
plitude steps and one mechanical 180 ° rotation information. This anomaly did not recur, how-
-10
,_ -14
-18
"22
3O
24
,>-
12
-17
uq -33
-41
5
e
4
2
¥
0
-2
J
-5 ell
10 20 30 40 50
Time, min
FzGtrsE 4-21. -- Comparison between Explorer 35 and Apollo 12 field measurements.

5R itl ever, during the second lunar day when the

electronics again reached 75 ° C.
The second anomaly occurred at 20:18 G.m.t.
on December 11, 1969, when the three vector-
component measurements dropped off scale.
Subsequent commands permitted the X-com-
ponent measurement to be brought back on
scale but not the Y- and Z-sensor outputs. All
subsystems were operating normally except for
the sensor electronics. All three sensors resumed
5R,11
on-scale operation shortly following lunar sun-
rise on December 18, 1969, and the sensor elec-
tronics were calibrated and determined to be
functioning normally. These two anomalies do
not place a constraint on following missions.
Analysis
5R,,, The magnetic field measured on the lunar sur-

face is a vector sum of the lunar, terrestrial, and
FIOUP_ 4-22.- Representative Explorer 35 lunar orbit. solar magnetic fields. The selenomagnetic field
8O
o X sensor
r_ Electronics
box
0 Internal electronics
I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I
19 21 23 25 27 29 J 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27
November December
Date
I I I I I I I
323 329 335 341 347 353 361
Julian day
Fxcurm 4-23.- Instrument temperatures versus time.

72 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
1218169 from equation (4--5) is
aln_____J_l
= --3_0m (4 cos 2 0 + sin 2 0) '/2 (4-6)
ar 4rr 4
From equations (4-5) and (4-6), a minimum

distance from the dipole source to the magne-
tometer card can then be calculated.
alBt/ar _<-3 (4-7)

IB! r
N
--31BI __ 2X104 cm (4--8)

01.01 ' 01'03 ' 0105 '0107 rmin= 0[nl/0r
Time, G.m.t.
Therefore, the source must be located at least

FIGUaE 4-24.- Magnetometer calibration sequence. 0.2 km from the magnetometer if the source lies
on the surface of the Moon.
If the measured 36__+5 gamma field were the re-
associated with a local portion of the Moon sult of a localized dipole source m located at the
should have small-amplitude variations for time center of the Moon, which can be approximated
by a point dipole, then the component form of
periods on the order of days and can, therefore,
equation (4-4) could be used to calculate rn and
be separated from the higher frequency tran-
sients by measurements taken during a period 8. In component form
of one complete revolution around the Earth.
Br = 2_0m
A preliminary analysis of the field measured dur- 4,rr 3 cos 8 (4-9)
ing one-half a lunar orbit shows that the field is
36-----5 gammas in magnitude and is directed Bo = pom
4rrr _ sin 8 (4-10)
downward approximately 50 ° from the vertical
toward the southeast. The magnetic-field gradi- Solving for m and 0 with r = 1.738 X 106 m yields
ent was measured to be less than 4><10 -3 m= 1.4X102' G-cm a and 8=72 ° in a plane con-
gamma/cm in the plane tangent to the lunar taining m and a radius vector to the magnetom-
surface. eter site.
If it is assumed that the source of this field is However, magnetic-field measurements by
a dipole with magnetic moment m and that it Sonett et al. (ref. 4-2) and Ness et al. (ref. 4--3)
is positioned a distance r away from the mag- on the lunar orbital spacecraft Explorer 35 indi-
netometer in the plane of the sensors on the lunar cated that the dipole moment is less than 1020
surface, then the magnetic field B at the mag- G-cm 3. Therefore, to be consistent with Explorer
netometer is 35 measurements, the 36-gamma field must be
the result of a localized source near the Apollo
B= t_0rn (2 cos Or + sin 80) (4-4) 12 landing site rather than a uniform dipole
47rr 3
moment associated with the whole Moon.
where _0 is the permeability of free space, and The foregoing preliminary analysis of the real-
8 is the angle between m and B. The total mag- -time data indicates that a portion of the Moon
netic-field magnitude is then near the Apollo 12 landing site is magnetized.
Further examination of the data from the Apollo
_0m3 ( 4 cos 2 8 + sin 2 8 ) ,/2 (4-5) 12 magnetometer during the lunar day and night
]B[= 4,_r
and during large field transients as well as corre-
The site survey or gradient measurement at the lation with the Explorer 35 magnetometer indi-
Apollo 12 site showed the gradient in the plane cates a strong lunar inductive response to ex-
of the sensors to be less than 4 X 10 -z gammas./ ternal magnetic fields. This inductive response
cm. (See eq. (4-3).) The gradient calculated may be the result of the whole Moon or a part
of the lunar material near the Apollo 12 landing 4-8. BROWN, W. E., JR.; Dmos, R. A.; GIBSON, G. B.;
MUHLEMAN, D. O.; PEAKE, W. H.; and
site that is chemically and/or electrically dif-
PEOHLES, T. V.: Scientific Results. Ch. 6 of
ferentiated from the whole Moon. One pos-
Surveyor III Mission Report, Part II. TR32-
sible explanation of the remanent magnetic-field 1177, JPL, Calif. Inst. Tech., June 1, 1967, pp.
source is that a region of lunar material may 189-194.
have cooled below its Curie point after a meteor- 4-9. KOPAL, Z.: An Introduction to the Study of the
ite impact or a whole-Moon cooling period, Moon. D. Reidel Pub. Co. (Dordrecht-Holland),
1966, p. 369. (Available from Gordon & Breach
thereby causing the ambient magnetic field to
Sci. Pub. )
be frozen in the material.
4-10. STRANGWAY, D. W.: Moon: Electrical Properties
Discovery of both the remanent and induced of the Uppermost Layers. Science, vol. 165, no.
lunar magnetic-field sources places a strong re- 3897, Sept. 5, 1969, pp. 1012-1013.
quirement for a network of magnetometers to 4-11. ANON.: Apollo 11 Preliminary Science Report.
make independent multiple measurements and NASA SP-214, 1969.
4-12. McDoNALD, K. L.: Penetration of the Geomagnetic
ultimately to calculate the physical state of the
Secular Field Through a Mantle With Variable
lunar interior. Data analysis in the near future
Conductivity. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 62, no. 1,
will be directed toward understanding the induc- Mar. 1957, pp. 117-141.
tive lunar response and toward calculating an 4-13. GOLD, T.: The Magnetosphere of the Moon. The
electrical-conductivity distribution of the lunar Solar Wind, R. J. Mackin, Jr., and M. Neuge-
interior. bauer, eds., Pergamon Press, 1966, pp. 381-389.
(Also available as JPL Tech. Rept. no. 32-630. )
References 4-14. COLBImN, D. S.; Ctmms, R. G.; MIHALOV, J. D.;

and SONETT, C. P.: Diamagnetic Solar-Wind
4-1. DOLGINOV, SH. SH.; ERosrmNKO, E. G.; ZHWZGOV, Cavity Discovered Behind Moon. Science, vol.
L. N.; and PUSHKOV, N. V.: Measurements of 158, no. 3804, Nov. 24, 1967, pp. 1040-1042.
the Magnetic Field in the Vicinity of the Moon 4-15. SONETT, C. P.: Principle of Planetary Unipolar
by the Artificial Satellite Luna 10. Akad. Nauk Generators. Planetary Electrodynamics. Vol. II,
USSR, Doklady, vol. 170, Sept. 21, 1966, pp. S. C. Coroniti and J. Hughes, eds., Gordon &
574-577. Breach Sci. Pub., 1969.
4-2. SONETT, C. P.; COLBUnN, D. S.; and CuRare, R. G.:
4-16. NESS, N.F.: Electrical Conductivity of the Moon
The Intrinsic Magnetic Field of the Moon. J. (abs.). Trans. Am. Geophys. Union, vol. 49, no.
Geophys. Res., vol. 72, no. 21, Nov. 1, 1967, 1, Mar. 1968, p. 242.
pp. 5503-5507.
4-17. SILL, W. R.; and BLANK, J. L.: Method for Esti-
4-3. NESS, N. F.; BEaANNON, K. W.; SCEARCE, C. S.;
mating the Electrical Conductivity of the Lunar
and CANTARANO, S. C.: Early Results From the
Interior. Tech. Rept. no. TR-69-103-7-4, Bell-
Magnetic Field Experiment on Lunar Explorer
eomm, Inc., Sept. 22, 1969.
35. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 72, no. 23, Dee. 1,
4-18. SCHWARTZ, KENNETH; and SCHUBERT, GEORGE:
1967, pp. 5769-5778.
Time-Dependent Lunar Electric and Magnetic
4-4. DEWYs, J. N.: Results and Implications of Magnet
Fields Induced by a Spatially Varying Inter-
Experiments on Surveyor 5, 6, and 7 Spacecrafts
planetary Magnetic Field. J. Geophys. Res., vol.
(abs.). Trans. Am. Geophys. Union, vol. 49, no.
74, no. 19, Sept. 1, 1969, pp. 4777-4781.
1, Mar. 1968, p. 249.
4-19. RIKITAKE, T.: Electromagnetism and Earth's Inte-
4-5. KELLER, G. V.; and FRISCHKNECHT, F. C.: Elec-
rior. Elsevier Pub. Co., Amsterdam, 1966.
trical Methods in Geophysical Prospecting. Per-
gamon Press, Inc., 1966, p. 58. 4-20. ENGLAND, A. W.; SIMMONS, G.; and STRANGWAY,
4-6. BEHANNON, K. W.: Intrinsic Magnetic Properties D.: Electrical Conductivity of the Moon. J.
of the Lunar Body. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 73, no. Geophys. Res., vol. 73, no. 10, May 15, 1968,
23, Dee. 1, 1968, pp. 7257-7268. pp. 3219-3226.
4-7. HAGFORS, T.: Review of Radar Observations of the 4-21. PHINr,rEY, R. A.; and ASDERSON, D. L.: Internal
Moon. The Nature of the Lunar Surface, W. N. Temperatures of the Moon. Report of the
Hess, D. H. Menzel, and J. A. O'Keefe, eds., "Tycho" Study Group, Elec. Eng. Dept., Univ.
Johns Hopkins Press, 1966, pp. 229-239. of Minnesota, Aug. 1965.
5. The Solar-Wind SpectrometerExperiment
Conway W. Snyder, at Douglas R. Clay, a and Marcia Neugebauer a
The solar-wind spectrometer experiment was whether the Moon has any effect on the solar
designed for the Apollo lunar surface experi- plasma other than simply absorbing it
ments package (ALSEP) with the objective of (2) The properties of the lunar surface and
detecting whatever solar plasma might strike the interior- to determine whether there are any
surface of the Moon. Thus, the spectrometer was subtle effects of the Moon on the solar-wind prop-
required to be sensitive enough to detect the erties and to relate these effects to properties of
normal solar-wind flux at any angle in the lunar the Moon such as its magnetic field, its electrical
sky and to measure enough of the properties of conductivity, the possibility of the Moon retain-
the bulk solar wind to establish the nature of its ing an atmosphere, or the possible effect of solar
interaetion with the Moon. In 1966, at the time eorpuscular radiation on the lunar surface layer
the experiment was proposed, nothing was known by the mechanism of sputtering or electrical
about this interaction. Subsequently, measure- charging
ments of the solar wind and the magnetic field (3) General solar-wind properties- to study
were made near the Moon by the lunar orbiter the motion of waves or discontinuities in the
Explorer 35 (refs. 5-1 to 5-6). No evidence of a solar wind by measuring the time intervals be-
plasma shock ahead of the Moon was discovered, tween the observations of changes in plasma
and the distortion of the solar-wind magnetic properties at the Moon and at the Earth
field by the Moon was observed to be very small. (4) The magnetospheric tail o_ the Earth - to
Both of these results imply that the solar wind make inferences as to the length, breadth, and
probably strikes the surface directly, but they do structure of the magnetospheric tail of the Earth
not rule out the possibility of some more com- from continuous measurements made for 4 or 5
plex type of interaction very near the lunar sur- days around the time of full Moon
face and especially near the terminator plane.
The Apollo 11 solar-wind composition experi- Instrument Description
ment (ref. 5-7) detected rare gas atoms depos-
The basic sensor in the solar-wind spectrom-
ited in an aluminum foil on the lunar surface
eter is a Faraday cup that measures the charged-
and demonstrated that the magnitude and direc-
particle flux entering the cup. By collecting these
tion of their incident velocity was very roughly
ions and using a sensitive current amplifier, the
as would be expected for the undisturbed solar
wind. resultant current flow is determined. Energy
spectra of positively and negatively charged par-
The scientific objectives of the solar-wind
ticles are obtained by applying fixed sequences
spectrometer experiment are as follows:
of square-wave ac retarding potentials to a mod-
(1) The existence of the solar-wind plasma
ular grid and measuring the resulting changes
on the Moon- to compare solar-wind proper- in current. Similar detectors have been flown on
ties measured at the lunar surface with those
a variety of space probes. Such detectors are
measured in space near the Moon to determine described in reference 5-8.
To be sensitive to solar-wind plasma from any
a Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of
Technology. direction (above the horizon of the Moon) and
* Principal investigator. to ascertain the solar-wind angular distribution,
75
76 APOLLO 19. PRELIMINARY SCIENCE REPORT
the solar-wind spectrometer has an array of 1.0
seven cups. Since the cups are identical, an iso-

tropic particle flux would produce equal currents .8
in each cup. If the flux is not isotropic but ap-
pears in more than one cup, analysis of the rela-
•_- .6
tive amounts of current in the collectors can
provide information on the direction of plasma
flow and its anisotropy. The central cup faces .4
vertically, and the remaining six cups symmet-
rically surround the central cup. Each of the six .2
cups faces 60 ° off vertical. The combined accept-
ance cones of all cups cover most of the upward" , i I
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
hemisphere. Each cup has a circular opening,
Angle. deg
five circular grids, and a circular collector (fig.
5--1). The functions of the grid structures are to Fzctms 5-2. -- Angular response of the Faraday cup.
apply an ac modulating field to incoming par-

ticles and to screen the modulating field from the
plasma measurements is made every 28.1 sec. The
inputs to the sensitive preamplifiers. The entrance
sequence consists of 14 energy steps spaced a
apertures of the cups were protected from dam-
factor of V_ apart for positive ions and seven
age or dust by covers that remained in place
energy steps spaced a factor of 2 apart for elec-
until after the departure of the lunar module.
trons. A large number of internal calibrations are
The angular dependence of the Faraday-cup
provided, and every critical voltage is read out
sensor has been measured by laboratory plasma at intervals of 7.5 min or less.
calibrations. The result, averaged over all seven
On the Moon, the solar-wind spectrometer is
cups, is shown in figure 5-2 and agrees quite
hung from a pair of knife edges so that it is free
well with the measured optical transparency.
to swing about an east-west horizontal axis and,
The electronics for the solar-wind spectrom-
hence, is self-leveling in one dimension. Leveling
eter is in a temperature-controlled container that
about the north-south axis is indicated by a Sun
hangs below the sensor assembly. The electronics
sensor that peaks at the time that the Sun is 30 °
includes power supplies, a digital programer that
east of the axis of the central cup.
controls the voltages in the sensors as required,
current-measuring circuitry, and data-condition-
Instrument Deployment
ing circuits.
The solar-wind spectrometer operates in an The solar-wind spectrometer was deployed
invariable sequence in which a complete set of without difiqculty by Astronaut Charles Conrad,
Jr. Figure 5--3 shows the spectrometer on the
lunar surface. From the pattern of the shadow
Aperture , rl D , on the radiator (left side of the instrument), it
grid has been determined that the east-west axis of
Modulator grid G 0 the instrument is actually alined approximately
2.8 ° north of east. The data from the Sun sensor
Screen grid
Screen plate indicate that the axis is off level by approxi-
Suppressor grid mately 2.5 ° , with the west edge low. Both these
Collector values are well within specified limits. The level
about the east-west axis cannot be determined
from the photograph but should be insured by
t 1 I
0 1 2 the self-leveling suspension.
cm
Shortly after deployment, the spectrometer
was turned on to provide background data with
FICUBE 5-1. -- Faraday-cup sensor. the sensor covers in place. Approximately 1 hr
~~
THE SOLAR-WIND SPECTROMETER EXPERIMENT 77

550 km/sec. The bulk of the remaining currents
is in the two adjacent energy windows, and a
small ( 4 to 10 percent) current is in the second
higher energy window. Figure 5-4 is a histogram
of a typical spectrum of this type. This type of
spectrum would be expected for the unperturbed
(normal interplanetary) solar wind.
( 2 ) The second type of spectrum has a peak
current in a window corresponding to a proton
velocity of 250 to 450 km/sec and has significant
currents in several adjacent windows on either
side of the peak. Such spectra typically have
positive-ion densities of approximately 5 par-
ticles/cm3, and adjacent spectra (spaced 28.1
sec apart) often show \large velocity changes.
Double-peaked spectra occasionally appear,
probably indicating rapid velocity fluctuations.
Figure 5-5 is a histogram of a typical spectrum
FIGURE5-3. - Solar-wind spectrometer experiment de, of the second spectrum type. Such spectra are
ployed on the Moon. typical of the transition region between the
Earth bow shock and the geomagnetosphere.
after lunar module ascent, the covers were re- However, other sources of perturbation, such as
moved by command from Earth, and detection solar conditions at the time the solar-wind par-
of solar plasma began. ticles left the Sun or lunar interaction with the
solar wind, cannot be ruled out until further
Instrument Performance information is available.
During the first month, the solar-wind spec- ( 3 ) At times, detectable currents appear in
trometer has operated as expected. All functions only one energy step or in two adjacent steps
have performed properly. The thermal control so that certain plasma properties, such as veloc-
ity distribution, are not calculable for these
has proved adequate with temperatures ranging
between -16' and $63' C inside the electron- positive-ion spectra.
ics package and between -134' and f 6 3 ' C ( 4 ) During most of the lunar night, there is
inside the sensor assembly. Comfortable margins no detectable flux of solar-wind particles within
for possible future degradation exist, because the 100- to 900-km/sec range of the solar-wind
spectrometer.
thermal vacuum tests have demonstrated no
adverse effects of electronics package tempera-
A further type of spectrum for positive ions
tures from f108' and f 1 O O ' C or of sensor was observed early on November 27, 1969, but
temperatures from -147' to +lllo C. for only a few hours. This special type of spec-
trum had characteristics that were highly vari-
able in time. Many such spectra were of the per-
Types of Spectra Observed
turbed solar-wind type except for increased
The data discussed in this report have been fluxes in all windows from 180 to 900 km/sec
obtained from the high-speed printer in the (and perhaps beyond, since the spectrometer
ALSEP control room at the NASA Manned was in low modulation gain, and higher velocities
Spacecraft Center. The data consist of intermit- were not measured) and except for significant
tent samples of data from 1 to 8 min in duration. fluxes detected in other cups facing as far as 60'
The positive-ion spectra observed have been of from the Sun angle. One of these spectra is
the following general types: shown in figure 5-6. These spectra are not typical
(1) The peak current is in an energy window and do not seem to fit easily into the general
corresponding to a proton velocity of 400 to types listed previously.
100
Nov 29, 1%9. 21:09

Sun 18° off normal of cup no. 1
600
500
on
t.t_
20O
100
Background |
, , -[-?Z'--r.... F , = , , I
100 200 _0 400 500 600 700 800 q00 1000 II00
Proton velocity, kmlsec
FIGURE 5-4. -- Typical positive-ion spectrum obtained in the interplanetary solar wind. The back-
ground reading of each cup is slightly dependent upon modulation voltage, which
is caused primarily by pickup in the electrometer inputs. Until all the data become
available and are analyzed, this background is only estimated, giving an uncer-
tainty in readings in the higher velocity windows. The magnitude of this source of
uncertainty is indicated in each spectrum as a dashed line labeled '_oaekground."
The electron component of the solar wind has Earth. This type of solar-wind data continued,
also been detected. However, since this type of with large fluctuations in bulk velocity and den-
plasma probe typically does not completely dis- sity, until approximately 03:00 G.m.t. on Novem-
tinguish between plasma electrons and photo- ber 21, 1969, when a region of no plasma was
electrons, interpretation of the data is dit_cult. observed. For the next 5 days, there were only
Analysis of the complete data from magnetic occasional sampling periods of spectrometer
tape will be required before conclusions can be printout that indicated plasma was present (al-
drawn from the electron data. The times of ap- ways of the second type). The magnetometer
pearance and disappearance of photoelectrons indicated that the Moon was in the magneto-
gave clear indications of sunset and sunrise. spheric tail of the Earth (fig. 5-7).
Commencing at approximately 10:00 G.m.t.
Observations on November 26, 1969, the solar-wind spectrom-
eter entered a region wherein the majority of
At the time of solar-wind spectrometer dust-
cover removal ( 15:25:30 G.m.t. on November 20, spectra were of the second type (perturbed).
1969), the positive-ion spectra observed were of From approximately 12:00 G.m.t. on November
the second type (perturbed solar wind), and the 9,8, 1969 (when the magnetometer indicated pas-
lunar surface magnetometer indicated that the sage out through the bow shock into interplane-
Moon was behind the plasma bow shock of the tary space), until sunset on December 3, 1969,
1000
80(
cq NOV28,1969.08:30
E Sun.23° offnormalofcup no. ?
-_
°--
600
t-
.=
20O
r==-
F-- 8 rou ,
I I
--k t,____ .... _----.---_---'--_---7 .... l-' l - i, I
200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Protonvelocity, kmlsec
FIGUI_ 5-5.--Typical positive-ion spectrum obtained in the magnetospheric tail (peztuzbed.

sohr wind) of the Earth.
6O0O
Nov27. 1969, 02:26
Sun 8°off normalof cupno. 7
50O0
_3000
¢¢.
1000
I i _ i i , t , i i I
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 II00
Protonvelocity, kmlsec
Fxotrag 5-6. -- One of many unusual spectra obtained on November 27, 1969.
the spectra were mainly" of the first type (inter- short periods of type (2) spectra were tenta-
planetary solar wind); although fairly frequent, tively identified.
the flux density became low enough to make As indicated by the cessation of photoelectrons
classification according to spectrum type diffi- detected in the cup nearest the solar direction,
cult. Later during November 28, 1969, several the spectrometer was in darkness beginning at
80 APOLLO 19. PRELIMINARY SCIENCE REPORT
\
\
\
Disturbedplasma
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
Fzctuu_ 5-7. - Solar-wind plasma regions.
15:22:20 G.m.t. on December 3, 1969. For sev- be required to resolve this uncertainty. Data
eral hours preceding sunset, the density of the samples for December 22 to 24, 1969, also show
solar-wind plasma had appeared to decrease no detectable plasma, probably because the
steadily, but this apparent behavior may be instrument was once more in the magnetospheric
partially caused by reduced detector sensitivity tail of the Earth.
at angles near the horizon. The plasma signal Typically, the preponderance of flux entered
continued to decrease until between 19:00 and only one cup- the one most nearly facing the
20:00 G.m.t. on December 3, 1969, when the Sun. However, during the time when the solar-
instrument threshold of sensitivity was reached. wind spectrometer was most sensitive to angular
In the following 14 days of lunar darkness, no variations, from 12:00 G.m.t. on November 28,
times of plasma detection have been observed in 1969, to 8:00 G.m.t. on November 29, 1969,
the limited data scanned. there were indications that the direction of bulk
The first photoelectrons of sunrise were de- velocity varied as much as -+-10 ° from the mean
tected at 11:38 G.m.t. on December 18, 1969, angle 2 ° to 4 ° east of the optical direction of
and within 20 min the first telemetry indication the Sun. This is the only time span for which
of warming of the sensor assembly was received. angular information is now available.
However, by sunrise, protons of the solar wind
had been observed for nearly 12 hr. Several large
Summary and Results
fluctuations in proton flux occurred, varying
from a high flux approximately 18 min before This report is based upon examination of the
sunrise to no detectable plasma as late as 15 printer output of the data for the first 35 days
min after sunrise. These fluctuations may be after deployment of the solar-wind spectrometer.
caused by changes in the solar-wind flux or flow These data are only a small percentage of the
direction or by a lunar interaction effect. Com- data that will ultimately be available for this
parison with interplanetary solar-wind data will period.
The solar plasma at the lunar surface is super- 5-5. LYON, E. F.; BmDGE, H. S.; and BINSACK, J. H.:
ficially indistinguishable from that at a distance Explorer 35 Plasma Measurements in the Vicinity
of the Moon. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 72, no. 23,
from the Moon, both when the Moon is ahead
Dec. 1, 1967, pp. 6113-6117.
of and when the Moon is behind the plasma bow 5-6. SiscoE, G. L.; LYON, E. F.; BINSACK, J. H.; and
shock of the Earth. No detectable plasma BmDCE, H. S.: Experimental Evidence for a De-
appears to exist in the magnetospheric tail of tached Lunar Compression Wave. J. Geophys.
the Earth or in the shadow of the Moon. Res., vol. 74, no. 1, Jan. 1, 1969, pp. 59-69.
5-7. BUEHLER, F.;_EBEmtAnDT, P.; GEISS, J.; MEISTER, J.;
Times of passage through the bow shock or
and SICNEn, P.: Apollo 11 Solar Wind Composi-
through the magnetospheric-tail boundary, as tion Experiment: First results. Science, vol. 166,
indicated by the solar-wind spectrometer and no. 3912, Dec. 19, 1969, pp. 1502-1503.
by the lunar surface magnetometer, are in agree- 5-8. HUNDHAVSEN, A. J.: Direct Observations of Solar
ment when comparison of data has beenpossible. Wind Particles. Space Sci. Rev., vol. 8, no. 5/6,
1968, pp. 690-749.
These times are given more accurately in the
lunar surface magnetometer experiment section
of this document.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Generally, observations have been in accord- In the 51 months between the proposal of the solar-wind
ance with expectations, but the highly variable spectrometer for ALSEP and its successful deployment on
spectra observed on November 27, 1969, and at the Moon, a rather large number of people contributed
significantly to the design, development, and testing of the
sunrise may prove to involve unexpected phe-
instrument. The authors regret that it is not practicable to
nomena. Complete data and detailed compari- acknowledge all of them. Among the engineers at the Jet
son with other solar-wind measurements will be Propulsion Laboratory whose deep and prolonged involve-
required before firm or quantitative conclusions ment in the project was clearly indispensable were David
can be drawn. D. Norris, Gary L. Reisdorf, James W. Rotta, Jr., Gary J.
Walker, and Robert H. White. Albert J. Fender, the qual-
ity assurance representative, should be added to this list.
The initial design and fabrication of the electronics
References package was done by Electro-Optical Systems, Inc. ( EOS )
of Pasadena, Calif. Among EOS employees who made
5-1. COLBURN, D. S.; Curtain, R. G.; MIHALOV, J. D.; major contributions, the authors particularly wish to
and SONETT, C. P.: Diamagnetic Solar-Wind Cav- express appreciation to Bill F. Lane, Thomas D. Mac-
ity Discovered Behind Moon. Science, vol. 158, Arthur, and Richard D. McKeethan. The instrument in-
no. 3804, Nov. 24, 1967, pp. 1040-1042. tegration team at Bendix Aerospace Division, Ann Arbor,
5-2. SONETT, C. P.; COLBIJRN, D. S.; and CvRmE, R. G.: Mich., under Charles J. Weatherred was always respon-
The Intrinsic Magnetic Field of the Moon. J. sive to suggestions, and the authors are especially indebted
Geophys. Res., vol. 72, no. 21, Nov. 1, 1967, pp. to Albert D. Robinson, who was the instrument engineer.
5503-5507. Recognition is also due to the NASA Manned Spacecraft
5-3. NESS, N. F.; BEnANNON, K. W.; TAYLOn, H. E.; and Center engineers, Richard A. Moke, Carl O. McClenny,
WHANC, Y. C.: Pertubations of the Interplanetary Ausley B. Carraway, and William P. LeCroix, who had
Magnetic Field by the Lunar Wake. J. Geophys. management cognizance of the instrument at various
Res., vol. 73, no. 11, June 1, 1968, pp. 3421-3440. times.
5-4. NESS, N. F.; BEHANNON, K. W.; SCEARCE, C. S.; and This report presents the results of one phase of research
CANTA!aNO, S. C.: Early Results from the Mag- carried out at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California
netic Field Experiment on Lunar Explorer 35. Institute of Technology, under NASA Contract NAS 7-100,
J. Geophys. Res., vol. 72, no. 23, Dec. 1, 1967, sponsored by the National Aeronautics and Space Admin-
pp. 5769-5778. istration.
6. Suprathermal Ion Detector Experiment
(Lunar Ionosphere Detector)
1. W. Freeman, Jr., at H. Balsiger, a and H. K. Hills a
The suprathermal ion detector experiment operated as an ion counter that yields saturated
(SIDE), a part of the Apollo lunar surface ex- pulses for each input ion. The second detector,
periments package (ALSEP), is designed to the total ion detector, employs only a curved-
achieve the following experimental objectives: plate electrostatic energy-per-unit-charge filter.
(1) Provide information on the energy and Again, the ion sensor itseff is a channel electron
mass spectra of the positive ions close to the multiplier operated as an ion counter. Both
lunar surface that result from solar-ultraviolet channel electron multipliers are biased with their
or solar-wind ionization of gases from any of input ends at -3.5 kV, thereby providing a post-
the following sources: residual primordial atmos- analysis acceleration to boost the positive ion
phere of heavy gases, sporadic outgassing such energies in order to yield high detection eft]-
as volcanic activity, evaporation of solar-wind ciencies. Figure 6--1 illustrates the general detec-
gases aeereted on the lunar surface, and exhaust tor concept, and figure 6-2 is a cutaway drawing
gases from the lunar module descent and ascent of the suprathermal ion detector experiment
motors and the astronauts" portable life-support which illustrates the location of the filter elements
equipment and the channel electron multipliers.
(2) Measure the flux and energy spectrum of A primary objective of the experiment is to
positive ions in the Earth's magnetotail and mag- provide a measurement of the approximate
netosheath during those periods when the Moon mass-per-unit-charge spectrum of the positive
passes through the magnetic taft of the Earth ions near the lunar surface as a hm.ction of
(3) Provide data on the plasma interaction energy for ions from approximately 50 eV down
between the solar wind and the Moon to near-thermal energies. Therefore, the mass
(4) Determine a preliminary value for the analyzer measures mass spectra at six energy
electric potential of the lunar surface levels: 48.6, 16.2, 5.4, 1.8, 0.6, and 0.2 eV. How-
ever, for the Apollo 12 instrument, dependable
The Instrument laboratory calibrations were achieved only at
the two highest energy levels. The total ion
The suprathermal ion detector experiment con-
sists of two positive ion detectors. The first detector measures the differential positive ion
energy spectrum from 3500 eV down to 10 eV
of these, the mass analyzer, is provided with a
in 20 energy steps. For the Apollo 12 mass ana-
crossed electric- and magnetic-field (or Wien)
lyzer, the range of the mass spectrum covered is
velocity filter and a curved-plate electrostatic
approximately 10 to 1000 atomic mass units
energy-per-unit-charge filter in tandem in the
(amu). Twenty mass channels span this range.
ion flightpath. The requirement that the detected
The relative width for each mass channel AM/M
ion must pass through both filters allows a de-
is approximately 0.2 near the lower masses. In
termination of its mass per unit charge. The ion
principle, the flux of ions with masses less than
sensor itself is a channel electron multiplier
10 ainu per unit charge can be obtained by sub-
• Rice University. traeting the integrated mass spectrum flux
t Principal investigator. obtained with the mass analyzer from the total
83
Mass
Magnet
analy_,
-^- _..r _ _ pole....
+/r S/_ I Stepping I
Stepping Ions
in
supply
1
Amplifier
scaler
and / [_ Stepping
telemetry
Amplifier
scaler I nstrument
and ground
telemetry
Lunar surface
ground plane
FICtrl_ 6-1. -- A schematic diagram of the suprathermal ion detector experiment.
ion flux, at the same energy, obtained with the instrument and in front of the ion entrance
total ion detector. apertures (fig. 6-1). The stepped voltage is

To compensate for a possibly large (tens of advanced only after a complete energy and mass
volts) lunar surface electric potential, a wire scan of the mass analyzer (i.e., every 2.58 min).
screen is deployed on the lunar surface beneath The voltage supply is programed to step
the suprathermal ion detector. This screen is through the following voltages: 0, 0.6, 1.2, 1.8,
connected to one side of a stepped voltage 2.4, 3.6, 5.4, 7.8, 10.2, 16.2, 19.8, 27.6, 0, -0.6,
supply, the other side of which is connected to - 1.2, - 1.8, -2.4, -3.6, -5.4, -7.8, - 10.2, - 16.2,
the internal ground of the detector and to a -19.8, and -27.6. This stepped supply and its
grounded grid mounted immediately above the ground screen may function in either of two
SUPRATHERMAL ION DETECTOR EXPERIMENT 85
,Mass analyzer energy levels of the mass analyzer or the total

,, ion detector (1.2, 5.4, etc.), thermal ions may be
,,
I
Total ion detector ... , accelerated into the suprathermal ion detector
at energies optimum for detection. The success
of this method depends on the Debye length
and on the extent to which the ground-screen
potential approximates that of the lunar surface.
It is not yet possible to assess either of these
two factors.
Figure 6-3 shows the SIDE deployed on the
lunar surface. The experiment is deployed ap-
proximately 50 ft from the ALSEP central sta-
tion in a southwesterly direction. The top surface
stands 20 in. above the lunar surface. The sensor
look directions include the ecliptic plane, and
the look axes are canted 15' from the local
FIGURE 6-2. - A cutaway drawing showing the interior of vertical and to the west. Figure 6-4 shows the
the suprathermal ion detector experiment. look directions in an Earth-Sun coordinate sys-
tem at various points along the lunar orbit. The
ways. If the lunar surface potential is large and field of view of each sensor is roughly a square
positive, the stepped supply, when on the appro- solid angle, 6 O on a side. The sensitivities of the
priate step, may counteract the effect of the total ion detector and mass analyzer are approxi-
lunar surface potential and, thereby, allow the mately 5 X 1017 and 1017 counts/sec/A of enter-
low-energy ions to reach the instrument with ing ion flux, respectively.
their intrinsic energies. However, if the lunar In addition to detecting ions directly, the
surface potential is near zero, then on those suprathermal ion detector is also sensitive to the
voltage steps that match or nearly match the ambient neutral gas pressure through the back-
Second -su r face mirrors ,,Grounded

(thermal control).., ,*' top grid
_ _ ------Ground screen
Deployment
'.
"Connector
FIGURE6-3. - The suprathermal ion detector experiment as deployed on the Moon.

86 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY SCIENCE REPORT
Tothe high temperatures at lunar noon has caused the

Lunar orbit. Sun channel-electron-multiplier high voltage to be
commanded off for several days on either side of
lunar noon. The situation at the second lunar
'ALSEP
noon showed an improved situation over that
midnight
experienced on the first lunar noon, and it is
Bow-shockfront ,, expected that 100-percent duty-cycle operation
ALSEP
will be possible within the next 3 lunar days.
sunset ""
Second, on a few occasions, a calibration signal
for the total ion detector has been intermittent
for a short time. The calibration signal is used as
a diagnostic check on the digital logic and is not
"Magneto- essential to the operation of the instrument as
ALSEP pause
•
sunrise i long as the digital logic functions properly.
General Results
noon
Low-Energy Events
Shortly after turn-on of the SIDE, several low-

FIctrru_ 0-4. - The look directions of the suprathermal ion energy events were detected in the total ion de-
detector at various points along the lunar orbit• The tector. These ions appear to come in clouds that
diameter of the Earth is not drawn to scale• remain for approximately 10 min. Several clouds
were accompanied at the outset by higher energy
ions (500 to 750 eV). One arrival of such a cloud
ground counting rate of the channel electron was coincident with a magnetometer variation
multipliers. The background counting rate is de- that indicated the passage of a current sheet
fined as those counts present when the energy
nearby•
and velocity filter voltages are turned off, direct
At the same time these low-energy events
entrance of charged particles being, therefore,
were seen by the total ion detector, the mass
impossible. This property can provide a rough
analyzer detected ions in the 48.6-eV range
measure of the instrument outgassing.
(frames 0 to 19). Figure 6-5 shows the total
Most of the data used for the preliminary
ion detector counts and the mass analyzer counts
analysis presented in this report consist of
of a typical event. In figure 6-6, an average for
quick-look analog strip-chart recordings for
five mass spectra is shown. The only mass spectra
which only counts of more than four per frame
identified in the preliminary analysis originate in
are detectable. This limitation prohibits the ob-
the period shortly after turn-on, and all these
servation of low-intensity events in the quick-
spectra show a shape similar to the one presented
look data. Furthermore, no long-time averaging
in figure 6-6, that is, with a peak between frames
has yet been attempted. For these reasons, only
2 and 6. The number of spectra detected to date
the readily discernible features of the data will is rather low because within a few hours after
be discussed.
turn-on the background rate had increased with
increasing temperature so that additional similar
Performance of the Suprathermal Ion Detector events may be hidden• Such low-magnitude
At the time of preparation of this report, events can be evaluated only after a detailed
45 days after deployment, the operation of the backgTound study. Furthermore, the investiga-
suprathermal ion detector continues to be excel- tion was restricted to events that are simulta-
lent. All temperatures and voltages }lave been neously apparent in both detectors (the total ion
nominal. Only two operational anomalies have detector and the mass analyzer) at about the
been noted. First, outgassing associated with the same energy step. When this criterion was used,
150
70
Start November 19. 1969

19:45G. m. t.
10C
L
70
o=
5O 2O
5(3 lOG
Frameenergy,eV
I I I I I I I
80 gO 100 110 120 0 10 20 30 40
Frame number
(a)
20
I
10
0
8O gO 100 110 120 0 10 20 30
Frame number
(b)
FzctaaE 6-5. -- Samples of the simultaneous total ion detector and mass analyzer data from No-
vember 19, 1969. Each frame is 1.2 sec long, and the counts are accumulated in
that time interval. The total ion detector energy spectrum is repeated every 20
frames, except for a calibration cycle from frames 121 to 0. The mass analyzer
sweeps through a mass spectrum at each energy in 20 frames; therefore, a com-
plete spectrum at all six energies is obtained every 2.58 rain (including the cali-
bration cycle). Note the repeated peaks in the total ion detector data in the 20-
to 100-eV energy range. Note also the peak in frames 2 to 6 in the mass analyzer
data. (a) Total ion detector data. (b) Mass analyzer data.
gases H, H2, and He cannot be detected by the

mass analyzer. They can be 'detected only by
the total ion detector.
In addition to the previously described events
that were detected in both the total ion detector
and the mass analyzer, low-energy (10 to 250 eV)
ions have often been seen in the total ion
detector only. The total ion detector yields six
complete energy spectra in the time required
for a complete mass-energy spectrum from the
mass analyzer. The probability is high, therefore,
E_-48.6 eV that the mass analyzer will not be at the appro-
3 111 Spectrumobtainedbetween 20:31 priate energy level to simultaneously detect the
[11 and 20:42G.m.t. on ions seen by the total ion detector. These ions
[11 Novemberlg. 1969 are often quite monoenergetic. For example,
11[ (Five-data-pointaverage) several consecutive spectra may occur with high
_= 6-7 is an example of such a spectrum. In other

events, the peaks are wider, covering two to
three energy channels, or monoenergetic peaks
-_ _IL._.. counts seen in only one
of different energies are energy
mixed channel.
in several Figure
con-
secutive spectra.
600 - December 18, 1969
_ Mean_ o_
background _ L_I I,_ c_200-
I I I I
5 10 15 20
Frame number 100
FxctraE 6-6. -- A five-data-point average of the mass ana-

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
lyzer 48.6-eV range on November 19, 1969.
Ion energy per unit charge, eV
no events were found in the lower energy steps FxotnaE 6-7.- The energy spectrum for a typical 50-eV
of the mass analyzer. monoenergetic event.
As mentioned previously, the only mass spec-

tra found to date peak in frames 2 to 6, corre- It is interesting to speculate on the possibility
sponding to a mass-per-unit-charge range of 18 that the energization process for these ions is
to 50 amu/q. Evaluations of these events are not the E × B drift acceleration by the solar wind.
complete enough at this time to discuss what The frequent appearance of such suprathermal
gases these events represent. However, it seems ions suggests a general acceleration mechanism.
reasonable that ions would be found in this
Higher Energy Phenomena
medium mass range since possible sources such
as lunar module rocket exhaust products and A variety of interesting higher energy spectra
thermalized or sputtered solar-wind ions may have been observed with the total ion detector.
exist. It should be kept in mind that the light The majority of these have not yet been exam-
SUPRATHERMAL
IONDETECTOR
EXPERIMENT 89
inedin detail;however,two categories of spec- ized by an energy peak near or slightly below
tra havebeensingledout for illustration. solar-wind energies. The interesting feature of
The first categoryis characterized by large this type of spectra is that it has also been seen
countsnearthe upperendof the energyrange during the lunar night. Figure 6-9 shows ex-
of the total ion detector,that is,betweeni and amples of spectra taken approximately 3 days
3 keV.Figure6-8isanexample ofseveralspectra before the sunrise terminator crossing. At this
of this category.Dataof thistypecomepredom- time, the detector look direction is only 25 °
inantlyfromthat portionof the orbit near,and from the antisolar direction, and the ALSEP
up to 4 daysfollowing,sunsetat the ALSEP is nearly 40 ° from the sunrise terminator. The
site.Theseionsappearsporadically, oftenlast- maximum flux found to date for these ions is
ing for tensof minutesand then disappearing approximately 10 e ions/cm2-sec-sr. The solar
for hours. Theseions have been tentatively wind appears to be deflected in some way
identifiedas protonsescapingfrom the bow around the limb of the Moon for a substantial
shockfront of the Earth andmovinggenerally distance.
along the interplanetarymagneticfield lines
at the "gardenhose"angle.Sucheffectshave
1!fGmt
beenreportedat the muchcloserEarthorbit of
the Velasatellites(ref.6-1). December
15, 1969
The secondcategoryof spectrais character-
!
50[- December4, 1%9 100
/
19:19G.m.t.
13:20G.m.t.
December
15, 1969
• V 9 I
"E
501- December 5, 1969 o=
/
150
11:39G.m.t.
December
16, 1969
100
_ t
0 v v 50
100 .m.t. I
December8, 1969
03:35G.m.t. ¥ T
500 1000 1500

Ion energy per unit charge, eV
Fzcvea_ 6-9.--Typical spectra showing the solar-wind

50 energy ions seen before sunrise.
Special Events
Lunar Module Liftoff
At the time of lfftoff of the lunar module

¥ ¥ T
I000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 ascent stage, there was a slight increase in the
Ion energyperunit charge,eV counting rates of the total ion detector in lower
energy channels. No significant change was seen
Fzcvl_ 6-8.- Typical spectra showing the 1- to 3-keV
ion seen after sunset. in the mass analyzer data, but the mass analyzer
was looking at 5.4-eV and lower energy ions at 300 - _ This spectrum
the time. Four consecutive spectra taken during Background average
this event are shown in figure 6-10. The first over prior frames 1 to 80
500eV
spectrum is typical of several consecutive spectra
prior to it. The next two spectra show the in- ._ 2OO
c
creased counting rates in the channels covering
g
the broad energy range of 10 to 500 eV. By the c-
time of the fourth spectrum, the counting rates

f--
had returned to background rate. The instru-
8 100 ._52 sec
ment was heating up during this period of time,
and the consequent outgassing caused the fairly after impact
high background counting rates observed.
November 20, lg6g
22:18 G.m.t.
November20, 1969 I I
10 2O
Energy ch_annelnumber
loo _
_a)
50ev 3OO
• _ 250100 1-13o 25O
_200
c c
C:
g
e--
t--
'-s
E, loo =87 sec

after impact
This spectrum
Background average
over prior frames 1 to 80
I i
10 2O
Energy channel number
0 i I
10 2o (b)
Energy channel number
Fictrm_ 6-11. - Total ion detector spectra following lunar
Fzcmu_ 6-10.- Four successive total ion detector spectra module impact. (a) First spectrum after ascent stage
before, during, and after lunar module ascent. An eight- impact in which increased counting rate was observed.
frame calibration cycle occurs between the spectrum (b) Spectrum following instrument calibration frames.
that starts with frame 101 and the speetrum that starts
with frame 1. which an increased counting rate was observed.
A significant ion flux was detected in the 500-
lunar Module Impact and 250-eV channels. These channels were
At 22:17:17 G.m.t. on November 20, 1969, the sampled 52 sec after impact. After this spectrum,
lunar module ascent stage impacted the Moon there were eight frames of instrument calibra-
74 km east-southeast of the ALSEP. At this time, tion followed by the spectrum shown in figure
the total ion detector had been counting at an 6-11(b). The peak at 3000 eV is approximately
average rate of 142 counts per frame with no 4_ above the background rate and is, therefore,
significant variations in any frame. Figure certainly real, but the feature of main interest
6-11 (a) is the first spectrum after the impact in is the high flux of ions in the 70- to 1000-eV
channels. However, these high fluxes vanish o_

• z" '_
within the next 12 sec. The following spectra

show no counting rates that are significantly
greater than the background rate. m High background rate
On the basis of the foregoing, the inference _--_Data available
exists that the gases liberated on lunar module

impact with the lunar surface may have either
triggered a temporary perturbation to the solar
I I I ILi I I II L in i J i J I II I I I II I I ILI L I
wind that rendered the solar wind partially 19 November 3Oll December 18
detectable to the suprathermal ion detector or,
more probably, these gases themselves may have
been ionized as the spherical gas shell moved II II
--4 H _End of continuous coverage

outward from the impact point. The ionized
i i ill LI ill I _l I II JJI II J I ti I
impact-generated gases and lunar module con- 18 December 3111 January
sumable gases may have then executed E )< B 1969 1910
drift motion brought on by the solar wind and,

Fxctn_ 6-12. - A chart showing the time intervals during
hence, gained access to the suprathermal ion which the high, erratic background rates were observed
detector along the general direction of solar- in the mass analyzer data.
wind flow. In this connection, it is noted that the
ALSEP was 68 km down solar wind of the voltages appear to have an effect on the count-
impact point and that the time of arrival of the ing rates. Possible sources for the phenomena
first gas burst at the suprathermal ion detector include a high ambient pressure of neutral gas
would correspond to a velocity of approximately or a temperature-sensitive malfunction of the
1 km/sec; for thermal expansion of the cloud, channel electron multiplier. Channel electron
the requisite temperature is several thousand multipliers are known to often exhibit high back-
degrees Kelvin. The efficiency for such a mech- ground rates in the event of cracks in the glass
anism is difficult to estimate because of the walls. Generally, however, such rates are rela-
tortuous paths followed by the ions after pickup tively steady rather than highly erratic, as is the
by the solar wind and because of the large case observed for the Apollo 12 detector. Also,
gyroradii of the ions. However, a conservative such rates have not been known to disappear
order-of-magnitude estimate yields a flux con- once a crack or break has developed, whereas
sistent with the observed flux of approximately the background rate observed during the second
107 ions/cm Z-sec-sr-keV. lunar night was very low and perfectly normal.
Concerning the likelihood that these counts
High Background Rates Observed During represent an enhanced lunar surface pressure,
the Second Lunar Day it is noted that approximately 1200 lb of pro-
Three hours following the first sunrise, the pellant remained in the lunar module descent-
mass-analyzer background rate became very high stage tanks. These tanks are opened by the
and erratic. These high counts came in bursts, astronauts prior to departure. It is suspected,
slowly at first but with gradually increasing fre- however, that the vents for the tanks may freeze
quency. They continued throughout the lunar and periodically inhibit the escape of the subli-
day with slowly decreasing intensity and disap- mating fuel (Aerozine 50) and oxidizer (N204).
peared abruptly within 12 hr after sunset. Figure On the Apollo 11 mission, the passive seismic
6-12 shows the general intervals during which experiment saw seismic activity attributed to
the counts were seen. "venting or circulating gases or liquids or both"
These high counts are clearly not the result (ref. 6-2). This activity occurred for approxi-
of the low-energy positive ions the instrument mately 192 hr on the first lunar day after deploy-
was designed to detect since they are seen dur- ment. It seems possible that the high and
ing background measurement frames and since erratic background rates of the mass analyzer
neither the velocity-filter nor the energy-filter indicate the periodic and impulsive escape of
92 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
thesegases. It is believedthat a detailedcom- thedata.Thesehavenotbeenexamined

in suffi-
parisonof the datawith thosefrom the Apollo cient detail to allow categorization or discussion
12 passiveseismicexperimentand a study of at this time. Furthermore, no effort has been
someapparentperiodicitiesanddecayratesof made to search for low-level phenomena that
the burstsmayresolvethisquestion. require averaging of the data.
Summary References
The performance of the suprathermal ion de-
6-1. ASBRIDGE,]. R.; BAME, S. J.; and STRONG, I. B.:
tector has been good. The preliminary data Outward Flow of Protons From the Earth's Bow
analysis yields the following features: Shock. ]. Geophys. Res., vol. 73, no. 17, Sept. 1,
(1) Mass spectra of 50-eV ions are available 1968, pp. 5777-5782.
6-2. LATHAM, G. V.; et ai.: Passive Seismic Experi-
from early in the experiment life. These spectra
ment. Sec. 6 of Apollo 11 Preliminary Science
show a concentration of ions in the 18- to
Report, NASA SP-214, 1969.
50-amu/q mass-per-unit-charge range.
(2) Ions appear frequently in the ten- to sev-
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
eral-hundred electron-volt range. This is highly
suggestive of solar-wind acceleration of ambient The authors gratefully acknowledge the dedicated sup-
ions of either natural or lunar-module-associated port of many who have contributed to the success of the
origin. suprathermal ion detector experiment. In particular, thanks
are extended to Wayne Andrew Smith, Rice University
(3) One- to 3-keV ions are present sporadically
Program Manager; Paul Bailey, Rice University Assistant
early in the lunar night. These ions are thought Program Manager; James BaUentyne, Rice University Reli-
to be energetic protons escaping upstream from ability and Quality Assurance Engineer; Robert Shane and
the bow shock front of the Earth. David Young, space science graduate students who par-
ticipated in the design and calibration of the instrument;
(4) Solar-wind energy ions are present on the
Alex Frosch, computer programer; and the staff of the Rice
nightside of the Moon approximately 4 days University Space Science Facilities. Thanks are also due to
before lunar sunrise at the ALSEP site. William Sandstrom, Dean Aalami, and the staff at Time
(5) Energetic ion fluxes are seen in good time Zero Corporation (formerly Marshall Laboratories), the
correlation with the impact of the lunar module subcontractor for design and fabrication of the supra-
thermal ion detector, and to James Boswell, Defense Con-
ascent stage onto the lunar surface. Again, there
tract Audit Service Representative. Derek Perkins of the
is a strong suggestion that the impact-released Bendix Aerospace Systems Division and Jim Sanders and
gases have been ionized and accelerated by the Ernie Weeks of the NASA Manned Spacecraft Center pro-
solar wind. vided invaluable support to the project. Martha Fenner,
(6) High background count rates seen during space science graduate student, assisted with the data
analysis.
the second lunar day may be indicative of large
This research has been supported by NASA contract
quantities of gas escaping impulsively from the NAS9-5911. H. Balsiger is a European Space Research
lunar module descent-stage tanks. Organization/National Aeronautics and Space Administra-
Numerous other phenomena are apparent in tion International Postdoctoral Fellow.
7. Cold Cathode Gage (Lunar AtmosphereDetector)
F. S. Johnson, at D. E. Evans, b and 1. M. Carroll _
Purpose of the Experiment The time required for this second acceleration
is approximately equal to the ion gyro period
Although the lunar atmosphere is known to
in the imbedded magnetic field, and the radii
be extremely tenuous, its existence cannot be
of gyration for most ions are comparable to the
doubted. At the very least, the solar wind strik-
lunar radius or greater. Consequently, most
ing the lunar surface constitutes a source mech-
particles in the lunar atmosphere are swept away
anism. The expected atmospheric concentration
depends upon the equilibrium between source into space within a few hundred seconds (the ion
and loss mechanisms. The observations of the gyro period) after becoming ionized. Thus, the
time required for ionization regulates the loss
lunar atmosphere will be of greatest significance
process and results in lifetimes of the order of
if the dominant source mechanism for the atmos-
l0 T sec.
phere is internal (i.e., geochemical) rather than
The cold cathode gage gives indications of the
external (i.e., the solar wind).
amount of gas present but not of the composition
The dominant loss mechanisms for lunar gases
of the gas. The measured amount of gas can
are expected to be thermal escape, for particles
be compared with the amount expected from the
lighter than neon, and removal through ioniza-
solar-wind source to indicate whether or not
tion, for particles heavier than neon. At the
other sources are present. Contamination from
temperatures encountered on the lunar surface,
the vehicle system, of course, constitutes an addi-
thermal velocities for the lighter gas particles
tional source mechanism, but such a source
are such that a significant fraction of the par-
should decrease with time in an identifiable way.
ticles has greater than escape velocity. The
Eventually, however, measurements of actual
average lifetime before escape for particles on
composition should be made with a mass spec-
the warmest-portion of the Moon is approxi-
mately 104 see for helium and l0 T sec for neon. trometer to examine constituents of particularly
Heavier particles require much longer to escape great interest and to discriminate against known
by thermal motion. However, all particles ex- contaminants from the vehicle system.
posed to solar ultraviolet radiation become ion
ized in approximately 10 r sec. Once the particles The Instrument
are ionized, they are accelerated by the electric
field associated with the motion of the solar The basic sensing element of the cold cathode
wind. The initial acceleration is at right angles gage consists of a coaxial electrode arrangement
to the direction of both the solar wind and the as depicted in figure 7-1. The cathode consists
imbedded magnetic field. The direction of of a spool surrounded by a cylindrical anode.
motion is then deviated by the magnetic field A magnetic field of approximately 900 G is
such that the particle acquires a velocity equal applied in the direction of the axis, and a volt-
to the component of the solar-wind velocity that age of +4500 V is applied to the anode. A self-
is perpendicular to the imbedded magnetic field. sustained Townsend discharge develops in the
gage. In this discharge, trapped electrons in the
• University of Texas at Dallas.
b NASA Manned Spacecraft Center. magnetic field have enough energy to ionize any
t Principal investigator. gas particles they strike. The current of ions
93
Anode sponse is also slightly dependent on gas compo-

Magneticfield, . . sition. As long as the gas composition remains
unknown, a fundamental uncertainty remains in
J 11', "'_-'_-_ []. .-Cathodespool
the interpretation of the data. It is usual to
express the results in terms of the nitrogen
,'l.J L "'-_'-'-* Toelectrorneter pressure that would produce the observed re-
sponse. The true pressure will vary from this
nitrogen pressure by a factor usually smaller
than 2.
+4.500
V A temperature sensor was mounted on the
gage to determine the gage temperature. There
Fxctu_ 7-1. - Diagram of cold cathode gage sensor. was no temperature control; therefore, the ex-
pected range was approximately 100 ° to 400 ° K.
The gage was closed (sealed) with a dust
collected at the cathode is a measure of the gas cover. This cover did not provide a vacuum seal.
density in the gage. The cover was removed on command by utilizing
Figure 7-2 shows the response of the cold a squib motor to release the cover, which was
cathode gage in terms of cathode current as a
then pulled aside by a spring. Because the gage
function of pressure. It is usual to express the was not evacuated and sealed, adsorbed gases
response in terms of pressure, although the gage could produce an elevated level of response
is actually sensitive to gas density. If the gage when the gage was first turned on. The baking
temperature differs significantly from approxi- of the gage on the lunar surface at 400 ° K for
mately 21.1 ° C, the reading should be corrected more than a week during the lunar day was
for the temperature difference. The gage re- expected to drive the adsorbed gases out of the
gage.
10-6 The Electrometer
An auto-ranging, auto-zero electrometer moni-

10 -7
tors current outputs from the sensor or from the
calibration current generators in the 10 -13 to
10 -18 A range. The output of the electrometer
i0-8 ranges from -15 mV to --15 V. The output of
the electrometer is fed to the analog-to-digital
10-9 (A/D) converters. The electrometer consists of

a high-gain, low-leakage differential amplifier
with switched high-impedance feedback resistors
g 10-10 and an auto-zero network.
The electrometer operates in three automati-
cally selected, overlapping ranges: range number
i0-I
1
1, most sensitive; range number 2, midrange;
and range number 3, least sensitive. Range num-
t0-12 ber 1 senses current from approximately 10 -13
to 9.3X 10 -11 A. Range number 2 senses cur-
rents from approximately 3.3X 10 -12 to 3.2X
10-13
10 -9 A. Range number 3 senses currents from
approximately 10 -9 to 9.3 X 10 -r A. The elec-
I LLI I I Ill I I I11 I t III I Illl
10-14 I J I II I trometer transfer function is shown in figure
10-13 10-12 10-il 10"lo 10-9 10-8 10-7
7--3 in A/D readout counts as a function of input
Pressure,torr
current (theoretical and measured curves) for a
FIGURE 7-2. -- Cold cathode gage response. typical system.
COLD CATHODE GAGE 95
275
25O Range1-_ Range2 7 Range3_7
225
+25"
2OO
175
g 150
8
e_
125
I00
75
Measur ed
5O
-- Theoretical -- Theoretical - Theoretical

25
I I I I11111 1 Ib¢_ L IIIIII I L I IIIIII I I I IIIlll
I0 "13 10-1 Z 10-11 i0 -i 0 l0 -9 I0-8 l0 -7 I0 -6
Input current, A
FIG_ 7-3. -- Electrometer transfer function.
The 4500-V Power Supply ode gage was removed from its storage position
in the SIDE. It was intended that the gage open-
Basically, the power supply consists of a regu-
ing would be oriented horizontally and would
lator, a converter, a voltage-multiplier network,
and the associated feedback network o£ the low- face the pole, generally away from the descent
stage of the lunar module (LM). The cable
voltage power supply. The regulator furnishes
proved to be cold and stiff, and in the hmar
approximately 24 V for conversion to a 5-kHz
gravity, even the relatively heavy gage was not
square wave to be applied to the converter trans-
adequate to hold the extended cable straight.
former. The output of the converter transformer
Consequently, the gage tipped to face in a gen-
is applied to a voltage-multiplier network
erally upward direction.
(stacked standard doublers) and then is filtered
and applied to the gage anode.
Results
Deployment The cold cathode gage was turned on at ap-

proximately 19:18 G.m.t. on November 19,
The electronics for the cold cathode gage were
1969. At first, a full-scale response was obtained
contained in the suprathermal ion detector exper- because of gases trapped within the gage. The
iment (SIDE). The command and data-handling time history is shown in figure 7-4. After approx-
systems of the SIDE also served the cold cathode imately 1 hr, the response changed perceptibly
gage. The gage was physically separable from from the full-scale reading. After 7 hr, the indi-
the SIDE package and was connected to it by cation was approximately 1.2X10 -8 torr. When
a cable approximately 1 m long. the LM was depressurized, prior to the second
When the SIDE was deployed, the cold eath- extravehicular activity (EVA) period, the re-
10-5
\
\
\
10-6 \
\
\
- Saturated
Saturated
10-7
Q-
I0-8 J 1
LMdepressu
rization' i
i
'Astronautapproached
gage
10-9 I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
G.m.t., hr
324 325
Julian day
FIGUBE 7-4. -- Cold cathode gage response history.
sponse rose to at least 5X10 -8 tort. The exact portable life-support system. This response is
value is in doubt, because a calibration cycle also in agreement with expectations, but no close
obscured the data at the time of maximum pres- comparison with the predicted response can be
sure. The increase in pressure at the gage as a made because of the lack of quantitative infor-
result of the release of gas from the LM is in mation on the separation between the astronaut
reasonable agreement with expectations, based and the gage.
upon the amount of gas released. The release An apparent catastrophic failure occurred after
of 3 kg of gas in 102 sec should have produced approximately 14 hr of operation when the
a directed or dynamic pressure of 2X10 -7 tort 4500-V power supply shut off. Two possibilities
at a distance of 200 m. However, the obscuration exist. Either there was a failure, such as a short
of data near the peak of the pressure pulse prob- circuit, in the high-voltage supply, or the toggle
ably eliminates any prospect of making meaning- command failed. (Its failure mode was such as
ful diffusion studies based on the data. to turn off the high voltage.) There appears to
1)uring the second EVA period the gage be no way to distinguish between these two pos-
response went off scale when an astronaut ap- sibilities, but the latter appears to be the more
proached because of gases released from his likely. In test and development, no failures were
COLD CATHODE GAGE 97
encountered with the high-voltage power supply. torr. Contamination of the experiment site by the
However, logic failures did occur that were landing operations does not produce a local
brought about as a result of arcing when the atmosphere in excess of 8X10 -9 torr after ap-
package was tested under inadequate vacuum. proximately 20 hr. The gas cloud around an
The failure may have been brought about by astronaut on the lunar surface exceeds the upper
arcing, which was associated with gassing in the, range of the gage (approximately 10 -8 torr) for
electronics package as it heated up on the lunar a distance of several meters from the astronaut;
surface. however, no perceptible residual contamination
In summary, the results show that the ambient at the 10 -8 torr level remains around the gage
lunar atmospheric pressure is less than 8)<10 -9 for longer than a few minutes after his departure.
8. The Solar-Wind Composition Experiment
1. Geiss, a* P. Eberhardt, a P. Signer, b F. Buehler, a and 1. Meister a
The abundances of H + and He 2+ ions in the Principle of the Experiment

solar wind have been monitored for several
An aluminum foil 30 cm wide and 140 cm
years (refs. 8-1 to 8-3). The He/H ratio is
long, with an area of approximately 4000 cm 2,
highly variable with time and ranges from less
was exposed to the solar wind at the lunar sur-
than 0.01 to 0.25 (ref. 8-1) with an average of
face by the Apollo 12 crew on November 19,
about 0.04 (refs. 8-1 and 8-4 to 8-6). Oxygen
1969, at 12:35 G.m.t. The foil was positioned
ions have been measured during periods of low
perpendicular to the solar rays (fig. 8-1), ex-
ion temperature by means of unmanned satel-
posed for 18 hr and 42 min, and brought back
lites and space probes; under very favorable
to Earth. Laboratory experiments (ref. 8-12)
conditions, even 3He has been detected (ref.
have determined that solar-wind particles, arriv-
8-7). The Apollo program has made it possible
ing with an energy of approximately 1 keV/
to introduce a new approach to the measure-
nucleon, penetrate approximately 10 -5 cm into
ment of solar-wind ion composition. Targets
the foil, and a large and calibrated fraction are
can be exposed to the solar wind outside the
firmly trapped. In the laboratory, the returned
magnetosphere of the Earth. In this way, solar-
foil is analyzed for trapped solar-wind noble
wind ions can be collected for laboratory anal-
gas atoms. Parts of the foil are melted in ultra-
ysis after return of the target. An experiment of
high vacuum systems, and the noble gases of
this kind, the solar-wind composition experi-
solar-wind origin thus released are analyzed
ment (refs. 8-8 and 8-9), was flown for the first
with mass spectrometers for element abundance
time on the Apollo 11 mission. The experiment
and isotopic composition. In addition, a search
has yielded absolute solar-wind fluxes of 4He,
will be conducted for the possible presence in
3He, 2°Ne, and _2Ne averaged over a 77-min
the solar wind of the radioactive isotopes tritium
exposure period.
and 56Co.
Prior to the first manned landing on the Moon,
Explorer 35 plasma and magnetic field measure-
Instrumentation and Lunar Surface Operation
ments had established that, to a good approxi-
mation, the Moon behaves like a passive obstacle The experiment hardware was the same as
to the solar wind, and no evidence for a bow that flown on Apollo 11 (ref. 8-8) and consisted
shock had been observed (refs. 8-10 and 8-11). of a metallic telescopic pole approximately 4 cm
Thus, during the normal lunar day, the solar-wind in diameter and approximately 40 cm in length
particles were expected to strike the lunar sur- when collapsed. In the stowed position, the foil
face with essentially unchanged energy. This was enclosed in the tubing and rolled up on a
was substantiated by the Apollo 11 solar-wind spring-driven roller. The instrument weighed
composition experiment (ref. 8-9). It was shown 430 g. When extended at the lunar surface, the
that solar-wind helium reaches the hmar surface pole was approximately 1.5 m long and a 30-
in an unimpeded, highly directional flow. by 130-cm foil area was exposed. Only the foil
assembly was recovered at the end of the hmar
a Physikalisehes Institut, University of Bern.
exposure period; it was rolled on the spring-
b Institut fiJr Kristallographie und Petrographic, Fed-
eral Institute of Technology, Zurich. driven roller and returned to Earth. Figure 8-1
t Principal investigator. shows the instrument as deployed on the lunar
99
100 AF'OLLO 12 PRELIMINARY SCIENCE REPORT
8-1. - Apollo 12 solar-wind composition experiment as deployed on the lunar surface

FIGURE
( NASA photograph AS12-47-6899).
surface. By evaluating a number of Apollo 12 about a gram of fine lunar soil material was
photographs, it was concluded that the foil was found, including grain sizes of 1 to 2 mm.
reclined by loo during exposure. The average This lunar material must have entered the bag
solar elevation during exposure was 13O, and during return or during postflight handling of
thus the average direction of incidence of the the lunar sample return container. First anal-
sunlight on the foil was 3 O above the foil normal. yses of light noble gases in the foil have shown
After retrieval, the return unit was placed in that this dust contamination can be eliminated
a special Teflon bag and returned to Earth in sufficiently by ultrasonic treatment. Dust con-
the documented sample return container. In the tamination during return could be lowered by
Manned Spacecraft Center Lunar Receiving using a larger return bag, which can be closed
Laboratory (LRL), the unit was taken out of more effectively.
the Teflon bag, and the foil was inspected with-
out unrolling it. The upper portion of the foil Preliminary Results
was found to be tightly and smoothly rolled. The foil had the same dimensions, general
The outer windings of the foil were bulky. makeup, and trapping properties as the Apollo
This, however, does not affect the quality of 11 foil, described in detail in reference 8-8.
scientific data obtained from the experiment. Again, as on Apollo 11, test pieces were incor-
Inside the Teflon return bag, a quantity of porated that had been irradiated before flight
SOLAR-WIND
COMPOSITION
EXPERIMENT 101
with a calibratedamountof neon.In addition, been completed; therefore, in this paper, the
an unirradiatedtestfoil wasmountedin a posi- expected angle of incidence on the foil has been
tion thatremainedshieldedfromthesolarwind. estimated. The average angle of incidence of
In the Apollo 11 solar-windcomposition ex- the sunlight on the foil was 87 ° . The effects of
periment,part of the foil had been sterilized corotation and aberration lower this value to
and releasedfrom the LRL beforetermination about 84 ° for the solar wind (refs. 8-13 and
of the quarantineperiodfor lunarmaterial.No 8--14). During the time of the Apollo 12 foil
suchearlyreleasewasattemptedwiththeApollo exposure, the Moon had probably already passed
12 experimentfoil to restrictfoil handlingand into the magnetosheath of the Earth, and the ion
to avoid additionalcontamination with lunar flow direction was changed relative to the undis-
dustin the LRL quarantinecabinets. turbed solar wind. The tilt of the magnetosphere
TheApollo12 foil wasreceivedin the labo- (ref. 8-15) lowers the expected direction of
ratory in the middleof January1970.For the incidence by approximately 5 ° (ref. 8-15), and
firstanalysis,
threesmallfoil piecesweredecon- an additional lowering by a few degrees can be
taminatedby meansof the ultrasonictreatments expected as a result of the change of flow direc-
thathadprovedtheirefficiency in the Apollo11 tion in the shockfront. Thus, the expected angle
foil analyses.Theresultsof thesefirst measure- of incidence on the foil is 70 ° to 75 ° . With this
mentsaregivenin table8-I. It maybe seenthat assumption, the average 4I-Ie flux during the
the shieldedfoil piecehada 4Heconcentration Apollo 12 exposure period is as given in table
perunit areathatwaslessthani percentof the 8-11 and is compared with the flux observed
concentrations foundin the foil piecesexposed during the Apollo 11 landing. The two figures
to the solarwind. The agreement is goodbe- are similar and are in good agreement with aver-
tweentheconcentrations andthe4He/SHe ratios age fluxes derived from He/H ratios observed
measured in the two exposed foil pieces. with solar-wind energy/charge spectrometers.
(Compare with ref. 8-6. ) The expected direction
TABLE
8--I. First Results From Apollo 12 of solar-wind incidence is 25 ° to 30 ° above the
Solar-Wind Composition Experiment lunar horizon. Even if helium would be heated
Foil Analyses to 1 to 2 million degrees centigrade in the shock
Sample Elevation Area, 4He concentration
transition, the portion of the helium flux cut
per unit area, 4He/3He
number above lunar
sur]ace, cm cm_ XIO xo atoms/cm_
ratio off by the horizon would be negligible. Thus,
Shielded the 4He flux given herein should be directly
foil: comparable to fluxes obtained by Earth satellites
10-2 145 7.7 0.4
during the same period.
Exposed
foil:
10-1 139 9.8 45.6 2580
TABLE 8-II. Comparison Between the Prelim-
9-1 123 10.9 44.5 2610
inary Average 4 He Flux Obtained from the Apollo
12 Solar-Wind Composition Foil Exposure Period
The average 4He flux during the Apollo 12 and the Flux Obtained From the Apollo 11
exposure period can be calculated by using the and the Flux Obtained From the Apollo 11 Solar-
data given in table 8-I. The trapping probabil- Wind Composition Experiment
ities of the foil for noble gas ions depend only
Exposure Average 4 HE flux,
slightly on energy in the general solar-wind Mission Exposure
initiated duration X 10 _ atoms/cm 2-se
velocity region. For helium with a velocity
kpollo 11 July 21, 1969, 77 rain 6.3___1.2
greater than 300 km/sec, the trapping proba- 03:35 G.rn.t.
bility is 89 ± 2 percent for normal incidence and _pollo 12 Nov. 19, 1969, 18 hr 42 8.2±1.0
5 percent less for an incidence angle of 70 ° to 12:35 G.m.t. min
75 °. In the Apollo 11 experiment, the angular
distribution of the arriving helium ions has actu-
ally been determined (ref. 8-9). The same ex- From the first two Apollo 12 foil pieces ana-
periment with the Apollo 12 foil has not yet lyzed, 4He/3He -- 2600 ±200 is obtained for the
Apollo 12 exposure period. This value is higher 8-5. OGILVIE, K. W.; BURLAGA, L. F.; and WILKERSON,
T. D.: Plasma Observations on Explorer 34. J.
than the 4He/3He ratio obtained so far from the
Geophys. Res., vol. 73, no. 21, Nov. 1, 1968,
analyses of pieces of the Apollo 11 foil. Compara- pp. 6809-6824.
five analyses of pieces of foils from the two flights 8-6. ROBBINS, D. E.; HUNDHArJSEN, A. J.; and BAME,
are being continued to confirm this difference. S. J.: Helium Abundance and Plasma Proper-
Actually, time variations in isotopic ratios in the ties in the Solar Wind. Preprint ST531, Trans.
solar wind can be expected (ref. 8-16), and the Am. Geophys. Union, vol. 50, no. 4, April 1969,
p. 302.
4He/SHe ratio has to be determined repeatedly
8-7. BAME, S. J.; HUNDHAUSEN, A. J.; ASBRIDGE, J. R.;
to assess the range of occurring variations before
and STRONG, I. B.: Solar Wind Ion Compo-
an average for the present-day solar wind can be sition. Phys. Rev. Letters, vol. 20, no. 8, Feb.
established. This average is of high astrophysical 19, 1968, pp. 393-395.
significance, since it can be compared with 8-8. GEIsS, J.; EBERHARDT, P.; SICNER, P.; BUEHLER,
ancient 4He/3He ratios derived from solar-wind F.; and MEISTEa, J.: The Solar-Wind Compo-
gases trapped in the lunar surface (ref. 8-17) or sition Experiment. Apollo 11 Preliminary Science
in meteorites. If a secular increase in the solar Report, sec. 8, NASA SP-214, 1969, pp. 183-186.
8-9. BUEHLER, F.; EBERHARDT, P.; GEISS, J.; MEISTER,
3He/4He ratio should be found, this could be
J.; and SIGNER, P.: Apollo 11 Solar Wind Com-
interpreted as a result of mixing inside the Sun position Experiment: First Results. Science,
or as a result of nuclear reactions at the solar vol. 166, no. 3912, Dee. 19, 1969, pp. 1502-1503.
surface. 8-10. LYON, E. F.; BRIDGE, H. S.; and BINSACK, J. H.:
The results obtained from the analyses of the Explorer 35 Plasma Measurements in the Vi-
first small pieces of the Apollo 12 foil indicate cinity of the Moon. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 72,
no. 23, Dec. 1, 1967, pp. 6113-6117.
that, from larger foil areas, fluxes and isotopic
8-11. NEss, N. F.; BEHANNON, K. W.; SCEARCE, C. S,;
composition can be obtained not only for helium and CANTARANO, S. C.: Early Results from the
but also for neon and argon. Magnetic Field Experiment on Lunar Explorer
35. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 72, no. 23, Dec. 1,
1967, pp. 5769-5778.
Reference 8-12. BUEHLER, F.; GEISS, J.; MEISTER, J.; EBERFIARDT,
P.; HUNEKE, J. C.; and StaMEn, P.: Trapping

8-1. HUNDHAUSEN, A. J.; ASRmDGE, J. R.; BAME, S. J.;
of the Solar Wind in Solids, Part 1. Trapping
GILBERT, H. E.; and STRONG, I. B.: Vela-3
Satellite Observations of Solar Wind Ions: A Probability of Low Energy He, Ne, and Ar
Ions. Earth and Planet. Sci. Letters, vol. 1, no.
Preliminary Report. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 72,
5, Sept. 1966, pp. 249-255.
no. 1, Jan. 1, 1967, pp. 87-100.
8-13. HUNDHAUSEN, A. J.: Direct Observations of Solar-
8-2. SNYDEa, C. W.; and NEUGEBAUER, M.: Inter-
Wind Particles. Space Sci. Rev., vol. 8, no. 4,
planetary Solar Wind Measurements by Mar-
Sept. 24, 1968, pp. 690-749.
iner II. Space Research IV. Proceedings of the
Fourth International Space Science Symposium, 8-14. AXFORO, W. I.: Observations of the Interplanetary
vol. IV, P. Muller, ed., North-Holland Pub. Plasma. Space Sci. Rev., vol. 8, no. 3, Jan. 5,
Co. (Amsterdam), 1964, pp. 89-113. 1968, pp. 331-365.
8-3. WOLFE, J. H.; SILVA, R. W.; McKIBBIN, D. D.; 8-15. HUNDHAUSEN, A. J.; BAME, S. J.; and ASBRIDGE,
and Mason, R. H.: The Compositional, Aniso- J. R.: Plasma Flow Pattern in the Earth's
tropic, and Nonradial Flow Characteristics of Magnetosheath. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 74, no.
the Solar Wind. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 71, no. 11, June 1, 1969, pp. 2799-2806.
13, July 1, 1966, pp. 3329-3335. 8-16. GEiss, J.; HINT, P.; and LEUTWVLER, H.: On Ac-
celeration and Motion of Ions in Corona and
8-4, SNYDER, C. W.; and NEUGEBAUER, M.: The Rela-
tion of Mariner-2 Plasma Data to Solar Phe- Solar Wind. Solar Physics, 1970 (in press).
nomena. The Solar Wind, R. J. Mackin, Jr., and 8-17. Proceedings of the Lunar Science Conference.
Marcia Neugebauer, eds., Pergamon Press, Science, vol. 167, no. 3918, Jan. 30, 1970, pp.
1966, pp. 25-32. 449-784.
9. Apollo 12/Vlultispectral Photography Experiment
A. F. H. Goetz, at F. C. BiUingsley, b E. Yost, c and T. B. McCord d
The lunar multispeetral photography experi- (3) To evaluate, under closely controlled con-
ment was successfully accomplished on Apollo ditions, the photographic versus the computer
12. A number of photographs were returned in image-processing techniques for reduction of
the blue, green, red, and infrared (IR) portions lunar multispectral photography
of the optical spectrum. Preliminary data anal-
ysis shows no color boundaries in the frame con- Lunar Color Measurement
taining the Fra Mauro formation and the Apollo Lunar color and its variation across the lunar
13 landing site. Color differences were found in
surface have interested planetary astronomers
the frame containing Lalande 7, establishing the
for many years. The interest has heightened with
existence of small-scale color differences on the
the growing weight of evidence, obtained from
lunar surface.
accurate Earth-based photoelectric photometry,
that points toward a positive correlation between
Purpose of the Experiment color and compositional differences (ref. 9-1).
The goal of the lunar multispectral photog- Once ground-truth samples have been obtained
raphy experiment was to obtain vertical strip at several sites of differing color, it may be
photography in three portions of the optical possible to extrapolate compositional color in-
spectrum- blue, red, and IR- at resolution one formation to large areas of the Moon that will
to two orders of magnitude higher than is ob- not be sampled in situ.
tainable from Earth. A fourth camera, which had In the present context, color differences mean
a green filter, was added to the array for oper- relative differences in spectral reflectivity be-
ational purposes. However, for the sake of the tween points on the surface. The general spec-
following discussion, this camera will be con- tral reflectivity curve of the Moon shows a near-
sidered to be part of the experiment. linear increase in reflectivity from 400 to 800 nm
The further objectives of this experiment were (ref. 9-2). Areas designated red or blue refect
as follows: more energy in their respective wavelength re-
(1) To photograph future Apollo landing sites gions than a standard lunar area. In most cases,
so that ground-truth information provided by the greater the separation in wavelength, the
the returned samples may be extrapolated to greater the color difference obtained. The differ-
other points on the lunar surface ences between 400 and 800 nm, among points on
(2) To produce photometrically accurate, two- the lunar surface, average 4-8 percent (ref. 9-1 ).
and three-color images by photographic and Photographic (ref. 9-3) and photoelectric
computer processing methods that will accu- (ref. 9-1) methods have been used in the past
for the measurement of lunar color variations.
rately delineate lunar color boundaries and their
magnitudes The best known photographic method used to
date is _rhitaker's sandwich printing technique
, Bellcomm, Inc., Washington, D.C. (ref. 9-3) in which a negative ultraviolet plate
b JPL, California Institute of Technology. and a positive IR plate are sandwiched together
c Long Island University.
and printed. Color differences then show up as
a Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
t Principal investigator. varying shades of gray. The disadvantages of
103
this method are that it is not quantitative and graphic image display and provides quantitative
that albedo changes can masquerade as color color information for the entire picture, although
differences if the density-logarithm-exposure ( D at accuracies less than are obtainable from
log E ) curves of the two plates are not extremely photoelectric photometry.
well matched. The advantage of the method lies
in the image form of data display. Equipment and Operation
Recent advances in photoelectric instrumenta-
The experiment camera array consisted of
tion allow ground-based relative color measure-
four 70-mm Hasselblad cameras with 80-mm
ments to be made to 0.1 percent accuracy (ref.
9-4). Spectral reflectivity measurements of the lenses. The filter and black-and-white film com-
Apollo 11 soil samples show an excellent corre- binations were as follows: blue 47B filter, type
lation with ground-based telescope data of the 3401 film; green 58 filter, type 3401 film; red
Tranquility site (ref. 9-5). However, point-by- +
29 0.6ND filter, type 3401 film; and infrared
point measurement is a time-consuming process 87C filter, type SO-246 film. Type 3401 is Plus-X
and is not suited for image display. Work now aerial film, and type SO-246 is type 5424 infrared
in progress with electronic imaging systems in- aerographic film coated on a 4-mil base. The
corporates the advantages of both methods. center wavelength of each filter/film combina-
Computer image processing (ref. 9-5) of tion is as follows: blue, 430 nm; green, 540 nm;
photographs combines the advantages of photo- red, 660 nm; and IR, 860.nm.
45"E 55"E 65" E 75" E 850 E 950~ 105"E 115"E 125"E 135"E
Legend
1. Start blue, green, red stereo sequence 5. All start (blue, green, I R, f/8.0)
(1/60,fl5.6) second revolution (red, f/5.6)
1A. Start I R (1/60, f/4.01 6. All stop
2. All stop Principal point
3. Start blue, green, red
FIGURE9-1. - Apollo 12 multispectral photography ground track from 135" E to 45" E.

MULTISPECTRAL PHOTOGRAPHY EXPERIMENT 105
20"W 10" w 0" 10" E 20" E 30" E 40" E 50" E

Legend
3A. Start I R
4. All stop
7. Theophilus pair
8. Descartes pair
9. Fra Mauro pair
0 Principal point
9-2. - Apollo 12 multispectral photography ground track from 50" E to 20" W.

FIGURE
An intervalometer tripped all shutters simul- f15.6, and the red camera was set at f14.0.
taneously at 20-sec intervals. For operational Photography was taken between longitudes 1.20'
purposes, the shutter speed on all four cameras E and 90' E and between 54' E and 15' w. The
was fixed at 1/60 set. Focus settings were fixed minimum Sun was 250*The
remainder of the vertical photography was car-
at 44 ft for the IR camera and at infinity for the ried out on revolution 28 at f/8/5.6. The off-
other three cameras*To facilitate changes, vertical targets of opportunity were exposed at
the vertical PhotOgraPhY Was broken into f/5.6/4.0 for Tlieophilus and Descartes and at
three segments. During orbital revolution 27, f/2.8/2.8 for Fra Mauro. Figures 9-1 and 9-2
the blue, green, and IR cameras were set at show the photography ground track.
Film Calibration and Processing Data Reduction
All flight-film calibration and processing were The color or spectral reflectivity differences
accomplished by the NASA Manned Spacecraft sought in this study are not detectable by eye
Center (MSC) Photographic Technology Labo- or on normal color film. The eye is very sensitive
ratory (PTL). Preflight calibration was accomp- to small color variations under controlled labo-
lished by applying a 21-step gray wedge to the ratory conditions, in particular when the objects
film in a 1-B sensitometer. For the experiment, have the same brightness and are juxtaposed.
a special step tablet was constructed to provide However, the eye is incapable of reliably detect-
four 21-step wedges arranged to fit in a 60- by ing small differences in spectral reflectivity in
60-mm format to facilitate film-scanning pro- conjunction with brightness differences such as
cedures. In addition, a preflight standffrd wedge in a lunar surface scene. Normal color-additive
and a postflight special tablet were applied to techniques using color-separation photographs
the leader of the film. also fail to show up differences, even at higher
Preflight process controls were established to saturation.
develop the films to the following gammas: blue, The two methods mentioned previously- the
1.7; green, 1.65; red, 1.6; and IR, 1.5. The dif- photographic sandwich and computer image
ferent gammas were chosen to compensate for processing techniques- are basically techniques
the increasing transmission of the standard for ratioing two pictures. Ratioing is necessary
wedge toward longer wavelengths. In other to remove the brightness variations caused by
words, the absolute gamma should be 1.7 for general albedo and slope differences. Because
each film. The relatively high gammas were the film density is a function of the logarithm of
chosen to give the maximum exposure differen- the exposure, ratios are formed by taking differ-
tiation commensurate with the required dynamic ences in densities between two pictures. Such
range on the film. The following gammas were difference pictures for two colors have been pro-
obtained: blue, 1.68; green, 1.48; red, 1.42; and duced by photographic (ref. 9-3) and computer
IR, 1.44. The reasons for the discrepancy among (ref. 9-6) methods. Data reduction for the ex-
control and flight-film gammas are not com- periment will be carried out in three colors by
pletely understood but can probably be attrib- using extensions of both methods. Details of
uted to radiation fogging and latent image these procedures will be the subject of later
decay. The PTL is investigating this effect. publications.
Photographic data reduction to date has in-
Film Return cluded construction of three-color difference pic-
tures of five frame sets. The main difficulties in
Each of the blue-, green-, and red-filtered
analyzing these composites are anomalous colors
cameras returned 142 frames, while the IR
introduced by nonlinearities in the D log E
camera, in which the film had been rationed,
curves (which limit the range of brightnesses for
returned 105 frames. The resolution in the re-
which the color construction is valid) and bright-
turned type 3401 film is approximately 30 m.
ness nonuniformities that are due to camera
This limit is approximately the motion resulting
vignetting. While several frames show color
from the shutter speed of 1/60 sec. The densities
differences, more work must be completed on
on all frames fell within the approximate straight-
establishing confidence limits before interpreta-
line portion of the respective D log E curves
tions can be made.
shown in figure 9--3. This requirement was nec-
essary for data reduction by photographic meth- Extensive computer image processing has been
ods. For reasons not understood at this time, all accomplished on only two frames: 8438 and
IR frames have a 4-mm-wide underexposed strip 8392. Only two-color difference pictures have
at the leading and trailing edges of each frame. been constructed to date by methods used previ-
The IR frames are not in focus because of an ously on Earth-based photography (ref. 9-6).
apparent film-magazine malfunction, and they The basic method consists of the following
will not be usable for color difference analysis. steps:
3.4- 3.4
3.2 - 3.2
3.0 3.0
2.8 2.8
2.6 2.6
2.4 D,nax 2.4

2.2 2.2
2.0 2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4 1.4
1.2 1.2
1.0 1.0
.8 .8
.6 °6
.4 .4
.2 .2
[ I I [ I I I I I I I i I [ I I I I I i
0 .3 .6 .9 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 0 .3 .6 .9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0
Logexposure Logexposure
(a) (b)
3.4--
3.4
3.2 3.2
3.0 3.0
2.8 2.8
2.6 2.6
2.4 2.4
2.2 2.2
2.0 Dmax . 2.0

1.8
g t.6 1.6
Dmax °..__
1.4 1.4
1.2 1.2
1.0 1.0
.8 .8
Dmin ____/
.6 _--. _Dmin .6
.4 .4
.2 .2
I i I [ I I I I I I I 1 I I L [ I I [ i
.3 .6 .9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 0 .3 .6 .9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.(1
Logexposure Logexposure
(c) (d)
FIOtrl_ 9-3. -- Processing curves obtained from preexposed standard wedge. (a) Blue filter. (b)
Green filter. (c) Red filter. (d) Infrared.
(1) Scanning by video film converter (VFC) (2) Obtaining a VFC response curve and lin-
of each set of pictures, including the preflight earizing the D log E curve
calibration step tablets (scanning spot sizes of (3) Converting all points (1 to 2 X 10 6 points
25, 40, and 50 t_m have been used) per frame) to the log E domain, thus eliminating
any film sensitivity or processing differences window. No noticeable density variations, other
between colors than an overall brightness difference, are visible.
( 4 ) Registration of the frames of the two Two-color computer difference pictures, blue
colors to be differenced minus green and red minus blue, have been
( 5 ) Point-by-point subtraction and normaliza- produced. The composites show no significant
tion of two frames color differencesover the entire frame, including
( 6 ) Contrast stretching, up to a factor of 3, the mare-highlands boundary, Some implications
so that each step in log E becomes visible as a of this result are given in the following para-
distinct shade of gray (the step size is approxi- graphs.
mately 2.5 percent in exposure) A two-color difference picture of frame 8392
( 7 ) Replaying the picture onto film
The registration of the frames has been the
major problem encountered. Each camera/filter
combination exhibits different geometrical dis-
tortions and a slightly different magnification.
These systematic distortions are coupled with
near-random distortions that are due to lack of
film flatness. Good registration can be facilitated
only by brute-force rubber-sheet stretching
programs.
Figure 9-4 shows frame 8438, a view of the
Fra Mauro formation and the Apollo 13 landing
site, taken with the blue-, green-, and red-filtered
cameras. The dark corner in each picture is the
result of obscuration by the edge of the hatch
FIGURE9-4. - Fra Mauro formation and Apollo 13 land-

ing site. (North is at the top of the photos.) ( a ) Blue
filter (AS12-56B-8438). ( b ) Green filter (AS12-56D-
8438). ( c ) Red filter (AS12-56C-8438).
(fig. 95)) which covers a portion of Mare basaltic materials in the laboratory, the sample
Nubium and Lalande 7, was constructed. Figure becomes redder with decreasing particle size
9-6 is a contrast-stretched red-minus-blue print (ref. 9-7).
of frame 8392 in which dark areas are bluer and The effects of age on color appear to be insig-
light areas are redder than an arbitrary point nificant, at least with respect to alteration of the
that was chosen to be gray. optical properties of in situ materials by the
Distinct color differences are evident, in par- lunar environment. No evidence for metal coat-
ticular between Lalande 71 and the snrrounding ings or deposits of sufficient thickness to affect
mare and between what appears to be second- the optical properties was found on mineral
ary-impact ejecta rays and the surrounding mare. grains in the Apollo 11 sample (ref. 9-5). On
Although the frames have not been calibrated the basis of telescopic measurements, McCord
for camera vignetting or adjusted to a lunar (ref. 9-1) finds no evidence of an aging effect
standard by Earth-based photometry, there is that causes color variations.
now, for the first time, clear evidence for local Frame 8392, which contains Lalande 7, ex-
small-scale color variations on the lunar surface. hibits definite color differences, as shown in
figure 9-6. Careful inspection reveals that color
is not directly correlated with brightness, partic-
ularly as seen in the comparison of the boundary
between the embayment and the mare on the
east side of Lalande 7 and the boundary on the
flat southeastern side of the same feature. There-
fore, except in the deep shadows, the color
variations are real and are not artifacts produced
by photographic nonlinearities.
The white streaks in the mare appear to be
impact ejecta plumes, probably produced by
secondaries from the crater Lalande 7. I t is not
apparent whether the light material is secondary
projectile material or material that has been
excavated from beneath the mare surface. The
plumes are bluer than the surrounding mare,
and their boundaries are sharp on a 100-m scale.
The color difference runs contrary to the obser-
vation that in basaltic rocks, finer higher-albedo
material is redder. Therefore, a compositional
FIGURE 9-5. - Two-color difference picture of frame 8392 difference must be assumed to explain the bluer
covering a portion of Mare Nubium and Lalande 7.
plumes.
If, indeed, the plume material has been exca-
vated from below the mare surface, then the
Discussion material must have been ejected from craters
Differences in spectral reflectivity can be smaller than about 30 m in size, since no single
caused by several factors. Compositional varia- plume-source crater is visible and since the
tions give rise to color differences. However, smaller craters are below the resolution limit of
subtle differences, such as recorded in frame 8392, the film. For such a case, the thickness of the
may very well be caused by variations in the dark surface material is limited to 7 to 10 in.
iron and titanium content of the glasses, as in On a small scale, the blue, bright plumes are
the Apollo 11 sample described by Adams and similar to the feature Reiner y , which exhibits a
Jones (ref. 9-5). similar color difference.
Particle size affects the slope of the reflec- The absence of color variations in frame 8438,
tivity curve of rock materials. Typically, for particularly at the mare boundary, is somewhat
FIGURE9-6. - Contrast-stretched red-minus-blue difference picture of the center portion of

frame 8392. Dark areas are bluer and light areas are redder than an arbitrary
point taken as neutral gray. The light vertical banding is an artifact introduced
in the scanning process. Slight misregistration of the red and blue frames enhances
crater boundaries. In addition, color information cannot be obtained from deep
shadow areas; hence, those areas will appear anomalously colored.
surprising but not without precedent. McCord color contrast. Two-color difference pictures
(ref. 9-1) has found a similar lack of contrast have been produced, and the method has been
across some mare-upland boundaries between shown to be effective. The color enhancement
average areas 18 km in diameter. Since a definite of the Apollo 13 landing-site frame shows a
albedo and morphological discontinuity are pres- somewhat surprising lack of color variation. The
ent, a color boundary would be expected. A frame containing Lalande 9 exhibits color differ-
mean particle-size difference has been suggested ences, the first such differences to be detected
as the cause of the mare-upland albedo differ- in high-resolution photography of the lunar
ences observed (ref. W ) . However, such a size surface, which probably can be attributed to
difference would be expected to result in a color compositional variations.
difference. The analysis of the Apollo 13 samples
should solve this dilemma. Furthermore, more References
detailed reduction and analysis of multispectral
photographs will better define the power of this 9-1. MCCORD,T. B.: Color Differences on the Lunar
Surface. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 74, no. 12, June 15,
method in the interpretation of lunar surface 1969, pp. 3131-3142.
geology.
9-2. MCCORD,T. B.: Color Differences on the Lunar
Surface. Ph. D. Dissertation, Calif. Inst. of Tech.,
Summary 1968.
The lunar multispectral photography experi- 9-3. HEACOCK, R. L.; KUIPER, G. P.; SHOEMAKER, E. M.;
ment has yielded 142 black-and-white photo- UREY,H. c.; and WHITAKER, E. A.: Ranger VII,
Part 11: Experimenters’ Analyses and Interpreta-
graphs, taken with blue-, green-, red-, and IR- tions. TR 32-700, JPL, Calif. Inst. of Tech., Feb.
filtered cameras, that are suitable for color- 1965.
difference analysis. Two existing image data- 9-4. MCCORI),T. B.: A Double-Beam Astronomical Pho-
reduction methods are being expanded to pro- tometer. Applied Optics, vol. 7, no. 3, Mar. 1968,
duce images that display greatly enhanced three- pp. 475-478.
9-5. ADAMS, J. B.; and JONES, R. L.: Spectral Reflectivity Lunar Spectral Reflectance Data. J. Geophys.
of Lunar Samples. Science, vol. 167, no. 3918, Res., vol. 72, no. 22, Nov. 15, 1967, pp. 5717-
Jan. 30, 1970, pp. 737-739. 5720.
9-6. BXLUNCSL_-Y, F. C.; GOETZ, A. F. H.; and LINDS-
LEY, J. N.: Color Differentiation by Computer
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Image Processing. Photographic Science and En-
gineering, vol. 14, no. 1, Jan. 1970, pp. 28-35.
The authors wish to thank Jurrie van der Woude of the
9-7. ADAMS, J. B.; and FILICE, A. L.: Spectral Reflec- California Institute of Technology for his invaluable
tance 0.4 to 2.0 Microns of Silicate Rock Powders.
assistance in obtaining telescope test photography. Richard
J. Geophys. Res., vol. 72, no. 22, Nov. 15, 1967, R. Baldwin of MSC made an outstanding effort in c0-
pp. 5705-5715. ordinating the hardware and flight plan integration. Noel
9-8. ADAMS, J. B.: Lunar Surface Composition and Par- T. Lamar of MSC was instrumental in expediting the
ticle Size: Implications from Laboratory and stringent film processing requirements.
10. Preliminary Geologic Investigation of the
Apollo 12 Landing Site
PART A
GEOLOGY OF THE APOLLO 12 LANDING SITE
E. M. Shoemaker, at R. M. Batson, b A. L. Bean, c C. Conrad, Jr., c D. H. Dahlemp

E. N. Goddard, d M. H. Haitp K. B. Larsonp G. G. Schaberp 19. L. Schleicher, b
R. L. Sutton, b G. A. Swannp and A. C. Waters e
This report provides a preliminary description both LM windows, complete 360 ° panoramas
of the geologic setting of the lunar samples re- taken from the surface at intervals throughout
turned from the Apollo 12 mission. A more com- the traverse, and partial panoramas that were
plete interpretation of the geology of the site frequently taken in pairs for stereoscopic cover-
will be prepared after thorough analysis of the age of large features of particular interest. Pano-
data. ramas taken from the LM windows are useful
The Intrepid landed on the northwest rim of because of their high vantage point, even though
the 200-m-diameter Surveyor Crater (in which their azimuthal field of view is less than 180 ° .
Surveyor 3 touched down on April 20, 1967) in Complete panoramas were taken to record as
the eastern part of Oceanus Procellarum. The much lunar surface detail as possible with a
landing site was at 23.4 ° W and 3.2 ° S, approxi- surface-based camera. When joined as mosaics,
mately 120 km southeast of the crater Lansberg the panoramas provide accurate map control
and due north of the center of Mare Cognitum. data in the form of horizontal angles. Control
The landing site is on a broad ray associated can be obtained analytically, with high preci-
with the crater Copernicus, which is located ap- sion, from measurements of glass-plate reproduc-
proximately 370 km to the north. tions of the photographs or graphically, with
The landing site is characterized by a distinc- moderate precision, by measuring the mosaics.
tive cluster of craters ranging in diameter from Complete panoramas are more useful than
50 to 400 m (fig. 10-1). Informal names were broken or partial panoramas because complete
given to these craters for use during the mission panoramas provide an immediate check of error
and have been adopted for this report. The trav- accumulation in measuring horizontal angles and
erses during the two extravehicular activity because lunar directions can be determined
(EVA) periods were generally made on or near accurately and independently of any other data
the rims of these named craters and on deposits from the location of the image of the Sun and of
of ejecta from the craters. the image of the astronaut's shadow. This was
A total of 23 panoramas were taken during the one of the reasons that the crew was requested
Apollo 12 lunar stay to document the astronauts' to take photographs looking into the Sun, even
traverses. These include partial panoramas taken though poor photograph quality was anticipated.
from inside the lunar module (LM) through Partial panoramas produce some of the same
data as complete panoramas at a considerable
a California Institute of Technology. saving of film. They are useful for photographic
U.S. Geological Survey.
documentation of large features of geologic inter-
c NASA Manned Spacecraft Center.
d University of Michigan. est. When two partial panoramas are taken of
"University of California. the same feature from slightly different vantage
* Principal Investigator. points, pairs of photographs from the adjacent
113
L I I I I I I I
100 50 0
m
100
t
Explanation
First EVA Traverse Second EVA Traverse

............... Both astronauts -- Both astronauts
-.-.- Conrad
_..._...- Bean
--- Conrad
___-_-
Bean
h Photographic control station

812054 Sample locality. Number refers to sample number assigned in L u n a r Receiving Laboratory. Letters
AB12056? refer t o rock type. Queried where sample identification i s uncertain. Rock types are as follows:
A - fine-grained igneous rock
B - medium-grained igneous rock
AB - intermediate, fine-to-medium-grained igneous rock
C -breccia
D - fine-grained material
Sample locality. Circle indicates locality not accurately determined. Dot shows best estimate of location
131 Number of rocks collected in sample locality
0 diagrammatic sketch of fresh ray pattern around Sharp Crater
ALSEP Apollo lunar surface experiments package
LESC Lunar environment sample container
GASC Gas analysis sample container
10-1.- Traverse map for Apollo 12. (Compare with fig. 10-50.)
FIGURE
GEOLOGIC INVESTIGATION OF THE LANDING SITE 115
panoramas can be viewed stereoscopically, and Sharp Crater and a few centimeters below the
precise photogrammetric measurements of the surface near Head, Bench, and Block Craters.
feature can be made. It is possible that some of this light-gray material
Mosaics of the panoramas are presented in may constitute a discontinuous deposit that is ob-
figures 10-2 to 10-11, because they provide a served through telescopes as a ray of Copernicus.
more comprehensive view of some parts of the Darker regolith material that generally over-
landing site than do the individual photographs lies the light-gray material is only a few centi-
that are generally available. It is impossible to meters thick in some places, but probably thick-
make undistorted panoramic mosaics of photo- ens greatly on the rims of some craters. It varies
graphs taken with conventional cameras because from place to place in the size, shape, and abun-
the scene viewed by the camera is, in effect, a dance of its constituent particles and in the pres-
spherical surface. If the photographs constituting ence or absence of patterned ground. Most local
the panorama could be made to fit inside a differences are probably the result of local crater-
sphere, images on adjacent photographs would ing events.
match. Because this is an impractical format for Many comments of the astronauts concern the
a report, the prints have been mosaicked so that large amount of glass that is contained in the
images on the horizon match and so that the regolith. Irregularly shaped, small fragments of
horizon is level. No attempt was made to match glass and glass beads are abundant both on and
foreground images. within the regolith; glass is also splattered upon
some of the blocks of rock at the surface and is
Surface Features
found within many shallow craters.
Astronauts Conrad and Bean visited four
craters larger than 50 m in diameter and many Size-Frequency Distribution of Fragmental Material
craters of smaller size. They described the char- The nominal resolution of the ALSCC photo-
acteristics of eight craters and collected a variety graphs is approximately 0.1 mm, but there was
of material ejected from the craters. They also some difficulty in distinguishing rounded, irreg-
made numerous comments about smaller craters ular grain aggregates from small topographic
and about the surface features that lie between irregularities. Where it was possible to distin-
these smaller craters, including surface material guish an individual aggregate, it was counted as
that may be underlain by ray material from more a single particle.
distant craters (especially Copernicus). There- The area of the photograph is 72 by 82 mm,
fore, the rock collections returned to Earth con- but the results have been normalized to an area
tain a variety of material ejected from local of 100 m 2 in order to compare the Apollo 12 par-
craters that were visited on the traverse and ticle count with the particle count made from
contain fine-grained material, some of which Surveyor 3 (ref. 10-1) and Apollo 11 (ref. 10-2)
probably was derived locally and some of which photographs. The cumulative size-frequency dis-
may have come from far-distant sources. tribution of particles between 1 and 2 mm in
diameter near the LM is similar to that in the
Fragmental Material
immediate vicinity of the Surveyor 3 spacecraft.
The lunar surface at the Apollo 12 landing site Neither the precise location nor the subject of
is underlain by fragmental material, the lunar the frame was transmitted, but the frame was
regolith, which ranges in size from particles too probably taken generally north of the LM and
fine to be seen with the naked eye to blocks sev- probably 5 to 15 m from the engine bell. The
eral meters across. Along several parts of the regolith in this area appears to be relatively un-
traverse made during the second EVA period, disturbed, although the area may have accumu-
the astronauts found fine-grained material of lated dust sprayed from nearby footprints, or it
relatively high albedo that, at some places, was may have been slightly swept by the descent
in the shallow subsurface and, at other places, engine. The size-frequency distribution of small
was at the surface. This light-gray material was particles on the surface of the regolith was
specifically reported to be at the surface near studied from one photograph (frame 11) taken
(c)
10-2. - Panoramas 1, 11, 12, and 23. ( a ) Panorama 1: View from both LM windows
FIGURE
prior to EVA. (AS12-48-7022 to 7033) ( b ) Panoramas 11 and 12: View from
both LM windows after the first EVA period. (AS12-47-7011 to 7021, AS12-46-
6853 to 6868) ( c ) Panorama 23: View from both LM windows after the second
EVA period. (AS12-48-7153 to 7171)
GEOLOGIC INVESTIGATION OF THE LANDING SITE
l. a
a
I
W
CI
a
0
107 They are similar in appearance to those visible
Apollo12 on some of the Apollo 11 photographs (ref. 10-2).

Apollo11 The astronauts referred to the patterned
Surveyor3 ground as "trenches," "grooves," "lines," and
106 "streaks." When referred to as "trenches," the
grooves were estimated to be approximately
3 mm deep. The linear features were reporte d to
trend generally north (north-northeast or north-
105 east in Surveyor Crater) and were reported to
% occur in strips of patterned ground perhaps
e 30 m wide. During postmission debriefings of the
\
crew, the strips of patterned ground were also
_ 104 reported to be north trending.
Examination of returned photographs shows
0 an additional set of grooves that trend roughly
west in the areas where the north-trending
grooves are present (fig. 10-13). In addition to
the grooves, north- and west-trending chains of
small elongate depressions and small scarps are
E
also present. At an azimuth of approximately
_ 102 325 ° from the LM (fig. 10-13) is a nearly square
crater, 4 or 5 m across, whose sides are parallel
to the north- and west-trending grooves.
All of the linear features have a vertical relief
10 generally less than i cm, are commonly approxi-
mately 2 cm wide, and are approximately 5 cm to
1 m long. A few of these features observed in the
photographs are several meters long. The grooves,
I I I _ I I
O' 1 i [ I I i I l
chains, and scarps cross small craters and other
0.5 l 2 4 8 1.6 3.2 6.412.825.651.2 l 2 4
I [ I I surface irregularities without apparent change in
mm cm m form or direction.
Particlesize
Similar linear features noted at the Apollo 11
site trend roughly northeast and northwest and
Fzc_ra_ 10-12. -- Cumulative size-frequency distributions
have been interpreted as being caused by drain-
of surface particles at the Apollo 12 and 11 and Sur-
veyor 3 sites. The dashed line is a power function age of fine-grained material into fractures in the
fitted to the Surveyor 3 particle counts. The solid line underlying bedrock (ref. 10-3). This would
and the dotted line are observed particle counts. imply northeast- and northwest-trending joint
sets in the bedrock of the Apollo 11 site and
north- and east-trending joint sets in the Apollo
with the Apollo lunar surface closeup camera 12 site bedrock. The lineated trips of ground
(ALSCC). Four hundred and ninety particles reported by the crew probably reflect joint sets
were counted and plotted on a cumulative size- within larger fracture zones in the bedrock.
frequency distribution diagram (fig. 10-12).
Craters
Linear Grooves
The Apollo 12 landing site contains a wide
Much of the surface in the area of the geologic variety of craters; their characteristics can be
traverse made during the second EVA period is seen in figure 10-1 and in the panoramas. The
patterned by small, linear grooves. These grooves general pattern of small craters (from approxi-
are visible on the returned photographs and were mately 2 cm to several meters in diameter) is
reported from several localities by the astronauts. shown in the foreground of most of the pano-
West North
220' 230' 240' 250" 260" 270' 280" 2900 NOo 3100 320" 330" 3400 350" 0" 10:
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
or base of scarp
Ridge
LM shadow or component
10-13.- LM window panorama. ( a ) View from the LM window. ( b ) Map showing

FICURE
distribution of linear features near LM.
ramas, but can be observed especially well in depressions are shown in figure 10-2(a). These
figure 1&2(a), which was taken at a low-Sun smaller depressions range in size from less than
elevation angle. a meter across to the one approximately 25 m
The cross-sectional shapes of the craters range across that is centered near the tip of the LSl
from very subdued, rimless depressions to very shadow ( fig. 10-2(a) ) .
sharp, well-defined craters. Middle Crescent Sharp, well-defined craters range from fresh
Crater, which can be seen in figure 10-14, is a craters less than a meter across and a few centi-
large subdued depression with its blocky areas meters deep to craters approximately 13 m across
concentrated inside the rim. Smaller subdued and 3 m deep, such as Sharp and Block Craters.
I 1
The small, fresh craters have rubbly rims, appar- Many craters are intermediate in shape-be-
ently comprising aggregates of fine-grained ma- tween the subdued depressions and the fresh,
terial and small rock fragments derived from the sharp craters. These intermediate-type craters
upper few centimeters of the regolith. An ex- range in size from several centimeters across
ample of this type of crater is shown in figure (foreground of most panoramas) up to larger
10-2(a) next to the LM shadow. Both Sharp and craters like Head (fig. 10-18), Surveyor (figs.
Block Craters are fresh, but differ in the distribu- 10-16 and 10-17), and Bench Crater (fig. 10-19).
tion of their associated ejecta. Sharp Crater (fig. These craters are characterized by fairly smooth
10-15) has a rubbly bottom and inner walls, but rims and bottoms. Bench Crater is characterized
its rim surface is similar to the general regolith by a distinct bench high on its northeastern side.
surface in that the rim consists of fine-grained The bench, which may be a resistant layer within
material with some scattered blocks. The fresh- or under the regolith, is shown on figure 10-1 by
ness of Sharp Crater is suggested by its radiating the shadow pattern. A bench near the bottom of
pattern of high-albedo material described by the the crater, not clearly visible on figure 10-1, is
astronauts. In contrast to Sharp Crater, Block shown in figure 10-19. This lower bench may be
Crater (fig. 10-16) has a very blocky rim and another resistant layer, or it may be the result of
ejecta blanket (fig. 10-17, background); the mass wasting of the crater walls.
freshness of this crater is suggested by the large The larger craters at the Apollo 12 landing
abundance of angular blocks. site are probably widely different in age. The
4 , . . b
FIGURE
10-15. - Panoramas 17 and 18, showing Sharp Crater. A stereoscopic pair of panoramas.
( a ) Right-hand member of the stereoscopic pair. ( b ) Left-hand member of
the stereoscopic pair.
FIGURE
10-16. - Panoramas 21 and 22 (partial), showing Block Crater. A stereoscopic pair of
panoramas. ( a ) Right-hand member of the stereoscopic pair. (AS12-48-7140 to
7143) ( b ) Left-hand member of the stereoscopic pair. (AS12-48-7144 to 7147)
age sequence from oldest to youngest is inter- exposure ages, which are related, in part, to the
preted as follows: ages of the craters.
(1) Middle Crescent Crater Northwest of the LM is the largest crater vis-
(2) Surveyor and Head Craters ited, the 400-m-diameter Middle Crescent Crater.
(3) Bench Crater On looking down into the crater, the astronauts
(4) Sharp, Halo, and Block Craters noticed huge blocks on the crater wall, which
were probably derived from the local bedrock.
Rock fragments collected from the rims of these Large rock fragments in this crater probably
craters may be expected to have a wide range of have been exposed since the crater was formed
and probably represent the deepest layers ex-
From unpublished maps prepared for use on board the
Apollo 12 spacecraft by P. J. Cannon and T. N. V. Karl- cavated at the Apollo 12 landing site.
strom of the US. Geological Survey. Both rounded and angular blocks litter the
10-17. - Panorama 20 (partial), showing the area near the Surveyor 3 spacecraft. (AS12-
FIGURE
48-7101 to 7106)
FIGURE
10-18. - Panoramas 14 and 15 (partial), showing Bench Crater. A stereoscopic pair of
panoramas. ( a ) Left-hand member of the stereoscopic pair. (AS12-49-7223 to
7228) ( b ) Right-hand member of the stereoscopic pair. (AS12-49-7229 to 7233)
surface of the rims of Head and Bench Craters. ing the age difference is that older surfaces have
Some rocks apeared to be coarse grained; to the a greater cumulative number of larger craters.
astronauts, the coarse-grained rock crystals were Figure 10-20 suggests that the Apollo 11 landing
clearly visible. Many rocks on the rim of Bench site is older than the Apollo 12 landing site be-
Crater were reported to be splattered with glass. cause more craters greater than a few hundred
Samples were collected from three small, very meters in diameter were observed at the Apollo
fresh, blocky-rimmed craters that apparently 11 site.
penetrate through the regolith into underlying The size-frequency distribution of craters from
materials. These craters are Sharp Crater, ap- several kilometers to a few centimeters in diam-
proximately 14 m across and 3 m deep; Block eter was determined for the Apollo 12 landing
Crater, approximately 13 m across and 3 m deep; site from Lunar Orbiter 3 and 4 photographs and
and an unnamed crater, 4 m across and approxi- from one Apollo 12 EVA photograph (NASA
mately 1 m deep, that lies on the south rim of AS12-48-7075). The cumulative number of
Surveyor Crater just north of Halo Crater.
Sharp Crater (fig. 10-15) has a rim 0.66 m 15
Surveyor1 I Reference10-5
high that is composed of material with high al-
Surveyor 3 ---t3-1
bedo. This material has been splashed out radi- 14 11 Reference
I0-3
ally around the crater and is softer than the 12
normal regolith. A core tube driven into the
13 Productioncurve
rim of the crater penetrated the eiecta without Steady-statecurve
difficulty. Samples collected near the center may
12
show the youngest exposure ages. Sharp Crater
appears to have just barely penetrated the reg-
NASA
olith. A terrace near the crater floor is probably
controlled by the subregolith bedrock at a depth AS12-48-
of approximately 3 m. 7075
At Block Crater (fig. 10-16), high on the north ..... Apollo12
wall of Surveyor Crater, nearly all the ejected
blocks are sharply angular, which suggests that Surveyor3
;ite map,1:2,000
the crater is very young. Many of the blocks (ref.10-13)
clearly show lines of vesicles similar in appear- .. Apollo11
ance to vesicular lavas on Earth. The blocks are
probably derived from the older, coarse blocky
Lunar Orbiter 3
ejecta deposit underlying the rim that resulted (M-155)-
from the Surveyor Crater event. The regolith
at Block Crater may be a meter or less thick.
The 2-m-diameter blocky crater on the
southern rim crest o£ Surveyor Crater may have
been excavated in the old rim deposit of Sur-
veyor Crater at a depth of less than 0.5 m. In
Lunar Orbiter4
this blocky crater, the regolith may be very thin. {H-125)........
It is also possible that some of the blocks in this .--Apollo II
small crater were derived from a low-velocity
(secondary) impacting projectile. I I
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Size-Frequency Distribution of Craters Logcraterdiameter,m
The relative age of the Apollo 11 and 12

FIGURE10-20. -- Cumulative size-frequency distribution
landing sites can be derived from the size-
of craters on the lunar surface in the vicinity of Apollo
frequency distribution of craters in the landing 12 compared to crater distributions for Surveyor 1 and
areas. The underlying assumption for determin- 3, and Apollo 11 sites.
craters in each counting area was normalized to 106 km 2, c is any given crater diameter, qb is a
an area of 106 km 2. The size-frequency distri- constant (101°'9/m-2)106 km 2, and _ is a con-
bution of craters at the Apollo 12 site is com- stant (-2.00). This function, determined ini-
pared with the distribution at the Apollo 11 tially from Ranger photographs (ref. 10-4), has
and Surveyor 1 and 3 sites in figure 10-20 and is been found to fit very closely the distribution of
compared with the distribution of small craters small craters at all Surveyor landing sites (ref.
derived from Ranger 7, 8, and 9 data (ref. 10-4) 10-5); it also closely fits the distribution of small
in figure 10-21. craters at the Apollo 11 and 12 landing sites
The distribution of craters less than 100 m in (fig. 10-21). The function F= _c _ is interpreted
diameter roughly follows the function, F=d_c '_, as the steady-state distribution of craters pro-
where F is the cumulative number of craters duced by repetitive bombardment of level sur-
with diameter equal to or higher than c per faces on the Moon.
The distributions of craters larger than a few
hundred meters in diameter in the vicinity of
15 the Apollo 11 and 12 landing sites do not follow
the steady-state distribution, but can be fitted
14 \ closely by the power function F=xc x. For
\ Apollo 11, x is (10_2"9/m -293) 106 km 2, and X is
\ --2.93. For Apollo 12, X is approximately
13
\
(1012.3/m -2"s6) 106 km 2, and X is approximately
-2.86. The intersection of FzdPc '_ with F=xc x
12 .- Steady-state
curve
F -_c * (fig. 10-21) is the upper-limit crater diameter of
the steady-state distribution in each area, desig-
11 nated c_ on the figure. On the basis of the
observed size-frequency distributions, the Apollo
.... Apollo12productioncurve 11 site is older than the Apollo 12 site. This
on F=×c _
relative age difference is shown by the ratio of
_ .... Apollo11productioncurve the cumulative number of craters with diam-
,_ 9
O
,\ eters of 1 km. The ratio of the number of these
CS. \
size craters between the Apollo 11 and 12 land-
E 8
ing sites averages 2.37:1 and ranges between
1.5:1 and 3.16:1.
7
........ Cs
E
Crystalline Rocks and Microbreccias
0=
One of the notable differences between the
collection of rocks obtained at the Apollo 12
\
\ landing site and the collection obtained at the
\ Apollo 11 landing site (Tranquility Base) is the
\ ratio of crystalline rocks to microbreccia. At the
\
Apollo 12 site, the rocks collected are predom-
inantly crystalline, whereas at Tranquility Base,
approximately half the rocks collected were
crystalline and half were microbreccia. This dif-
i I i i I i i ference is probably attributable to the fact that
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
the rocks collected at the Apollo 12 landing site
Logcraterdiameter,
m
were primarily on or near crater rims. On the
crater rims, the regolith is thin or only weakly
FICURE10-21. -- Size-frequency distribution of large developed, and many of the rocks observed are
craters at the Apollo 11 and 12 landing sites compared
with the steady-state size-frequency distribution of probably derived from craters that have been
craters determined from Ranger 7, 8, and 9 photographs. excavated in bedrock that is well below the reg-
olith. Tranquility Base was on a thick, mature ondary impacts and, possibly, the effects of
regolith, where many of the observed rock frag- diurnal temperature changes have probably
ments were produced by shock lithification of caused sloughing of the sides of the mounds,
regolith material and were ejected from craters resulting in their present, rather smooth form.
too shallow to excavate bedrock.
Samples
Mounds
Three types of sampling activities were con-
Two mounds (figs. 10-22 and 10-23) in the ducted during the mission. The first was the
area north of Head Crater were noted and collection of the contingency sample (early in
photographed by the crew. Both mounds are the first EVA period) in the vicinity of the LM.
visible on the high-resolution Lunar Orbiter The second was the collection of the selected
photographs and are located on figure 10-1. sample (late in the first EVA period) after de-
These mounds are probably clumps of regolith ployment of the Apollo lunar surface experi-
material that were slightly indurated by impact ments package (ALSEP) in the vicinity of the
and ejected by the impact from one of the near- mounds and Middle Crescent Crater. Also
by craters, possibly from Head Crater. Bom- during this time, a core tube was driven near
bardment by meteoritic material and by sec- the LM. The third sampling activity was the
10-22. - Southeast view of large mound. Size and frequency of small particles on the
FIGURE
mound seem to decrease toward the bottom of the mound, suggesting that the
particles are moving slowly downslope. ( AS12-46-6795)
10-23. - Northwest view of small mound. The depression in the near side of the mound
FIGURE
may have been caused by a secondary impact. (AS12-46-6823)
collection of the documented sample, which was time in the table. Tentative identification of
collected along the traverse made during the rocks is based on a combination of the astronauts’
second EVL4period. In addition to a variety of descriptions and correlation of rock characteris-
rock and soil samples, the documented sample tics as seen in photographs taken on the lunar
included one single-core tube, one double-core surface and in the Lunar Receiving Laboratory
tube, the special environment sample, the gas (LRL). Samples indicated in the left column of
analysis sample, and the totebag samples. the table as “?(rock)” have not been identified.
By studying the voice transcript and the re- Samples with an LRL sample number followed
turned surface photographs, a search has been by a question mark indicate an uncertainty of
made to determine the location of each specimen the sample number, but the reference to the
collected. To date, 19 samples have been located, actual sample is strongly suggested. Further
and 13 have been tentatively located. In addi- study of the surface photographs may permit
tion, the orientations have been determined for additional identification and orientation of
five samples and have been tentatively deter- samples.
mined for seven samples. Contingency Sample
Table 10-1 is a cross-reference of all samples The contingency sample was taken in full view
taken in the first and second EVA periods; ten- of the sequence camera on and near the south-
tative locations and lunar surface photographs east rim of a 6-m-diameter crater approximately
that show the samples in the sequence in which 15 m northwest of the LM (figs. 10-13 and
they were collected are keyed to ground elapsed 10-24). The sample was collected in six dis-
i
oo o_ _ _
_ =._ _ _= _ ._
_ 0 _ 0 _ 0 _ 0
_ .... a_._ _ "- gi gi gi

¢q 0,1 _q 0-1
t".l _ _-_ _]_ (_1 _
_°_ _._, _o
_b _ _m_
"_ o,1 "_ e,1
_.._ _
_- 09
*q
t-.-o _ t-.-"8 _ t--"_

0
£ 0
v z
v
%)
%)
¢,9
L)
z z o z _
_ °
_ _ _ .-
._ :_-
_ ._ _ _ "-_ ",= .,.,
0 o _g
_ e_ m
ID
0
Or..
_t'-- _._ _ $ _._ _._ 0
0
t _- 1"--o,1
v
_, :_ _ _ I
_ _o=o'"
_ _ ..
.o_.o_
_ .o_ ._ .o._ o =o':_ "_ -_ o_ _ .o
_ _._ "_ o _ o _:_ -_ :_ _ _

_o _ _:o_ _l o._ o _:_ _-,_ _ oV_'_
"_ '0 _ 0
0
o,]
¢D
__._ o,1 b'_ cx] c'q _,] o,]
O
o
I
¢0
cO
._ o_ o o ,_
_ >o_
._ ._ < ooo ._
._,_ o.-_ _.
_¢7, _$ "
,-'_ ,.._ 00_._ cO ,..c:l
CO 0 ' '_ I=l !=l
<: < [-- m
o
;4
o
.-_ o _ o o-_=._
,.c_ "_ o ..c:

._ .- o,._ '._
¢_ o¢_ _'_
%- _ _ 0 _'-'_'_
_o_ .... _ _'_0 __o 0
Z Z
_v
0 _ o ._ o_ >_
_'" I
0
_._ .
._: _. ._ ._E._
o .%'_ 0
_0
o _o° O_
"_ _ _0 0 ._
• r_ _ O_
0
c_
Z
0 o
_o _o _oo _ _o
Ov Ov
¢t°
v
I I I 1 I
.......... c_ _ _..
e_ 0
o_ _ o
g
i
bO
_o
o
o
o_
C_
C_
r'--
o
_ o_ "0
o o _ o_
,d ,d ,d OD
C_
C_
D-- _O
t,-- _b0 g o
0 0 0 0 0
o
0 0 0 0 c_ 0
Z Z
0
_:h_ _,_
o
._,._ _ o
_"0 0
. _oR _._ _,_

_ _'_o
0
O Z Z Z
_.,_
0
0
_oo0_ ,_.o
_-._ _ c_- _
"_ >, o _'_
._O._
1 d b
CO_
0 0
??
(D
?? ?. ??
a
A 2 a
3
a
3
v) v) v) v)
.B
-
a
p I
0 FY
PI Y.
E: E:
v) v)
s
Y
c z"
aJ_
'X_O
1 I I I
.° • .....
d_
I
0
¢O
_ °_
e_
} t-..... ¢a O
_.._ _
2 _
( C5
B
t_
_ °
t'-- 0 _ _ o , ,
1,...,. O'_ oO
_o_ •_-_, 2 , _,-_

0 0
P,...a
0 0
Z
¢
g _ _
o
_0_ _-_ _ _.o_
¢o
_o_
¢b
1,.,,
O i
..= _ ,_ __ o---- o o_
t_ _ 1:_ O _ ,.,_ [.._ ,.._ ._
O
o ,_ _
[- ¢, o._ .
cO _n _
cq
,--4
_._ _o_o1=.=_.=
o--°-
0 _o_..._
_._..-_o.--0_---_ _ o _ o
O_
Cq_ CO C_
eq r_
oO b- oo .o._ o
cq O
O_
o_0
"O "O
_O oO
r_ oO
O cq b --o'_ r-- o,._
0 _ i o 0
r'- b-
o_ c6
c_1_ c_1 o_:_ 0 •
_o
c_
OCq o _._ _o-- _ _

_q
oO
cq cO cO'_ cO ..-,L _
r_cq r--
o_ o_ _'_ oo2
cq cq o
0
0
0
o
_ _ o_ cO
N z z
_0
,_ ,._l ,.-_ ,._ _ _ 0
_= " _ _"_ _0 _,._ -._
I=,. 4 ¢_
;: ;: = I &
0 _ 0 _ .0 ""
o
,-_ o
"0
0
9
v v o _ o
¢0
0
r..)
I
9
9
0
0
ca
9
9
0
ca
,.an
ca
ca
0
e g z
,.in
=o
_k o ca
,-_o _
.n >,.=.9 =gd
ca ca ._
a7 o _'_. _ca
g° can
,_.ao.g ca 0
_o2 _ ca
== ._
gm_ o
eq
°_
10-24. - Position of the six contingency scoop motions. Scoops 1 and 6 included LRL
FIGURE
sample no. 12075 and sample no. 12073, respectively. Larger crater at top of
photograph is approximately 6 m in diameter. Enlargement of photograph taken
before first EVA period from right L M window. (AS12-48-7031)
tinct scoop motions and consisted of 1.9 kg of located 15 m northwest of the LM. Most of the
selected rock fragments (three greater than 5 rocks seem to have fillets banked against them.
cm in longest dimension), fine-grained material, Many small craters that dot the surface near the
and at least one glass bead. Locations of areas line of rocks may have contributed to the fillets;
scooped are identified in sequence-camera photo- it is not certain whether any of the rocks were
graphs taken from the LM windows prior to the the projectiles that caused the craters. The
first EVA period, and all six sample scoop marks tentatively suggested orientations of samples
are documented on surface photographs (NASA 12075 and 12073 are shown in figures 1 0 3 0 and
AS12464719 to AS1246-6723) taken by Astro- 10-31, respectively.
naut Conrad. Scoops 1 and 6 included rock frag-
Selected Sample
ments that were visible on the lunar surface from
the LM windows prior to sampling; these frag- The selected sample was collected in 1%hr
ments are suggested to be samples 12075 and (late in the first EVA period) in the area north-
12073, respectively. west of the LM (fig. 10-1). The sample con-
Samples 12075 and 12073 were identified from sisted of 14.8 kg of selected rock fragments and
the 16-mm sequence-camera film in the series fine-grained material, including glass beads. The
of before-and-after photographs shown in figures sample was collected primarily in the vicinity
10-25 to 10-27. Details of the scoop marks are of Middle Crescent Crater, on and near the two
shown in figures 10-28 and 10-29. Samples mounds located approximately 120 m and 160
12075 and 12073, which appear in Hasselblad m northwest of the LM, and in the vicinity of
photograph AS12-48-7031 (fig. 10-24), were the ALSEP. One core tube, included in the
collected from a group of small rocks alined previously mentioned weight, was driven near
roughly northeast between two small craters the LM.
(a) (b)
10-25. - Scoop 1 of the contingency sample collection. ( a ) Astronaut Conrad immedi-

FIGURE
ately prior to scoop 1 of the contingency sample collection, which included
sample no. 12075. (Enlargement of 16-mm sequence-camera film.) ( b ) Astro-
naut Conrad immediately after collecting sample no. 12075 during scoop 1 of
the contingency sample collection. ( Enlargement of 16-mm sequence-camera
film. )
10-26. - Scoop 5 of the contingency sample collection. ( a ) Astronaut Conrad immedi-

FIGURE
ately prior to scoop 5 of the contingency sample collection, in which he was
attempting to collect sample no. 12073. (Enlargement of 16-mm sequence-
camera film.) ( b ) Astronaut Conrad immediately after scoop 5 of the con-
tingency sample collection; sample no. 12073 has been moved to the southeast.
(Enlargement of 16-mm sequence-camera film. )
~~
FIGURE 10-28. - Area of scoops 1 to 3 of the contingency

sample collection. Arrows indicate direction of scoop
motions. Sample no. 12055 was included in scoop 1 as
indicated by the X-mark. (AS12-47-6719)
FIGURE 10-27. - Scoop 6 of the contingency sample col-

lection. ( a ) Astronaut Conrad immediately prior to
scoop 6 of the contingency sample collection. Note FICDRE 10-29. - Area of scoops 4 to 6 of the contingency
sample no. 12073 directly below sample scoop bag. sample collection. Scoop 5 attempted to collect sample
(Enlargement of 16-mm sequence-camera film. ) ( b ) no. 12073, but the scoop motion moved the sample
Astronaut Conrad immediately after scoop 6 of the to the southeast (indicated by X-marks and arrow).
contingency sample collcction, which included sample Scoop 6 was successful in collecting sample no. 12073.
no. 12073. ( Enlargement of 16-mm sequence-camera Other arrows indicate direction of scoop motions.
film. ) (AS12-47-6722)
Three selected-sample rocks ( samples 12004,

Vertical
12021, and 12022) have been tentatively iden-
4 tified and have been oriented in their pre-
sampling position on the lunar surface. Three
other rocks (samples 12006, 12008, and 12014)
have been tentatively identified, but not oriented
in their presampling positions, from surface
photographs. Table 10-11 gives areal distribu-
tion of the selected sample, as inferred from the
study of surface photographs and the verbal
transcript. Specific LRL sample numbers are
given for several rocks where identification is
aided by description.
-
0 1
cm
2 3
Sample location
10-11. Areal distribution
TABLE
of selected sample
~ ~
N o . and t y p e of
ramnles
LRL sample
no.=
FIGURE 10-30. - Sample no. 12075, showing suggested Small mound 2 rocks l2017?
selenographic orientation. Note excellent burial mark on north of ( 1 unidentified)
the southeast side. Well-developed fillet, mentioned by ALSEP site
Astronaut Conrad upon approaching area for scoop 1 Large mound 5 rocks 12008?
of the contingency sample collection, was present on south of 12021
the southeast face. (LRL photograph S-69-61490) ALSEP site 12022
( 2 unidentified)
On or near rim 7 rocks 12004
N of Middle 12006?
t Crescent
Crater
120147
120157
12016?
( 2 unidentified)
Intercrater area 6 rocks
near ALSEP 1 sample of fines
site and with glass
northwest of
of L M
a Question marks indicate uncertainty of sample number.

No samples identified to date.
E Sample 12004. Rock sample 12004 (weight,

585 g; dimensions, 9 by 8 by 4 cm) has been
identified on NASA photograph AS1247-6936 as
the rock that is resting on end in the regolith at
the panorama site near the rim of Middle Cres-
cent Crater (fig. 1 0 3 2 ) . The sample was also
correlated with LRL photograph S-69-62023 by
1 2 3 irregularities on the vertical exposed face and
by its very nearly flat, east-facing face. The
suggested orientation of sample 12004 is shown
in figure 1033.
Sample 12021. Sample 12021 (weight, 1876 g;
FIGURE 10-31. - Sample no. 12073, showing suggested
selenographic orientation. Specimen was broken before dimensions, 14 by 12 by 8 cm) has been tenta-
LRL photography, thus making a more precise orienta- tively identified on NASA photograph AS12-47-
tion impossible. ( LRL photograph S-69-61060) 6932 as being collected from the area near the
FIGURE 10-32. - Sample no. 12004 resting on end on the

southeast rim of a small crater. Area is near the photo-
graphic panorama site at Middle Crescent Crater. (En-
largement of AS12-47-6936)
%
10-34. - Sample no. 12021. ( a ) Sample before
FIGURE
W- collection. Rock is located near the large mound approx-
imately 120 m northwest of the LM. It is still uncertain
whether the other rock fragment in the photograph was
sampled. (Enlargement of AS12-47-6932) ( b ) LRL
model of sample 12021 showing approximate recon-
struction of lunar lighting.
eastern base of the large mound shown in figure

10-22, located 120 m northwest of the LM and
north-northeast of Head Crater. The photograph
shows the sample immediately prior to its being
1 2 3 collected with the sample tongs (fig. 10-34).
- O The other two smaller rock fragments in the
S cm photograph were not identified as collected
FIGURE 10-33. - Sample no. 12004, showing suggested samples. The orientation of sample 12021 is
orientation. ( LRL photograph S-69-82023) shown in figure 10-35.
Piece broken off in LRL

before model was made \
N
FIGURE 10-36. - Sample no. 12022 before collection. The
sample was collected on the southeast side of the large
mound that was located approximatelv 120 m north-
west of LM. Note the burial of the rock. ( Enlargement
of AS 12-47-6933 )
facilitated identification and orientation. The

sample may have been broken by Astronaut
Bean during sampling. He mentioned at the
time of sampling that he tried to break off a
piece from the mound or from a rock. Sample
12022 was correlated with LRL photograph
S-69-61999. The suggested orientation of the
sample is shown in figure 10-37.
Documented Sample flncluding Totebag Sample)

The second EVA period was devoted to sam-
FIGURE 10-35. - Sample no. 12021, (a) suggested orienta- ple collection and geologic observations in a
tion. (LRL photograph S-69-61986) (b) LRL model of traverse that followed a preplanned course of
sample 12021. Holes are bubbles formed hen model approximately 1450 m. The documented sample
was made. consisted of approximately 17.6 kg of rocks,
scooped soil samples, and core samples collected
Sample 12022. Sample 12022 is another large primarily from the rims of craters, as indicated
specimen (weight, 1864 g; dimensions, 14 by on the sample location map (fig. 10-1). The
9.5 by 7 cm) that has been located within the documented sample comprised 21 rocks, seven
northeast side of the large mound. The sample scooped soil samples, three core-tube samples
is shown beneath the tongs, approximately 0.66 (two of which were joined end-to-end and driven
m below the top of thc mound on NASA photo- their full lengths, i.e., the double-core tube),
graph AS12-47-6933 ( fig. 1 0 3 6 ) The diagnos-
I and two vacuum-sealed samples for environ-
tic triangular shape and characteristic depression mental study and gas analysis. Four of the
in the exposed portion of the sample greatly large individual rocks and a small amount of
N TABLE
10-111. Areal distribution
of documented sample
Sample location N o . and type of .RLsample
samples n0.8
On or near rim of 5 rocks 12031

Head Crater 12034
12052
12055
2 fines 12030
12033
--E
On or near rim of 6 rocks 12035
Bench Crater 12036
12038
12039
12040
12053
3hes 12032
12037
12041
On or near rim of Core 12027
Sharp Crater LESCb 12023
GASC' 12024
-
0 1
cm
2 3
t
S
FIGURE10-37. - Sample no. 12022, showing suggested

On rim of 10-m-diameter
crater south of
Halo Crater
On or near rim of
Surveyor Crate1
Core (from
double-con
tube)
10 rocks
12025'
12028'
12043
12045
12046
12047
selenographic orientation and burial. Diagnostic hole 12051
in northern side visible in figure 10-36 (AS12-47-6933). 12054
Note characteristic triangular shape. ( LRL photograph 12056?
S-69-61999) 120821
12063?
12064?
soil from the returned scoop of Surveyor 3 (not 12065?
2 fines 12042
included in t h e previously mentioned soil 12044
count) were brought back in the totebag. All a Question marks indicate uncertainty of sample number.
other documented samples were returned in a Lunar environment sample container.
sealed metal sample return container. Table Gas analysis sample container.
Core tube serial no. 2010.
10-111 lists the areal distribution of the docu- e Core tube serial no. 2012.
mented samples.
Sample 12031 (field sample 3 0 ) . Sample 12031 nearby have fillets with predominantly similar
has been identified with assurance in Hasselblad orientations, indicating a possible source of
photographs AS12-49-7189, AS12-49-7190, and material to the north or northeast. The orienta-
AS12-48-7048 (fig. 1 0 3 8 ) . The documentation tion of sample 12031 is shown in figure 1039.
of this sample is precise because photographs Figure 1 0 3 8 illustrates the orientation of rock
were taken both before (NASA AS12-48-7048) sample 12031 at the time of sampling. The top
and after (NASA ASl2-48-7050) collection and was one of the two flattest and least-pitted sur-
because the sample was put into a prenumbered faces of the sample (the other surface being
bag ( 3 D ) and identified when it was picked up. the face shown in LRL photograph S-69-61811).
The sample was collected from a small cluster The conclusion is made that the present orienta-
of rocks approximately 2 m southeast of the tion was attained relatively recently, as com-
trench that was dug in the northwest rim of pared to the past exposure history. However,
Head Crater. Nearly half of the sample was the amount of burial (approximately half) and
buried in the fine-grained regolith. There is the the development of minor fillets indicate an ac-
suggestion of a small fillet banked on the north cumulation of fine-grained material around the
and northeast sides of the rock. Other rocks rock since the time of its last tumble.
Figure 1 0 3 9 is an orientation diagram of rock

sample 12031 as it was exposed on the lunar
surface. An unfolded box shows orthogonal
views of the top and sides of the rock, using
photographs of the rock taken in the LRL. Lines
indicate the degree of burial on each side. The
oblique view at the lower left shows the orienta-
tion of the sample before it was collected.
Sample 12051 (loose specimen in documented
sample box). Sample 12051 is one of the dis-
tinctive large fragments collected on the second
EVA period traverse. The sample is part of the
blocky ejecta from a fresh 4-m-diameter crater
on the south rim of Surveyor crater, and its loca-
tion is well shown in Hasselblad photographs
AS1249-7318 (fig, 10-40) and AS1249-7319
taken by Astronaut Bean. The sample was picked
up by hand by Astronaut Conrad while Astro-
naut Bean steadied him with a strap from the
totebag. The site from which the sample was
FIGURE10-38. - Sample no. 12031 before collection. (En- removed is shown in Hasselblad photograph
largement of AS12-48-7048)
AS12-49-7320 (fig. 10-41). This sample is
FIGURE10-39. - Sample no. 12031, orthogonal

views and orientation diagram. LRL photo-
graph numbers are shown in the schematic
Vertical diagram.
S- N
-69 ,ycLS\
61811
\,
61832
‘i 5-69
61817
1 .c---,
E
LRL Sample no. 12031
LRL photograph S -69-61831
0 1 2 3 4 5
u
cm
FIGURE 10-40. - Sample no. 12051 before collection. (En- FIGURE10-41. - After collection of sample no. 12051.
largement of AS12-49-7318) Note that the shape. of the remaining hole is very
similar to the shape of the top view of rock sample no.
12051, ns shown in figure 10-42. (Am-49-7320)
Explanation
characterized by a sheared surface on one side
A Rounded, pitted
that was described by the astronauts. Part of B Lightly pitted
both the sheared surface and the opposite, con- C Flat, not pitted
-----Surface boundaries
vex surface of the sample were buried in the ---Lunar surface contact
regolith. The suggested orientation of sample line
12051 is shown in figure 10-42.
The surface of sample 12051 exhibits three
faces with distinctly different shapes and
weathering characteristics, indicating different
exposure ages. Surface A (fig. 10-42) is rounded
and covered by abundant, small glass-lined pits;
surface B is apparently a fracture surface that
displays only a few small pits; surface C is flat
and appears to be a freshly broken surface with-
out pits. At the time of sampling, approximately
half of this rock was buried, standing on its
E
small end, in the regolith.
Surface B on rock sample 12051 appears to be
an older fracture face that probably resulted
from blow by impact at an earlier time. The LRL photograph
S-69-61514 LRL photograph
minor pitting and weathering of surface B in- sample no. 12051
dicates postfracture exposure at the lunar sur- 0 1 , 3 4 5
face prior to the event that formed surface C and u
cm
buried surface B. FIGURE10-42. - Sample no. 12051, orthogonal views and
The rounded, heavily pitted surface A indi- orientation diagram. LRL photograph numbers are
cates a long exposure of rock sample 12051 at the shown in the schematic diagram.
lunar surface. The two broken surfaces, B and 7059 taken by Astronaut Bean. Apparently, the
C, of different ages attest to multiple bombard- rock was moved from its original site and set
ment and tumbling of the rock at or near the down again on the surface before the photo-
surface of the regolith. graphs were taken. Therefore, although the
The occurrence of this rock, along with other sample can be oriented with precision with re-
rounded and angular rocks, in the rim of the spect to its position in the photographs, this
rocky fresh crater indicates high probability that orientation probably does not represent the
the sample represents ejecta from the small orientation of the rock before it was disturbed.
crater-with the ejecta being caused by either It appears that the lower angular part of the rock
a fragmented impacting body or displaced reg- was partially buried in the regolith, but the rock
olith or subregolith a t the impact site. In is resting on the surface in the photographs. A
either case, the unpitted shear face probably drag mark nearby indicates the place from
resulted from the impact that formed the small which the rock has been removed. At least two
crater. The attitude of the sample when found pieces on one side of the sample were broken
suggests that the rock fell into place with enough off after the rock had been photographed on the
surrounding fine material to hold it in an other- lunar surface and before it was photographed
wise unstable position. Determining the ex- in the LRL. Figures 1 0 4 3 and 10-44 show
posure age of the portion of the flat side that was sample 12052 as it was photographed on the
above the lunar surface might date the small lunar surface and in the LRL, respectively, with
crater. nearly identical orientations and shadow charac-
Sample 12052 (loose specimen in documented teristics.
sample box). Sample 12052 is a large rock, Sample 12053 (loose specimen in documented
rounded on one side, that was collected from the sample box). This specimen is an angular frag-
west rim of Head Crater. The rock is well shown ment that was collected from the northwest rim
in Hasselblad photographs AS1249-7217 (fig. of Bench Crater. It appears to be part of a field
1 0 4 3 ) and AS12-49-7218 taken by Astronaut of coarse fragments on the crater rim which
Conrad and Hasselblad photograph AS12-48- probably have been ejected from the crater. The
specimen is readily identified in Hasselblad
photographs AS12-49-7234 and AS1249-7235
taken by Astronaut Conrad, and AS12-48-7063,
taken by Astronaut Bean. The rock appears to
have been rotated out of its original position,
however, before the first photographs were taken
so that the original orientation is uncertain.
Sample 12054 (loose spccimen in documented
sample box). The unusual glass-coated rock
sample 12054 was collected a short distance
south of the fresh 4-m-diameter crater with
which sample 12051 is associated, and the astro-
nauts believed that sample 12054 may have been
ejected from this small fresh blocky crater. The
sample is well shown in Hasselblad photographs
AS1249-7313 to AS12-49-7315 (fig. 1 0 4 5 )
taken by Astronaut Bean. In these photographs,
the sample can be seen to be resting essentially
on the surface. Three sides of this rock are
coated with glass, and two sides are free of glass.
When photographed, sample 12054 was resting
FIGURE 10-43. - Sample no. 12052 before collection. (En- on one glass-free side, and the other glass-free
largement of AS12-49-7217) side was oriented toward the southeast. The
glass may have been sprayed onto t h e rock
as it was ejected from an impact crater, and, by
coincidence, the rock landed on a side not coated
with glass. Figure 10-46 shows a reconstruction
in the LRL of the orientation and lighting as
seen in the lunar surface photograph of the
sample.
FIGURE 10-44. - Sample no. 12052, showing lunar orien-

tation reconstructed in the LRL.
FIGURE 10-46. - Sample no. 12054, showing lunar orien-

tion reconstructed in the LRL.
FIGURE 10-45. - Sample no. 12054 before collection. (En-

largement of AS-49-7315)
field relations suggest that the rock was sprayed

with glass in the position in which it was found FIGURE 10-47. - Sample no. 12055, showing sample un-
disturbed before collection. Rock B is the same rock as
on the surface and that the spray came from the disturbed rock B in figure 10-48. Letters A to C are
the west. Alternatively, as the rock was found for reference in this figure and figure 10-48. (AS12-49-
to exhibit shock damage in the laboratory, the 7197)
FIGURE 10-48. - Disturbed rock B, showing a distinct two-

toned gray on its near end. (AS12-48-7055)
Sample 12055 (loose specimen in the docu-

mented sample box). Sample 12055 is a tabular
rock that is shown apparently undisturbed be-
fore sampling in Hasselblad photographs AS12-
49-7197 (fig. 1 0 4 7 ) and AS12-49-7198. Another
rock, different from the one shown beneath the
gnomon, appears in Hasselblad photographs
AS12-49-7199 and AS1249-7200 (fig. 1 0 4 8 )
taken by Astronaut Conrad and also in Hassel-
blad photographs AS12-48-7053 to AS1248- FIGURE 10-49. - Sample no. 12055, showing approximate
lunar orientation reconstructed in the 1,RL.
7055 taken b y Astronaut Bean. There has been
some confusion about which rock was actually
picked up. Verbal descriptions by the astronauts rock as photographed (fig. 1 0 4 7 ) on the lunar
suggest that the disturbed rock is the one that surface beneath the gnomon. Fragments of sam-
was sampled. However, experimental lighting of ple 12055 may comprise some of the chips from
sample 12055 in the LRL (fig. 10-49) indicates the sample Return Container.
a distinct similarity between sample 12053 and Sample 12065 (specimen from the totebag).
the rock standing upright beneath the gnomon Sample 12065 has not been identified in either
(fig. 10-47). The laboratory specimen of sample the Hasselblad photographs or from descriptions
12055 was broken between the time of sampling given by the astronauts. The sample location is
and the time of photography in the LRL. This shown tentatively on the traverse map (fig. 10-
breakage occurred in the shadowed side of the 1) as being in the area of Surveyor 3.
PART B
PHOTOMETRIC AND POLARIMETRIC PROPERTIES OF THE LUNAR REGOLITH
H. E. Holt a and I. 1. Rennilson b
Photometric Properties provided a verification of the transfer charac-

teristic curve. The luminances observed by using
Several special, as well as general, photo-
the gray-scale steps were compared with the
metric and polarimetric studies of the lunar reg-
luminances computed from the preflight gonio-
olith in the vicinity of the Apollo 12 Ianding
photometric calibration of the gnomon, the lunar
site have been undertaken by means of the
photometric angles for each photograph, and an
black-and-white photographs obtained on the
assumed solar illuminance of 13000 lumens.
geologic traverse during the second extravehic-
Corrections for iris, filter, and frame shading
ular activity (EVA) period. Areas of special
were applied to the luminance values computed
interest for photometric study were the Surveyor
for selected areas.
3 footpad imprints and the lunar material dis-
The albedo (normal luminance factor) of se-
turbed by the Surveyor surface sampler. A
lected areas along the second EVA traverse was
search was made for changes that occurred
measured to establish the range of albedo varia-
during the 30 months since the Surveyor 3
tion. Preliminary measurements show that the
landing. Other studies were undertaken to verify
albedo of unclisturbed fine-grained surface
the nature of the lunar photometric function at
material in intercrater areas ranges from 8.8 to
the centimeter scale and to compare macroscopic
10.1 percent. The brightest material, with an
textures of the surface with the observable
albedo of 11.2 percent, occurs around and inside
photometric function.
Sharp Crater. Most measurements were made
The photometric characteristics of lunar
around the shadow of the astronauts' heads and
materials were measured around each Surveyor
shoulders, where the phase angles were 2.5 ° to
spacecraft and were used to discriminate dif-
4 ° . The photometric data were then extrap-
ferent materials. At all Surveyor sites, darker
olated to the zero phase angle to determine the
material was revealed wherever the fine-grained
normal albedo.
surface layer was disturbed. The report, by
The reflectance of various rocks within a 6°
the Apollo 12 astronauts, of lighter-colored
to 30 ° phase angle was measured. Rock reflec-
material at some depth below the surface was
tance varied from 10 to 210 percent more than
the first observation of this type during seven
the reflectance of fine-grained material adjacent
lunar landings (five Surveyor missions and
to the rocks. The estimated normal albedo of
Apollos 11 and 12).
selected rocks ranges from 12 to 16 percent. The
Photometric data were obtained from SO-267
greatest difference between the luminance of the
black-and-white film by microdensitometry of a
rocks and the luminance of the fine-grained
first-generation film positive and by scanning
material adjacent to the rocks generally occurs
with a flying-spot scanner and digitization of
at phase angles of 40 ° to 90 ° , and the least con-
selected photographs. The luminances were cal-
trast occurs near the zero phase angle. This
culated from the transfer characteristic curve of
suggests that the rocks have a more nearly Lam-
the processed film furnished by the Photographic
bertian photometric function than does the fine-
Technology Laboratory at the NASA Manned
grained material.
Spacecraft Center, Houston, Tex., and from the
Preliminary photometric measurements were
reported camera settings. Photographs that in-
made of lunar materials near the Surveyor 3
elude the gnomon with its 10-step gray scale
spacecraft by using NASA photographs AS12-
"U.S. Geological Survey. 48-7110 to AS12-48-7113 (indicated as pano-
b California Institute of Technology. rama 20 on fig. 10--50). In table 10-IV, the
~ ~~
100 50 0 100
m
Explanation
-7071 Photography station and photograph ALSEP Apollo lunar surface experiments package
number S I DE Suprathermal ion detector experiment
.6131l?) Photograph location SWC Solar-wind composition experiment
uncertain TV Television camera
02 Panorama number
10-50. - Map showing location of photographs taken on first and second EVA periods.
FIGURE
Compare with figure 10-1.
TABLE10-IV. Albedo of materials meastired from the Apollo 12 photographs was for the
from Surveyor 3 and Apollo 12 photographs compressed material.
Compressed fine-grained material was ob-
.4lbedo, percent
served in the imprint of Surveyor 3 footpad 2,
Material Apollo 12. Surveyor 3,
N o v . 1969 Apr. 1967 and the disturbed material adjacent to the com-
Undisturbed fine-grained lunar pressed material was ejected by the footpad
material 9 8.5 impact. The estimated normal albedo of the un-
Surveyor-disturbed material 7.4 7.6 disturbed material near the footpad imprint is
Astronaut-disturbed material 7 - 9 percent, and the albedo of the disturbed ma-
Rock 12to16 - terial is 7.4 percent (or approximately 15 per-
photometric properties of undisturbed, disturbed, cent darker), which is in close agreement with
and compressed lunar fine-grained material, as comparable measurements of 8.5 and 7.6 per-
measured from the Apollo 12 photographs, are cent, respectively, made through the use of the
compared to those measured by the Surveyor 3 Surveyor 3 television camera photographs (ref.
camera. The only significant difference between 10-1 ). As measured from Apollo 12 photographs,
the Surveyor measurements and those obtained at phase angles of 8 8 O to 92', the compressed
material in the footpad imprint area reflects ap- metric properties of these materials during the
proximately 25 percent less light than nearby 30 months that Surveyor 3 was on the lunar sur-
undisturbed material. At phase angles of 40 ° to face before Apollo 12 landed. The optical
60 °, the Surveyor 3 television camera photo- properties indicate that the lunar surface in this
graphs recorded 30 percent more light reflected area has not received a new covering of dust or
from the footpad imprint area than from adjacent been mechanically altered by the lunar environ-
undisturbed surfaces. ment during the 30 months. The significant
Compressed fine-grained material was ob- change in the reflectance of the Surveyor 3 foot-
served in the imprint of the Surveyor 3 footpad pad imprint over the 30-month span may have
2, and the disturbed material adjacent to the been caused by microscopic mechanical altera-
compressed material was ejected by the footpad tion of the compressed surface.
impact. The estimated normal albedo of the Astronaut observations and comparisons of the
undisturbed material near the footpad imprint Apollo 12 photographs of the Surveyor 3 space-
is 9 percent, and the albedo of the disturbed craft to known preflight appearance and to
material is 7.4 percent (or approximately 15 per- Surveyor 3 television camera photographs of
cent darker), which is in close agreement with spacecraft components did not reveal any major
comparable measurements of 8.5 and 7.6 per- changes in the expected appearance of the space-
cent, respectively, made through the use of the craft components, except for color. The hop-
Surveyor 3 television camera photographs (ref. and-skip landing of Surveyor 3 was known to
10--1). As measured from Apollo 12 photographs, have caused some dusting of the spacecraft.
at phase angles of 88 ° to 92 °, the compressed The television camera mirror was known to be
material in the footpad imprint area reflects ap- more highly dusted near its top than its bottom,
proximately 25 percent less light than nearby and the more specular-reflecting spacecraft
undisturbed material. At phase angles of 40 ° to components had significant reflectance. The
60 °, the Surveyor 3 television camera photo- Apollo 12 photographs show similar relation-
graphs recorded 30 percent more light reflected ships; the specular areas are still quite specular,
from the footpad imprint area than from adjacent and the white-painted areas still have relatively
undisturbed surfaces. high reflectance. Even mirrors on top of the
The astronauts walked over the area near electronic compartments show rather high
Surveyor 3 footpad 2 and produced footprints specular reflectance in NASA photograph AS12-
of freshly compressed and disturbed material. 48-7117. The closeup photograph of the tele-
Luminance measurements from NASA photo- vision camera mirror reveals an image on the
graphs AS12--48-7112 and AS12--48-7113 indicate mirror of the camera housing and the filter
that the material kicked outward from the astro- wheel assembly. An overall qualitative assess-
naut footprint has an estimated albedo of 7 per- ment of the Apollo 12 photographs of the
cent, approximately 20 percent darker than the Surveyor 3 spacecraft suggests that only minor
adjacent undisturbed lunar surface. The astro- changes have occurred in the appearance of the
naut boot imprint of compressed material ap- spacecraft components during its 30 months on
pears to have approximately 40 percent greater the lunar surface. The fine material adhering to
reflectance at an 80 ° phase angle than does the the spacecraft is probably lunar dust blown up
undisturbed material. This measurement for the during the Surveyor 3 landing.
astronauts' bootprints is similar to the Surveyor Near Head, Bench, Sharp, and Block Craters,
3 measurements of the albedo of its own footpad lighter colored material was exposed in areas
imprint. scuffed by the astronauts' boots and in a shallow
The similar albedo measurements for undis- trench. The lighter eolored material shown in
turbed and disturbed fine-grained lunar materi- NASA photograph AS12-48-7052 has an esti-
als near Surveyor 3 obtained from the Surveyor mated normal albedo of 11 to 13 percent, and
3 television camera photographs and from the the undisturbed surface has an albedo of 8.8
Apollo" 12 photographs indicate that little, if any, percent. Other areas, when disturbed, show
measurable change has occurred in the photo- darkening of 10 to 15 percent of the normal al-
160 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
bedo.Thelightercoloredmaterialmayrepresent surface were taken with the polarizing filter

fresh-crushed
rockorray materialejectedduring rotated sequentially in front of the camera lens,
somecrateringeventandsubsequently covered while the aperture and other camera condi-
by darker,normalregolithmaterial. tions were held constant. The procedure called
Photographs takendown-Sun,which include for rotating the polarizing filter to three detent
the shadowof the astronaut'shead,permitthe positions corresponding to angles of 0 °, 45 °, and
measurement of lunar surfacereflectance
from 90 ° clockwise with respect to a horizontal refer-
approximately a 20° phaseangleto the zero ence plane. If the camera was not moved, the
phaseangle(nearthe headshadow)andthen variation observed in the three photographs in
out towarda 20° phaseangleagain. Several the apparent radiance of the same image element
microdensitometer scans were made across is due to a polarized component in the light
NASA photographs AS12-49-7255 and AS12-- incident on the filter. A greater degree of polari-
49-7257.The film densityluminances werecal- zation, or percentage of linearly polarized light
culatedandplottedrelativeto the phaseangle. in the light scattered from the lunar surface,
The resultantcurves(fig. 10-51)aresimilarto produces a greater variation between photo-
the telescopicallyobservedlunar photometric graphs in the apparent radiance of image
function(ref. 10-6). Slightdifferencesappear elements.
near the zerophaseangle,wherethe curves Light scattered from the lunar surface is par-
obtainedfrom measurements of the Apollo 12 tially plane polarized at most phase angles. The
photographs are not as sharplypeakedas are degree of polarization of sunlight scattered from
the curvescalculatedfrom telescopicmeasure- fine-grained areas of the lunar surface has been
ments. determined by telescopic and Surveyor 6 and 7
measurements to depend principally upon the
1400
phase angle. The degree of polarization of light
scattered from the fine-grained lunar surface on
A - Calculated the maria (Surveyor 6) varies from 0 to 19 per-
1200 _- Measured cent. Rock surfaces observed on the maria and
in the highlands exhibit a greater variation of
polarizing properties than does the fine-grained
material. A few rock surfaces are similar in their
polarizing properties to the fine-grained material
adjacent to the rocks, whereas other rock sur-
faces produce a maximum polarization of the
scattered light that is up to several times the
polarization produced by fine-grained material.
The degree of polarization of light scattered
from rock surfaces varies as a function of phase
_ i I i i i angle, and the peak polarization observed from
10 0 10 20 30 rock surfaces that produce strong polarization
Phaseangle,decj effects occurs between a 120 ° to 124 ° phase
angle. The polarization properties of lunar
FmtraE I0-51. -- Comparison of calculated luminance and
measured luminance values (based on AS12-49-7255, rocks probably depend on rock type. Crystal-
scan 1 ). line rocks may be expected to produce higher
peak polarization than microbreccias.
Preliminary measurements for analysis of
Polarimetric Properties
polarization have been made on NASA photo-
A polarizing filter was attached to the front graphs AS12-48-7077 to AS12--48-7079, taken
of Astronaut Conrad's camera at the start of the near Head Crater. These photographs, together
second EVA period in order to record polariza- with a gray scale, were scanned by the film
tion measurements. Photographs of the lunar reader of the Image Processing Laboratory at
GEOLOGIC
INVESTIGATION OF THE LANDING SITE 161
the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. The scanner had of the polarization. At this phase angle, the de-
a 50-tan spot size, and each photograph was gree of polarization of the fine-grained material
digitized to 64 gray levels. The gray scale was varied from 9 to 15 percent, whereas the light
read with the same spot size, and an averaged reflected from rock surfaces varied from 2 to 24
matrix of values was used to plot the light-trans- percent in polarization. The plane of partial po-
fer characteristics. By using this characteristic, larization is approximately perpendicular to the
the digital photographs were then converted to phase plane. These preliminary polarization
a luminance domain. Cross-correlation pro- measurements show that the observed rocks
grams were then applied to register the frames. differ from one another in their polarizing prop-
The phase angle was approximately 90 ° for erties and that some of the rocks differ markedly
the areas processed for preliminary calculations from the fine-grained material.
PART C
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE LUNAR REGOLITH
R. F. Scott, a W. D. Carrier, b N. C. Costes, c and 1. K. MitcheU a
This report presents, from a soil mechanics that, in the final stages of the descent, no surface
point of view, the results of a preliminary exam- features were visible. The astronauts reported a
ination of the returned data, photographs, and loss of visibility at this time. This occurrence
soil samples of the Apollo 12 mission. The vari- poses a potential hazard to future lunar landings,
ous features of the descent, landing, and the and it is highly desirable to evaluate the causes
extravehicular activity (EVA) periods of the of this loss of visibility. The Apollo 11 and 12
astronauts are compared with those observed at spacecraft followed different descent profiles to
the Apollo 11 landing site. Some comments are land in different regions of the Moon, and in
also appended regarding the appearance of and addition, the thrust of the Apollo 12 LM was
conditions around the Surveyor 3 spacecraft vis- higher than that of the Apollo 11 LM by approxi-
ited by the Apollo 12 astronauts. The report on mately 5 percent. The amount of erosion at the
soil properties at the Apollo 11 landing site (ref. two sites may be different because the descent
10-7) gives a brief summary of prior observa- profiles, the surface soil, the thrusts, or any com-
tions of the lunar surface and may be referred to bination of these factors was different for the
for detailed comparison with the results of this two missions. To explain this possible erosion
study. The events of the Apollo 12 landing are difference, a detailed analysis of all features
described in chronological sequence. related to erosion of the lunar surface by the
descent engine is required. To date, only a few
Descent and Touchdown preliminary considerations have been examined.
The following paragraphs describe some of the
Visibility Problems From Surface Erosion observations that will establish a framework in
The descent film made during the Apollo 12 which more detailed studies of the relationship
lunar module (LM) approach shows a consider- between descent profile and soil characteristics
able amount of movement of the lunar surface may be made.
material. The movement reached such a level Descent
The descent profiles of the Apollo 11 LM and

• California Institute of Technology.
h Manned Spacecraft Center. the Apollo 12 LM differed considerably in the
Manned Space Flight Center. last 60 m. The Apollo 11 LM descended at a rate
d University of California. of approximately 0 to 6 m/see to a height (as
measured from the surface to a level plane rate of the Apollo 12 camera was 3.7 m/sec. Be-
through the footpads) of approximately 1.5 to cause close agreement was found between the
2.4 m; then, the LM paused at this elevation for heights determined by the two methods at higher
13 sec before descending to the surface in 3 sec. altitudes, the framing-rate/descent-profile tech-
By comparison, the Apollo 12 LM made the last nique was employed with some confidence for
portion of the descent at a rate of approximately the later stages of descent, when the surface was
0.5 m/sec, with no pauses. On Apollo 11, the partially or totally obscured. The results of the
descent propulsion system (DPS) engine was not evaluation are presented in table 10-V. Loss of
turned off until approximately 1 sec after footpad visibility was never as complete on the Apollo 11
contact. On Apollo 12, the engine was shut down, descent as it was on the Apollo 12 descent. From
according to Astronaut Conrad, as soon as the table 10-V, it can be seen that the altitudes
contact probes touched the lunar surface. The at which various events occurred on Apollo 12
probe contact occurs at a footpad height of ap- descent are considerably greater than those at
proximately 1.5 m above the surface. The last which similar events occurred in the Apollo 11
few feet of descent of the Apollo 12 LM, there- mission, as deduced from the descent films.
fore, took place as a hindered free fall as the Erosion of the surface by the engine exhaust
thrust of the DPS engine decayed after shutdown. depends on a number of mechanical properties
Although final information on the spatial pro- such as cohesion, grain size and bulk density of
file of the Apollo 12 descent is not yet available, tile soil, and the angle of friction of the granular
the data at hand indicate a considerable differ- material. (Erosion is more sensitive to cohesion
ence between the Apollo 12 and 11 descents. The and grain size and less sensitive to friction angle
lateral velocity of the Apollo 11 LM was rela- and bulk density.) If two soils both exhibit the
tively high, approximately 0.9 m/sec, for most of same response (penetration depth) to an astro-
the final 20 or 30 sec of flight, while the Apollo 12 naut's boot, and if one soil has less cohesion and
spacecraft approached at a lateral rate of approx- a higher friction angle than the other, the soil
imately 0.5 m/sec and slowed down to slightly with less cohesion will be much more sensitive
more than 0.3 m/see as it approached the landing to erosion by a rocket engine. The following
site. Thus, the Apollo 12 spacecraft traversed a paragraphs of this section show that the gross
much shorter lateral distance over the surface mechanical properties of the lunar surface mate-
during the final 20 or 30 sec of descent than did rial at the two landing sites are not greatly
the Apollo 11 LM. It can be inferred that the different, in terms of the depths of astronaut
lunar surface landing area for Apollo 12 was bootprints, penetration of the spacecraft into the
exposed for a longer time to the blast of the surface, and operation of various tools. The data
descent engine than was the corresponding area available on the variation of lunar surface mate-
of the Apollo 11 landing. rial properties are not sufficient at present to
To determine the difference between the ob- allow a decisive conclusion as to the relationship
served behavior of the hmar surface during the of mechanical properties of the lunar material to
two descents, a detailed examination of individ- rocket erosion.
ual frames of the Apollo 11 and 12 descent films As seen in a later portion of this section, labo-
was made. In this study, the spacecraft heights ratory examination of the soil returned from the
at earlier stages in the descent were determined hmar surface by the two missions indicates that
first by internal evidence in each frame (camera the soil in the Apollo 12 core tubes possesses a
geometry, spacecraft dimensions, and known substantially larger proportion of particles in the
crater dimensions) and then compared with fine size range. The sieving technique, however,
heights deduced from the framing rates of the was changed for the Apollo 12 analysis, and this
cameras and from tile known descent profiles. new technique should result in a greater break-
Partly as a consequence of this analysis, it was down of soil clumps and aggregates. Therefore,
found that the framing rate of the Apollo 11 it is not clear, at present, if there is any fimda-
descent film was 1.8 m/sec, rather than 3.7 m/sec, mental differences between the material. The
as previously reported. As planned, the framing distribution and proportion of particles larger
GEOLOGIC
INVESTIGATION
OFTHELANDING
SITE 163
TABLE
10--V. Comparison of Altitudes and Times at Which Similar Events
Occurred During Apollo 11 and 12 Descents
Altitude, m Time to touchdown, sec

Event
Apollo II Apollo 12 Apollo 11 Apollo 12
First signs of blowing dust 24 33.5 65 59.

Streaking fully developed 4.5 9 21 21
Loss of visibility 2.7 7.3 15 17
than 0.1 mm in diameter from the different meters at most. The spacecraft came to rest ori-
Apollo 12 core tubes were similar. The Apollo 12 ented with the ÷ Z axis approximately 20 ° clock-
soil appears to become coarser with depth, but it wise from due west and tilted approximately 4°
is not known if this affects the erosion problem. toward the --Y axis (or to the south). As shown
At present, therefore, the primary differences in figure 10-52, all the footpads except the -Y
between the two landing sequences are the de- footpad penetrated the surface only a small dis-
scent profiles and the effects on the rocket gas/ tance, on the order of 1 or 2 cm. The --Y footpad
surface interaction caused by the different descent penetrated deeper (approximately 10 cm) and
profiles. The rocket gas/surface interaction prob- disturbed the surface material to a greater extent
lem will be examined elsewhere in detail to than did the other footpads. The appearance of
determine the extent of the contributions of two the surface around the --Y footpad can be seen
processes, which, at present, are analyzed sepa- in figure 10-53. Typical penetration of the other
rately: (1) particle entrainment by the gas flow- footpads is shown in the photograph of the +Y
ing over the surface of the soil and (2) pressure footpad (fig. 10-54). The depression adjacent to
changes in the soil caused by the flow of gas the footpad and appearing below the bent con-
into and through the voids in the soil. The first tact probe in figure 10-54 was apparently not
of these processes, entrainment, is analyzed caused by the impact and bounce of the +Y
essentially as a time-independent phenomenon; footpad, but is a natural surface crater. This fact
whereas the second process is analyzed as a is indicated by the track of the contact probe
transient effect. If only the first process is oper- seen in the foreground of figure 10-54. It is
ating on the surface, the rate of erosion depends evident in other photographs, which are not
almost entirely on the height of the engine nozzle included in this report, that this groove extends
above the surface. If both processes are at work, 1 or 2 m to the left of the area shown in the
which is most probably the case, the erosion rate photograph, indicating the motion of the space-
depends upon the height of the engine nozzle craft in the last 1 to 2 sec of descent. The posi-
above the surface and the time during which the tion of the groove is consistent with the location
engine nozzle remained at this point above the of the contact probe on the footpad, and no
surface. With gas flow through the soil, the ero- other groove appears in a similar position with
sion rate will increase with time for any given respect to the small crater mentioned previously.
nozzle height. It was observed on the Apollo 11 landing that
the usual effect of the descent-engine exhaust gas
Landing
is to accentuate the surface disturbance caused
Following engine shutdown, when the footpads by a probe rather than to cover up the disturb-
were approximately 1.5 m above the lunar sur- ance; therefore, it is unlikely that a track was
face, the spacecraft fell (as the engine thrust formed and subsequently obscured. The broken
decayed) until the footpads made contact. The probes indicate that the spacecraft was traveling
impact was relatively gentle, with stroking of the in a direction slightly north of west in the final
main shock absorbers limited to a few centi- stages of descent.
FIGURE10-52. -Area under LM and

around footpads. (AS12-46-6777)
FIGURE10-53. - Penetration of -Y
footpad. (AS12-47-6901)
FIGURE10-54.- Crater, +Y footpad,

and area under LM descent engine.
(AS12-47-6906)
As in the Apollo 11 photographs, Apollo 12 Observations During the EVA Periods

photographs show that the surface under the
During the EVA periods, information relating
descent engine and adjacent to the footpads (fig.
to the physical characteristics and the mechan-
10-54) was apparently swept by the descent- ical behavior of the lunar surface material at the
engine exhaust gas, although more particles seem Apollo 12 landing site was extracted from various
to have been left on the surface in the vicinity astronaut activities, including the following:
of the Apollo 12 LM than under the Apollo 11 (1) Initial familiarization and adjustment to
LM. This may have been a result of the different the lunar environment
shutdown conditions. In a number of photo- (2) Trenching and collection of rock, soil, and
graphs that show an area of lunar surface 12 to core-tube samples
15 m to the east of the center of the LM along ( 3 ) Deployment of the solar-wind composi-
its approach track, such as figure 1055, a path tion (SWC) experiment, the U.S. flag, and
appears that is clearly different from the sur- the Apollo lunar surface experiments package
rounding surface and apparently occurs along ( ALSEP)
the approach path. This path seems to be a ( 4 ) Observations and photography relating to
result of the surface disturbance caused by the the LM landing interaction with the lunar sur-
exhaust gas during descent. According to the face
descent trajectory, the spacecraft engine nozzle The general topography of the Apollo 12 landing
was at a height of 9 to 12 m from the surface at site is characterized by a gently rolling surface
a position corresponding to the right-hand por- that includes several large, subdued craters and
tion of the area shown in figure 10-55. many smaller craters with raised rims.
FIGURE 10-55. - Lunar surface, 40 to

50 ft east of the LM, showing surface
erosion track. (AS12-46-6781)
In general, the surface material at the Apollo 12 made during the second EVA period. These three
site can be described as a medium-gray, slightly areas were:
cohesive, granular soil that is composed largely ( 1 ) In the vicinity of the L M and out to Head
of bulky grains in the silt to fine-sand size range, Crater. In this region, the soil was of moderate
with scattered glassy rocks and coarse rock frag- compactness and provided good support for the
ments. Large rock fragments ranging in size from astronauts and the experiment packages.
several centimeters to several meters across and ( 2 ) In the vicinity of Sharp Crater. The soil
varying in shape from angular to subrounded are was softest near this crater. This soil could be
sparsely strewn throughout this matrix material. trenched easily, as shown in figure 10-56, and
Coarse blocks occur abundantly on and around footprints in this area were the deepest.
a few craters. Most of the rocks are partially ( 3 ) In the region around IZnlo and Surveyor
buried with fillets of fine-grained material built Craters. According to the astronauts, the soil was
up around them. The soil is generally similar in firmest in the area around Halo and Surveyor
appearance and behavior to that encountered at Craters. In this area, the soil had the appearance
the Apollo 11 site and at the Surveyor equatorial of a dusty surface that had been lightly rained
landing sites, There is, however, some variability upon, as may be seen in figure 10-57. The mate-
in soil conditions at different points along the rial in this area was described as being more
geologic traverse shown in figure 10-1, as well cohesive and coarser than in other areas. The
as some features and aspects of behavior that are bootprint in the lower portion of the photograph
unlike those found at the Apollo 11 site. indicates that this material compacts under load
The astronauts concluded that in terms of soil in the same manner as the other types of surface
texture and behavior, there were three different material encountered.
and distinct areas along the geologic traverse Figure 10-58 is a view of the area west-north-
surface and the soil directly beneath was also

observed at the Apollo 11 and Surveyor 3 sites.
The shallow depth of footprints in the fore-
ground of figure 10-58 indicates that the soil
near the LM was reasonably firm and incom-
pressible.
Color variations were evident within small
zones, and the material did not appear to be
homogeneous with depth at all locations. Figure
10-59 shows a zone of lighter colored material
exposed in a small trench on the northwest rim
of Head Crater. Where this lighter colored mate-
rial occurs, it appears to have clumped up more
as a result of disturbance; however, the overall
mechanical behavior of the lighter colored mate-
rial seems to be quite similar to that of the
darker material.
FIGURE 10-56. - Trench approximately 8 in. deep in the Texture a n d General Appearance of Undisturbed
soft material on the east rim of Sharp Crater. (AS12- Lunar Surface
48-7067)
The lunar surface texture is characterized
locally by linear grooves approximately 0.3 cm
deep, such as those northwest of the LM (fig.
10-13) near the Middle Crescent Crater, the
outer slopes of Sharp Crater, near Halo Crater,
and at and near the Surveyor 3 spacecraft. These
lineations are described in part A of this section.
Figure 10-60 shows the texture and appear-
ance of the disturbed lunar surface material at
the ALSEP deployment site, looking cross-Sun.
The material at that site appeared to be loose
and fluffy and, according to Astronaut Bean, was
difficult to compact by merely stepping and tamp-
ing on it. The fine-grained surface material had
a powdery appearance and was easily kicked
free as the astronauts moved On the surface. Dur-
ing the Apollo 11 EVA, Astronauts Armstrong
and Aldrin noted the ease with which fine-grained
material was set in motion while they were walk-
ing on the lunar surface. They also noted that
FIGURE10-57. -Lunar surface in the vicinity of Halo the particles moved along ballistic trajectories
Crater showing “lightly rained on” texture of undis-
turbed material and material compacted by an astro-
according to a pattern that depended on the angle
naut’s footstep. ( AS12-49-7284) of impact of the boot with the lunar surface.
Adhesion
west of the LM taken after the EVA periods; the
figure shows the deployed ALSEP in the back- The tendency of the loose, powdery surface
ground and the darkened trails left by the astro- material to move easily in the lunar vacuum and
nauts where they passed along the surface. This l/6g environment imposed operational problems
characteristic difference between the undisturbed that were augmented by the fact that the same
FIGURE10-58. -View of the area west-northwest of the LM after the EVA periods, showing
deployed ALSEP in the background and darkened trails left by the astronauts.
(AS12-48-7169)
material also exhibited adhesive characteristics Fine-grained material adhered to the astro-
that resulted in a tendency for the material to nauts’ boots and spacesuits, the television cable,
stick to any object with which it came into con- the lunar equipment conveyor, ALSEP compo-
tact. As a consequence, equipment and space- nents, astronaut tools, sample return containers,
suits became coated, and housekeeping problems the color chart, and the cameras and camera
arose from the dust brought aboard the LM at magazines. Figure 10-61 shows fine-grained ma-
the conclusion of EVA periods. terial accumulated on the radio thermoelectric
t I
FIGURE -
10-61. Astronaut unloading RTG fuel capsde
from LM. Note the general texture of surficial fine-
grained material disturbed by astronaut activities and
the fine-grained material accumulated on the RTG
FIGURE10-59. - Small trench near northwest rim of Head pallet and adhering to the tapes lying on the surface
Crater. Note zone of light-colored material just beneath and to the astronaut’s boots, suit, and gloves. (AS12-
the surface. Firmness of the ground in this area is indi- 46-6789)
cated by the shallow bootprints. (AS12-48-7052)
generator (RTG) pallet, adhered to the astro-

nauts’ suits, boots, and gloves, and adhered to
the tapes extending from the scientific equipment
bay of the LM and to the tapes lying on the
lunar surface. The fine, powdery material also
adhered to lunar rock samples that were brought
back to Earth and left a trace of fine dust that
coated the core tubes that were returned to the
Lunar Receiving Laboratory ( LRL) .z This adhe-
sion, however, did not offer any resistance to
pulling of objects inserted into the lunar surface,
such as the SWC experiment staff, the flagpole,
or the core tubes.
It appears that under the shirt-sleeve atmos-
phere ( 5 lb/in.2) of the command module (CM ) ,
the fine, dusty material lost its adhesive charac-
teristics. I n connection with this phenomenon,
Astronaut Conrad commented that camera maga-
zines coated with lunar soil when stowed were
clean when removed from their bags in the CM
FIGURE 10-60. - General appearance and texture of lunar a few days later.
soil disturbed by astronaut activities at the ALSEP
deployment site, looking cross-Sun. (AS 12-46-6817) ‘See page 178.
Cohesion
The soil possesses a small, but finite, amount
of cohesion. The fine-grained material tends to
form clods in both its natural and disturbed state.
For example:
(1) Figure 10-53 shows clumps of fine-grained
material “bulldozed” away from the +Y pad as
a result of the interaction between the LM and
the lunar surface during landing.
( 2 ) Figures 10-62 and 10-63 show weakly
cemented clumps and blocks of fine-grained ma-
terial from two distinct mounds on the lunar sur-
face (figs. 10-22 and 10-23). According to Astro-
naut Conrad, the mounds appeared to contain
very compacted, fine clumps similar to dried
cement or sandstone. These clumps disintegrated
when squashed in the palm.
Initially loose, fluffy material readily compacts
under load and retains the detail of a deformed
shape, as may be seen in figures 1 0 3 0 and 1031
FIGURE 10-63. - Closeup view of small mound. Weakly
obtained from the contingency sample collection cemented block of fine-grained material in foreground
area. Under the existing illumination, compacted is approximately 0.5 m across. (AS12-46-6824)
surfaces gave a glossy appearance. The rubber-
like texture of deformed and compacted surface
material can also be seen in the bootprints shown
in the foreground of figure 10-64. The grainy structure of the compacted fine-grained material
is clearly shown, however, in high-resolution
stereoscopic photographs of bootprints (fig. 113)
obtained by use of the ALSCC.
The material could stand unsupported at a
height of at least a few centimeters on vertical
slopes developed either by trenching, as shown
by the grooves dug with the contingency samples
(figs. 1 0 3 0 and 1 0 3 1 ) , by the holes made by
the core tubes that remained intact upon the re-
moval of the tubes, or by lateral scuffing and
compression, as can be seen from the ridges
shown in figure 10-64.
Frictional Characteristics
As at the Apollo 11 site, the lunar soil encoun-
tered during this mission derives a major portion
of its strength from interparticle friction. This is
evidenced by the fact that material resistance to
deformation increases considerably with confine-
ment. The relevant material properties can be
assessed from the following observations:
FIGURE10-62.- Weakly cemented fine-grained material
(1) The penetrations of the footpads were
and rock fragments on top of large mound. (AS12-46- small, 5 to 7.5 cm, except for the -Y footpad,
6832) which penetrated 10 to 12 cm. These penetra-
10-64.- Fillet material around partially exposed rock. Note the ridges developed by
FIGURE
scuffing and lateral compression of the fine-grained material and the deeper
bootprints at the toe as a result of uneven distribution of astronaut weight on
boot. (AS12-49-7181)
tion values correspond to static bearing pressures appears that, although during the second EVA
of 55.2 X lo3 dyn/cm2 to 75.8 X 103 dyn/cm2. period the astronauts noted three distinct areas
( 2 ) The depth of penetration was small, ap- in terms of soil consistency, compaction, and
proximately 1 cm of the astronauts’ boots on a firmness, the mechanical behavior of the soil is,
level surface (figs. 10-61 and 10-64). Softer spots in general, consistent with the behavior that
were found, however, on the rims and slopes of would be expected for a soil having properties
relatively fresh, small craters (fig. 10-65). characteristic of the soils studied at the Apollo
11 site (ref. 10-7) and the Surveyor equatorial
Strength and Deformation Characteristics landing sites (ref. 10-8). Such a material has a
As in the Apollo 11 mission, no special soil density on the order of 1.5 g/cc, an angle of
mechanics testing or sampling devices were in- internal friction of 3 5 O to 3 9 O , and a cohesion of
cluded in the Apollo 12 EVA hardware, and no 3.5X103to 7X103 dynjcm2.The unit bearing ca-
other force- or deformation-measuring devices pacity is certainly considerably in excess of the
were used during the surface activities. Accord- pressure of 7X104 to 14X104 dyn/cm2 exerted
ingly, the strength and deformation characteris- by the astronauts and the LM footpads. Although,
tics of the lunar soil could be determined only by in the general area visited during the first EVA
indirect means, such as from observations made period, many of the footprints appear to have
on the appearance of the material and its inter- resulted from soil compression, in several in-
action with objects of known weight and geom- stances footprints 5 to 8 cm deep are accom-
etry that came in contact with the lunar surface. panied by bulging of the surrounding surface. An
From analyses based on such indirect means, it example of this type of soil deformation can be
F'IGURE 10-65.- Astronaut bootprints

near small crater with soft rim.Note
the large amount of sinkage at the
toe of the bootprints in the fore-
ground, resulting from uneven dis-
tribution of astronaut weight on
boot, and the deep-seated bootprints
at the rim of the crater. (AS12-
47-6978 )
FIGURE10-66.- Astronaut bootprints

developed as a result of uneven dis-
tribution of astronaut weight on
boot. Note striation pattern on lunar
surface, following an east-west di-
rection, possibly caused by LM
engine exhaust gas impingement.
( AS 12-46-6780 )
~~ ~ ~~~
~~
seen in the footprints shown in the foreground which does not force the soil sample to deform
of figure 10-66 and near the rim of the crater and compress as it fills the tube.
shown in figure 10-65. Lateral soil bulging that A trench, approximately 20 cm deep, was dug
accompanies imprinting or trenching action can near the rim of Sharp Crater by using the scoop.
also be seen in the photographs showing the No difficulty was encountered in digging, and
interaction of the LM footpads with the lunar the trench depth was limited only by the length
surface (fig. 10-54) and in the trenches dug by of the extension handle. The trench remained
the contingency sampler (figs. 1 0 3 0 and 1031). open and stable, although the top edges could
Such behavior reflects deformation dominated by be crumbled easily. Analysis shows that if the
shear effects, rather than by compression, and is soil possesses a density, friction angle, and cohe-
consistent with the behavior observed in some sion of the magnitudes postulated, then vertical
of the bearing tests conducted by the surface walb several times the height of the trench walls
sampler during the Surveyor 3 and 7 missions. should remain stable. A core tube was driven
without difficulty to its full length (35 cm) be-
Subsurface Conditions
neath the bottom of the trench. It was reported
The granular surface material extends at least that this tube could almost have been pushed
to the maximum depth probed by the astronauts. in without a hammer.
The astronauts reported little change in texture A double-core tube was driven near Halo
or consistency with depth, although observations Crater to a depth of approximately 70cm. Fig-
in the LRL suggest that some differences in grain ure.10-67 is a view taken at the completion of
size and color with depth did exist at the core-
tube sites. (See part A.) No difficulty was en-
countered by Astronaut Conrad in scooping “a
whole bagful of dirt” as a contingency sample
from a small crater in front of the LM (figs.
1030 and 1 0 3 1 ) , nor were there any problems
reported in collecting selected soil samples in the
area located between the ALSEP deployment
site, the east rim of the Middle Crescent Crater,
and the LM.
Both the flagstaff and the SWC experiment
staff were pushed to depths comparable to the
penetrations of the same staffs at the Apollo 11
site. From the distance above the surface of the
knurled markings on the flagstaff (ref. 10-7, fig.
a), the penetration of the flagstaff is estimated
to be approximately 17 cm. From the distance
above the surface of the knurled markings on the
SWC experiment staff, the SWC experiment staff
was estimated to penetrate to a depth of approxi-
mately 15 cm. The final deployment position was
approximately 65 m from the LM. Less difficulty
was encountered in core-tube driving in the im-
mediate vicinity of the LM than at the Apollo 11
site. Inasmuch as the bits of the core tubes used
in the Apollo 12 mission had straight inside walls,
whereas those used in the Apollo 11mission were
FIGURE10-67. - Double-core tube at the completion of
flared inward 1 5 O , the ease with which the tubes driving. No disturbance of the surrounding surface is
were driven at the Apollo 12 site may, to a great evident as a result of driving the core tube. (AS12-49-
extent, result from the design of the core bit, 7288 )
10-68. - Surveyor 3 with the LM in the background. Footpad 1 is to the left, footpad 2 is
FIGURE
in the foreground, and the surface sampler extends to the right. (AS12-48-7100)
driving. It may be seen that there is essentially has undergone little change in the past 2% yr.
no disturbance of the lunar surface adjacent to For example, figure 10-69 shows the waffle-
the core tube. No hard material was encoun- textured print of footpad 2 even more clearly
tered during the driving of any of the core tubes, than the original Surveyor photographs. The de-
and the core tubes were easily withdrawn from tail shown in figure 10-69 indicates clearly that
the ground in each case. The astronauts re- little change other than darkening of the imprint
ported that the core tubes were augered between could have taken place during the past 2%yr and
blows, although both astronauts also indicated that any depositional or erosional processes must
augering was probably not necessary. The influ- be slow relative to this time span.
ence of augering on the recovered samples is Surveyor 3 footpads 1 and 3 are shown in fig-
not known. Core-tube holes remained open after ures 10-70 and 10-71, respectively. It should be
withdrawal of the tubes. noted that footpad 1 was not visible and footpad
3 was only partially visible to the Surveyor 3
Soil Conditions at the Surveyor 3 Site television camera. Footpad 1 left a waffle im-
Surveyor 3 with the LM in the background is print similar to that of footpad 2. Material de-
shown in figure 10-68. Examination of the photo- posited on the top of footpad 3 appears to be
graphs taken at this site suggests that the surface of two different types: light and dark colored.
10-71. - Surveyor 3 footpad 3. (AS12-48-7124)

FIGURE
The significance of this is not yet understood.

10-69. - Surveyor 3 footpad area, showing foot-
FIGURE
pad prints formed during touchdown hop. Note fresh The astronauts reported that the white portions
appearance of the footpad prints and the waffle pattern of the Surveyor 3 spacecraft were a light-tan
caused by the footpad honeycomb. (AS12-48-7110) color, and it appeared that some of this coating
was dust. The possibility that at least some of
the coating was caused by blowing dust pro-
duced by the LM landing cannot be eliminated
at present. Further studies of the photographs
and possibly of the returned components should
clarify this question.
Views of the area of Surveyor 3 surface sam-
pler operations are shown in figures 10-72 and
10-73. For comparison with the photographs, a
plane view of the area is available in figure I V 4
of reference 10-1 that gives the locations of all
tests performed during the first lunar day of the
Surveyor 3 mission. Unfortunately, the slope of
the surface on which Surveyor 3 rests and the
low-Sun angle at the time of the astronauts’ visit
have the result that much of the surface-sampler
test area is in shadow. The major features
(trenches and some impact and bearing-test
points) are visible, however, and a comparison
of the lunar surface details around impact test 1
(as seen in the left foreground of fig. 10-72 and
near the left of fig. 10-73), for example, is possi-
FIGURE
10-70. - Imprint of Surveyor 3 footpad 1, showing ble. In the preliminary examinations to date, no
waffle pattern. (AS12-48-7119) change has been detected.
FIGURE 10-72. - Surface under Surveyor 3 soil mechanics

surface sampler, showing trenching and bearing-test FIGURE10-73. - Soil mechanics surface sampler opera-
activities. (AS12-48-7107) tions at the Surveyor 3 site. (AS12-48-7129)
Astronaut Mobility .
soil, and I did . . I did not see how far I was
sinking in the soil. I only noticed that the bot-
The soil conditions at the Apollo 12 landing toms of [this type] of craters were softer than the
site did not pose any problems on astronaut edges.
mobility. As at the Apollo 11 site, the lunar sur- Walking on crater slopes on which the soil
face at the Apollo 12 site provided adequate was firm and compact, such as the one at the
bearing strength for standing, walking, loping, Surveyor landing site, also proved to be no prob-
and jumping; and sufficient traction for starting, lem. Astronaut Bean remarked that he would not
turning, and stopping. Neither astronaut experi- hesitate to attempt a steeper slope. However,
enced any slippery surfaces such as those re- coming up the slope involved more work because
ported by the Apollo 11 crew. Walking on the of the restriction imposed by the sloping ground
surface tended to compact the loose virgin ma- on the astronauts’ movements. The astronauts
terial. Accordingly, astronaut mobility was en- decided not to go to the bottom of Bench Crater
hanced in previously walked-on regions. because of the steepness of the walls, and there is
Walking through craters only a few feet in evidence that the surface material on some crater
diameter that had relatively soft slopes with walls may be of marginal stability. Figure 10-75
angles ranging up to 15O did not appear to be a is a view looking west into Sharp Crater indicat-
problem. Such a crater is shown in figure 10-74. ing material that appears to have slid downslope.
This crater is approximately 8 m in diameter and Traversing such zones could be hazardous. Dis-
1 to 2 m deep and is located between the magne- tinct evidence of sliding was observed by the
tometer and the other deployed ALSEP com- astronauts in other craters as well.
ponents. Bootprints left by Astronaut Bean as
he walked through this crater can be seen below Conclusions
the ALSEP central station shown by the standing The following conclusions may be made from
astronaut and to the left of the magnetometer the evaluation of available data.
(fig. 10-74). Astronaut Bean remarked: ( 1 ) In spite of local variations in soil texture,
As I walked through it, it was quite a bit softer color, grain size, compactness, and consistenby,
in the bottom. I was prepared to find this softer the soil at the Apollo 12 site is similar in appear-
F'IGURE 10-74. - Small crater ( 8 m in

diameter and 1 to 2 m deep) with
soft fine-grained material at the
slopes and bottom, located at the
ALSEP deployment site. Note boot-
prints left by Astronaut Bean as he
walked through this crater. (AS12-
47-6921 )
FIGURE
10-75. -Westward view into
Sharp Crater, showing evidence of
instability of unconsolidated surface
material. (AS12-49-7274)
ance and behavior to the soils encountered at comes in contact with it, including stainless steel
the Apollo 11 and the Surveyor equatorial land- tools, Teflon bags, and rubber gloves.
ing sites. The first core-tube sample to be opened and
( 2 ) Although the deformation behavior of the examined in the LRL nitrogen cabinets was the
surface material appears, in general, to involve core sample taken during the first EVA period
both compression and shear effects, the conclu- in the vicinity of the LM. (See fig. 10-1.) This
sion drawn from the Surveyor 3 mission results- core-tube sample (serial no. 2013) was sim-
that the soil at the Surveyor 3 landing site is ilar in appearance to the two core-tube samples
essentially incompressible-is consistent with the taken during Apollo 11 (serial nos. 2007 and
consistency, compactness, and average grain 2008); it was a uniform medium-gray to me-
size of the soil at the Surveyor 3 site, as assessed dium-dark-gray color, and no individual par-
during the Apollo 12 EVA. ticles were visible. Fine-reflecting surfaces were
( 3 ) The adhering dust appears to have been present over approximately 10 percent of the
the most aggravating operational problem during sample area; these reflecting surfaces gave the
the Apollo 12 EVA. sample a slight sparkly appearance. The sample
( 4 ) Compaction of loose, very fine-grained retained its cylindrical shape while resting in a
surface material for the purpose of supporting horizontal trough, thereby indicating that the soil
scientific instruments with low settlement toler- retained some cohesion (fig. 10-76). Probing the
ances as well as other foundation purposes may sample with a spatula revealed that the fine
present problems in the future. particles tended to form clumps up to 0.5 cm
( 5 ) There appears to be no problem associ- in size; a vertical face 1 cm high could be cut
ated with shallow excavation or small embank- across the diameter of the sample. There were
ment construction on lunar surface sites with transverse cracks across the sample, which might
material formations similar to those studied to indicate different zones within the lunar soil
date. sample depth. (Three sections were found to
( 6 ) There appears to be no direct correlation have slightly different grain size distributions. ) .
between crater slope angle and consistency of On the other hand, the cracks may be the result
soil cover. The consistency of the soil cover of the rotation of the core tube while the astro-
depends mainly upon the geologic history of naut was in the process of taking the sample on
lunar terrain features and local environmental the lunar surface.
conditions. Some Apollo 12 samples were different from
any obtained during the Apollo 11 EVA. Docu-
Preliminary Examination of Samples
Apollo 12 mission complicates comparison of the '.I I t & I ? I I
(I 7
samples from the two landing sites. Nonetheless, &.
the majority of the Apollo 12 soil samples are \

visually identical to the Apollo 11 soil samples. A
That is, the soil is a charcoal gray with a slight I, :'' r
brown tinge. A significant portion of the soil is

finer than the unaided eye can distinguish. The FIGURE 10-76. - Core-tube sample (serial no. 2013) taken
soil adheres in a fine layer to everything that during first EVA period. ( LRL photograph S-69-60359)
GEOLOGIC
INVESTIGATION
OFTHELANDING
SITE 179
mentedsample5D (LRL sample12033),taken in error as a result of very fine particles sticking

froma trenchdugin the northwestquadrantof together in dumps or adhering to larger parti-
HeadCrater(fig. 10-1),hasa distinctlydiffer- cles. The sudden break in the distribution makes
ent colorfrom the othersoft samples in that it curve A particularly suspicious below the no. 230
is light gray, similar to the color of cement. In sieve. Unfortunately, it was impossible to go
addition, the bottom haft of the double-core back and check the results because the samples
tube (serial no. 2012) contains zones of differ- had already been turned over to the biologists
ent color and grain size, including one distinct who would expose them to the various plants
zone approximately 2.5 cm long that consists and animals in the LRL.
primarily of sand-sized and larger particles. It is interesting to note that grain size in-
creases with depth in the core sample. The mean
Sieve Analysis
grain size (i.e., the sieve opening at which 50
Half the first core-tube sample (serial no. percent of the soil is finer by weight) is plotted
2013) was removed along the length of the core versus depth in figure 10-78. It will not be
in three sections defined by two of the transverse known until more detailed studies are performed
cracks described previously. These sections were whether this increase in grain size is gradual or
individually sieved, and the results are presented occurs in discrete steps that would indicate zones
in figure 10-77; A, B, and C refer to the upper, in the lunar soil.
middle, and lower sections of the core, respec- Figure 10-79 compares the grain-size distri-
tively. The curves are dashed for the material bution of the Apollo 12 core sample with that
finer than a no. 230 sieve (0.63 mm) because obtained for the Apollo 11 core samples analyzed
below this size the curves may be considerably by the Lunar Sample Preliminary Examination
100 --_
90 --
Sand-._L--_ Silt
80-
70- B
Y=
Top C
60-
50-
t-II lz
A_,,o \ "_
.. III_ coresample _ _-x
t./cm/I I_ Iserial no 2013) _V\
30-
I IC _xx "_
5.8 cm II _ ",0, xx
20 _11 \ -,. ,,..
Bottom _ ",,\
",,'r:t
10
, b .....
O ----.--------_
_
1 .1 .01
Sieveopening,
mm
I 1 I I I I I I I
10 18 35 60 120 230 400 20/_m 10/_m
Sieve number
Fmtrm_ 10-77. - Sieve analysis of Apollo 12 core-tube sample ( serial no. 2013 ). The dashed part
of the curves is for material that is finer than 0.063 mm (no. 230 sieve ).
180 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
(Top) however, the drawing of the Apollo 11 core bit
in figure 10-80(a) indicates that the diameter
may be taken to be 1.95 or 1.97 cm. The same is
IL T Apollo12 true for the Apollo 12 core bit shown in figure
10-80(b). Thus, the bulk densities shown in
table 10-VI have been calculated for diameters
r-
of 1.95 and 2.00 cm to indicate the range of un-
-_IO certainty.
The in situ bulk density o{ the lunar soil has
i
been of great interest for some time (refs. 10-10
i core,
sla: ; 3, and 10-11). The Apollo 11 core samples could
not provide an answer, because of the shape of
the bit. It can be seen in figure 10--80(a) that
the Apollo 11 core-tube bit tapers inward from
tBottom) 20 I t a diameter of 2.92 to 1.95 cm; these diameters
•05 • 10 .15 correspond to areas of 6.7 and 3.0 cm 2, respec-
Meangrainsize,mm
tively. Thus, if the soil were very porous, it could
be argued that the bit would compress the
FmvaE 10-78.- Mean grain size versus depth in Apollo in situ soil during sampling to as much as double
12 core-tube sample (serial no. 2013).
its original density. Conversely, if the soil were
densely packed, the shape of the bit would
Team (ref. 10-9). Only section B of the Apollo deform the soil and cause the soil to expand to
12 core is shown in figure 10-79, as this section a lower density. Thus, the bulk densities meas-
represents roughly the average distribution for ured in the Apollo 11 core sample could indicate
the entire sample• It can be seen that the distri- an in situ density from 0.75 g/cc to more than
butions are very nearly the same for grain sizes 1.75 g/cc.
larger than approximately 0.1 mm. Below this The Apollo 12 core-tube bit is far from optimal
grain size, the distributions differ significantly, in design, but results in a smaller range of un-
with the Apollo 12 analysis indicating a larger certainty. On the other hand, hammering a
proportion of silt-sized particles• It should be core into the soil is known to cause more dis-
pointed out, however, that improvements in the turbance to the sample than if the core is
sieving equipment have been made since the pushed into the soil at a high, constant speed
Apollo 11 analysis. Thus, the apparent variation
is not sufficient evidence to indicate a distinct
difference between the two soils• In any case, TABLE 10-VI. Core-Tube Bulk Densities
accurate plots for the grain-size distribution
below the no. 230 sieve must await the results Core tube
Sample Length, Diameter, Bulk density,
serial
of the principal investigators• number
weight,
g
cm cm g/cc
Bulk Density
Apollo 11 :
The bulk densities of the Apollo 11 and 12 2007 52.0 10.0 1.95 to 2.00 1.66 to 1.75
core-tube samples are presented in table 10-VI. 2008 65.1 13.5 1.95 to 2.00 1.54 to 1.62
A note of explanation is required concerning the Apollo 12:
range of diameters shown in the table. A small _2010 56.1 9.3 1.95 to 2.00 1.92 to 2.02
b2011
error in the measured diameter of the sample
c2013 189.6 31.5 1.95 to 2.00 1.92 to 2.02
produces a large error in the calculated sample
2013 102.9 19.4 1.95 to 2.00 1.69 to 1.77
volume and the bulk density• The Apollo 11 core
densities reported previously by the Lunar Sam-
"Upper half of double-core tube.
ple Preliminary Investigation Team were based bNot opened; kept in storage at LRL.
on a nominal core-tube bit diameter of 2.00 cm; Lower half of double-core tube.
100-
gO
8O
____]1 Sand _ Silt

Y= ..... Apollo12
::_ .......... coresample
_60_-
{serial no. 12007and 120081........ "....
5O
C
_E
_4o
3O
2O
10
0
10 1 .1 .01
Sieve opening, rum
FmuaE 10-79.--Comparison of results of sieve analyses from Apollo 11 core-tube samples

(serial nos. 2007 and 2008) and Apollo 12 core-tube sample (serial no. 2013,
section B). The dashed part of the Apollo 12 curve is for material finer than
0.063 mm (no. 230 sieve).
FIute ......
....
i!
O. 777 in. I I O.777 in.
11.q7 cm)
0.768 in.
(1.95 cm)
V -1-0.120 in.
(1.97 cm)
t(O.30 cm)
/ \ O.768 in. /
95 cm)
(I.
\ f
15°
I.150in. i.150in.
|
12.92 cml 'I I- 92 cm)
12. 'I
1.310in. "l I 1.310 in.

(3.32cm) (3. 32 cm)
(a) (b)
FmtraE 10-80.--Comparison of Apollo 11 and 12 core-tube bits. (a) Apollo 11 core-tube bit.
( b ) Apollo 12 core-tube bit.
182 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
(ref. 10-12).Forthetimebeing,thehammering (3.06) 2- (1.97) 2

Ar---- 100 = 141 percent
methodis unavoidable, andit is necessary
to (1.97) 2
estimatedisturbance in termsof the dimensions In terrestrial terms, this would be considered
of the coretube. The degreeof sampledis- very poor, as a standard 2-in.-diameter sampler
turbancehasbeenfoundto bedependent onthe has an area ratio of only 14 percent. Still, it is a
arearatioAr defined as considerable improvement over the reverse-flare
De 2 -- Di 2 core-tube bit of Apollo 11.
Ar (percent) = 100 Di 2 It is also important that the area of the bit at

the cutting edge be slightly less than the area
(10--1)
inside the tube to reduce the friction between
where De=external diameter
the core sample and the inside walls of the core
D_--internal diameter
tube. For the Apollo 12 bit, the difference be-
The smaller the value of Ar, the less disturbed is tween the two areas was 2 percent.
the sample. Taking into account the previously mentioned
The core-tube bits have raised flutes (shown considerations, it is felt that a rough estimate
in fig. 10-80) to facilitate their removal by the can be made of the average bulk density of the
astronaut after the sampling operations. By using top 30 cm of the lunar surface at the Apollo 12
a weighted average for De to include the effect landing site. Based on the measured bulk den-
of the flutes, Ar for the Apollo 12 core tubes is sities in the core tubes, the in situ bulk density
calculated as follows: is approximately 1.8±0.2 g/cc.
References
10-1. SHOEMAKER, E. M.; BATSON, R. M.; HOLT, H.E.; 10-7. COSTES, N. C.; CAnnIER, W. D.; MITCHELL, J. K.;
et al.: Television Observations from Surveyor and SCOTT, R. F.: Apollo 11 Soil Mechanics
III. Surveyor III Mission Report. Part II, Scien- Investigation. Apollo 11 Preliminary Science
tific Results. JPL Tech. Rept. 32-1177, June 1, Report. NASA SP-214, Oct. 31, 1969, pp.
1967, pp. 9-68. 85-122.
10-2. SHOEMAKER, E. M.; BAILEY, N. G.; BATSON, 10-8. SCOTT, R. F.; and Ko, H. Y.: Transient Rocket-
R. M.; et al.: Geologic Setting of the Lunar Engine Gas Flow in Soil. AIAA J., vol. 6, no. 2,
Samples Returned by the Apollo 11 Mission. Feb. 1968, pp. 258-266.
Apollo 11 Preliminary Science Report. NASA 10-9. The Lunar Sample Preliminary Examination
SP-214, Oct. 31, 1969, pp. 41-83. Team: Preliminary Examination of Lunar
10-3. SHOEMAKER, E. M.; HAIT, M. H.; SWANN, G. A.; Samples from Apollo 11. Science, vol. 165, no.
et al.: Lunar Regolith at Tranquility Base. 3899, Sept. 19, 1969, pp. 1211-1227.
Science, vol. 167, no. 3918, Jan. 30, 1970, pp. 10-10. SCOTT, R. F.: The Density of the Lunar Surface
452-455.
Soil. J. Geophys. Res., vol. 73, no. 16, Aug. 15,
10-4. TnASK, N. J.: Size and Spatial Distribution of
1968, pp. 5469-5471.
Craters Estimated From Ranger Photographs.
Ranger VIII and IX. Part II, Experimenters' 10-11. JAFFE, L. D.: Lunar Surface Material: Space-
craft Measurements of Density and Strength.
Analyses and Interpretations. Tech. Rept.
Science, vol. 164, no. 3887, June 27, 1969, pp.
32-800, Mar. 15, 1966, pp. 252-263.
1515-1516.
10-5. SHOEMAKER, E. M.; MORRIS, E. C.; BATSON,
R. M.; et al.: Television Observations from 10-12. TERZAC.HI, K.; and PECK, R. B.: Soil Mechanics
Surveyor. Surveyor Project Final Report. Part in Engineering Practice. John Wiley & Sons,
II, Science Results. JPL Tech. Rept. 32-1265, Inc., 1948.
June 15, 1968, pp. 21-136. 10-13. ANON.: Surveyor III Site 1:2,000. First ed., pre-
10-6. WILLINCHAM, D.: The Lunar Reflectivity Model pared for NASA under the direction of the
for Ranger Block III Analysis. JPL Tech. Rept. Department of Defense by the Army Map
32-664, Nov. 2, 1964. Service, Corps of Engineers, Jan. 1968.
11. Lunar Surface Closeup Stereoscopic Photography
T. Gold, at F. Pearce, b and R. ]ones b
Fifteen stereoscopic pairs were taken with the Figure Photograph

Apollo lunar surface closeup camera. The camera 11-2 AS12-57-8441
11-3 AS 12-57-8442
is similar in all essential respects to the one used
11-4 AS 12-57-8443
on the Apollo 11 mission. A description of the
11-5 AS 12-57-8444
camera is contained in the Apollo 11 Preliminary
11-6 AS 12-57-8445
Science Report (ref. 11-1). All 15 pictures are 11-7 AS 12-57-8449
of excellent quality, and except for a minor mal- 11-8 AS12-57-8451
function of an exposure counter, the camera 11-9 AS12-57-8453
functioned perfectly. 11-10 AS 12-57-8454
All pictures were taken in the close vicinity of 11-11 AS12-57-8455
11-12 AS12-57-8447
the lunar module, and the camera was deployed
11-13 AS12-57-8448
only for a brief interval at the end of the second
11-14 AS 12-57-8446
extravehicular activity period. Thus, the subiect
11-15 AS12-57-8450
matter is restricted to some targets of interest 11-16 AS12-57-8452
that were accessible at that time and does not
include the many features that were reported Dust
during the extended excursions. Each picture is
Figure 11-2 shows patches of coarse material
of an area measuring 76 by 82.8 mm. Figure 11-1
concentrated in shallow depressions, presumably
is the best available estimate of the locations of
by the action of the descent rocket blowing away
the pictures.
the fines. Figure 11-3 shows a pattern of stria-
tions presumed to be caused by coarse particles
Analysis of Pictures or clumps being moved over the surface by the
The pictures fall into the following categories: rocket exhaust. Figure 11-4 shows the effect of
(1) Dust, disturbed in varying degrees by the molding by the lunar module footpad. Surfaces
descent rocket (figs. 11-2 to 11-11) so molded tend to show bright specks much more
(2) Footprints (figs. 11-12 and 11-13) than the general surface. These specks are mostly
(3) Rocks (figs. 11-14 to 11-16) particles of glass. The effect of the mechanical
disturbance is to dislodge the coating of fine
The views in figures 11-2 to 11-16 are included
dust that particles of glass would normally pos-
in this report to make the availability of the sess. Figure 11-5, which was photographed close
photographs known. These photographs are avail- to the lunar module descent engine, shows a
able upon request from the National Space Sci- striation pattern substantially different from the
ence Data Center, Goddard Space Flight Center,
scouring patterns visible in figures 11-2, 11-3,
Greenbelt, Md. The following is a list of the 15
and 11-6. In addition, figure 11--5 shows an
photograph numbers keyed to the figure numbers unusual hole in the ground that appears to be
used in this chapter.
of natural origin. Such steep-sided holes are
probably the consequence of secondary impacts
• Cornell University.
b NASA Manned Spacecraft Center. in the speed range of 100 m/see to 2 km/sec,
t Principal investigator. wherein most of the incoming kinetic energy goes
183
Photograph 11-3,
Photograph 11-2\
Photograph 11-4 \\
.,
e
+- Lunar module exhaust erosion
FIGURE11-2. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8441).
(a )
U FIGURE11-3. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8442).

0 10
toward mere displacement of material. Figure

-0- L u n a r module Surveyor
\ 11-6 also was photographed close to the lunar
1 Solar-wind experiment module descent engine. Discoloration and shad-
P Rag owing give a clear indication of the direction of
s Television camera the scouring flow. The cracks are suggestive of
Crater a crust, but in fact, a cohesive powder is known
to exhibit such crack patterns when disturbed,
(bl without any stronger crust being present. Figure
11-7 shows some striation patterns of unknown
FIGURE11-1. - Locations of Apollo lunar surface close- origin. Figures 11-8 and 11-9 show the con-
up camera (ALSCC) photographs. ( a ) Locations of
figures 11-2 to 11-6. ( b ) Area in which figures 11-7 sistency of the powdery soil as thrown up by the
to 11-16 were taken. boots of the astronauts (footspray). This dis-
LUNAR SURFACE STEREOSCOPIC PHOTOGRAPHY 185
FIGURE11-4. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8443). FIGURE11-6. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8445).
turbed soil is darker and more lumpy than the Footprints

undisturbed powder. Some light-colored spray
By showing the details of the astronauts’ foot-
is visible that was presumably caused by a loose
prints, figures 11-12 and 11-13 demonstrate the
agglomerate of a different material having been
precision molding of which the soil is capable.
scattered also by the astronauts’ boots. Figure
The very high cohesion of the soil is quite evi-
11-10, which was taken in a small crater, and
dent.
figure 11-11, which was taken in an open area,
Rocks
show a natural surface of a type not recorded
heretofore. The clumps of powder possess a Figure 11-14 shows the upper surface of a
variety of shapes, possibly the consequence of rock. It has a mottled, light appearance and
a clumpy ejecta field having been subject to many impact holes in the size range of 0.5 to
surface erosion processes. 3 mm. These holes are mostly glazed and possess
a raised rim, which leaves no doubt that they density of impacts on the neighboring powdery
were caused by hypervelocity impacts. ground must have scattered much powder; and
The remarkable feature seen in this photo- the average situation, if impacts were the only
graph, as on several similar pictures taken dur- process, would have to be a substantial blanket
ing the Apollo 11 mission, is the almost complete of dust so that the loss, by impacts, from the
absence of dust on the surfaces of such rocks. dust blanket equaled, in the long run, the gain
This cannot be attributed to any cleaning effect from scattered material from nearby impacts.
by the descent rocket because shadowing would The almost complete absence of dust requires
then have to be evident, and shadowing does not an explanation other than such an equilibrium.
occur in any of the cases. In the interval during It must be assumed that there is either a general
which all the many impact holes were generated removal of dust from the lunar surface that
on the surface of the rock, a similar number dominates all other processes that distribute dust,
~~ ~
LUNAR SURFACE STEREOSCOPIC PHOTOGRAPHY 187
11-12. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8447).

FIGURE 11-14. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8446).
FIGURE
FIGURE11-13. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8448). 11-15. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8450)

FIGURE
or that there is a dust-transportation process yet at the same time no significant amount of
over the lunar surface that has a strong tendency material must be deposited on the tops of the
for downhill flow and in which the particles are rocks. This is a strong indication for a process of
generally not lifted as high (i.e., more than 5 or surface creep that may be a major process in the
10 cm) as the surfaces of the rocks that exhibit long-term evolution of the lunar surface. Figure
the clean areas. The latter possibility is more in 11-15 shows a dust-covered rock of rounded
accord with other observations, such as the shape with a dust-free protrusion. The crack
scarcity of trenches adjoining rocks whose dis- around the rock attracted the astronaut’s atten-
tribution clearly indicates that they fell to their tion and led him to take this picture. Figure
present positions. The trench and pileup that 11-16, taken in a small crater, is a photograph
must have been common in the soft soil sur- of a rock that has a glassy appearance. Much of
rounding a fallen rock must thus be eradicated, the shape of the rock shows patterns of viscous
flow. A nearby piece of rock has similar features

and may, in fact, be part of the same object.
In this case, unlike the case of several Apollo 11
pictures, there is no particular evidence that in-
dicates a surface-glazing process in situ. The
astronauts reported surface-glazing effects in the
centers of many craters, but figure 11-16 shows
the only such feature photographed on the
Apollo 12 mission.
Conclusions
The pictures give new evidence for the sur-
face processes that appear to be taking place on
the Moon. Rocket exhaust features are also seen
and can be further analyzed.
Reference
11-1. ANON.:Lunar Surface Closeup Stereoscopic Pho-
tography. Sec. 9 of Apollo 11 Preliminary Science
FIGURE11-16. - Stereoscopic view (AS12-57-8452). Report. NASA SP-214, 1969.
12. Preliminary Examination o[ Lunar Samples
The Lunar Sample Preliminary Examination Team a
This is the first scientific report on the exami- briefly describes the functions of the preliminary
nation of the samples returned from the Apollo 12 examination and the procedures within the LRL,
mission. Most of these lunar samples have been gives the reasons for the sample quarantine, and
undergoing physical, chemical, mineralogical, describes the tools used by the astronauts.
and biological analysis in the Lunar Receiving
Laboratory (LRL) at the NASA Manned Space- Apollo 12 Samples
craft Center in Houston, Tex., since November
Four separate groups of samples (contingency
25, 1969.
sample, selected sample, documented sample,
The Apollo 12 samples may be contrasted with
and totebag sample) were collected on the
those from Apollo 11 as follows: lunar surface and were returned to Earth. The
(1) While still old by terrestrial standards,
sample inventory is listed in table 12-I.
the Apollo 12 rocks are approximately 1 billion
The returned lunar material may be divided
years younger than those from Apollo 11.
into the following four groups:
(2) Whereas the Apollo 11 collection con-
(1) Type A-fine-grained, crystalline igneous
tained approximately half microbreccias, there
rock
are only two breccias out of 45 rocks in the
(2) Type B-medium-grained, crystalline ig-
Apollo 12 return.
neous rock
(3) The regolith at the Apollo 12 site is ap-
(3) Type C-breccias
proximately half as thick as that of the Apollo
11 site. (4) Type D-fines
Contingency sample.-Astronaut Charles Con-
(4) The amount of solar-wind material in the
rad, Jr., collected the contingency sample (table
Apollo 12 fines is considerably lower than that
12-II) 10 m northwest of the lunar module (LM).
in the Apollo 11 fines.
Using a Teflon bag, Conrad collected the sample
(5) The crystalline rocks in the Apollo 12 col-
early in the first extravehicular activity (EVA)
lection, in contrast to those from Apollo 11, dis-
period (EVA-l) to assure that some lunar ma-
play a wide range in both modal mineralogy
terial would be returned in the event that the
and primary texture.
EVA periods would be aborted. Approximately
(6) Chemically, the "nonearthly" character of
five scoops of material were required to obtain
the Apollo 11 samples (high refractory element
concentration and low volatile element concen- 2 kg of material, which included four rocks.
Selected sample.-The selected sample (table
tration) is also noted in the Apollo 12 samples,
but to a lesser degree. 12-III), which replaced the bulk sample of
(7) The chemical composition of the Apollo Apollo 11 (ref. 12-1), was collected northwest
12 fine material equals that of the breccias, but of the LM (up to 300 m away) during the final
hour of EVA-1. Seventeen rocks were collected
does not equal that of the crystalline rocks; this
was not observed in the Apollo 11 collection. and placed in one large Teflon bag. Three other
The report on the preliminary examination of large rocks, weighing approximately 2 kg each,
the lunar samples from Apollo 11 (ref. 12-1) were collected and placed in a second large
Teflon bag, which was then filled with fine-
• See "Acknowledgments," p. 215. grained material by using the scoop. Finally, a
189
TABLE 12--I. Apollo 12 Sample Inventory
Gas pressure in
Material Mass, g Container container on
receipt at LRL
_ontingency sample:
Fines" 1 012
Chips b 9
Rocks (4) 821
Total 1 932 Teflon bag 1 atm
Selected sample:
Fines 2 716
Chips 50
Rocks (20) 11 940
Core tube (19 cm) 101
Total 14 807 1st ALSRC c 2)<10 -2 to
4 × 10 -_ torr
Documented sample:
Fines and chips 650
Rocks (6) 6 124
Documented bags (13) :
Fines and samples (7) 1 353
Rock samples (11) 2 288
Core tube:
Double-core tube (40 cm) 246
Unopened 8O
Lunar environment sample container 269
Gas analysis sample container 101
Total 11 111 2d ALSRC 0.5 atm
Totebag sample:
Fines 21
Chips 10
Rocks (4) 6 488
Total 6 519 Teflon bag 1 atrn
Summary:
Fines and chips 5 911
Rocks 27 661
Special samples 797
Total 34 369
• Fines are less than 1 cm.

b Chips are between 1 and 4 cm.
Apollo lunar sample return container.
core-tube sample was taken during EVA-1. The EVA period, EVA-2, while the astronauts were
two Teflon bags and the core tube were sealed on their 1.5-km geological traverse (fig. 10-1).
on the lunar surface in the first Apollo lunar The samples were documented by photography
sample return container (ALSRC). This ALSRC using the gnomon. On this geological traverse,
contained between 40 and 80 t_m of gas pressure the astronauts filled 13 individual sample bags
when it reached the I',RL. with lunar material, including 13 rocks and seven
Documented sample.-The documented sample samples of fine-grained material. Ten additional
(table 12-IV) was collected during the second rocks were collected with the tongs. Two core
PRELIMINARY
EXAMINATION
OFLUNARSAMPLES 191
TABLE
12-II. Contingency Sample Inventory a
Sample Mass, g Type code Comments
12070 1102.0 D Fines

12071 9.16 E Chips
12072 103.6 A Basalt
12073 407.65 C Breccia; originally samples 12073
and 12074 (361.0 + 46.65 g)
12075 232.5 Olivine basalt
12076 54.55 Basalt
12077 22.63 Basalt
a Studied in dry-nitrogen cabinets.
TABLE 12-III. Selected Sample Inventory a
Sample b Mass, g Type code Comments
12001 2216.0 D Less than 1-cm fines; vacuum

12002 1529.5 B Olivine dolerite; e vacuum
12003 300.0 D Fines and chips; nitrogen
12004 585.O A Olivine basalt; vacuum
12005 482.0 A Olivine basalt; vacuum
12006 206.4 AB Olivine basalt with radiating
feldspar laths; nitrogen
12007 65.2 A Basalt; nitrogen
12008 58.4 AB Cumulate ( ilmenite ); nitrogen
12009 468.2 A Porphyritic olivine (feldspar),
basalt large depression; vacuum
12010 360.0 A Basalt; vacuum
12012 176.2 AB Olivine basalt; vacuum
12013 82.3 A Igneous breccia; vacuum
12014 159.4 B Olivine dolerite; c vacuum
12015 191.2 A Porphyritic olivine basalt, large
depression; vacuum
12016 2028.3 AB Basalt; vacuum
12O17 53.0 AB Glass-coated basalt; vacuum
12018 787.0 B Olivine dolerite; c vacuum
12019 462.4 A Basalt; vacuum
12021 1876.6 B Pigeonite dolerite, _ pegmatite;
vacuum
12022 1864.3 B Olivine dolerite; e vacuum
aThe ALSRC contained 40 to 60 _m of gas pressure when returned to the LRL.

bSamples 12002 to 12022 labeled "vacuum" have been in 1 atm of nitrogen for at least 2 hr.
Dolerite is a rock of basaltic composition with an intermediate crystal size.
TABLE 12-1V. Documented Sample Inventory a
12030 75.0 D Bag l-D; fines

12031 185.0 B Bag 3-D; olivine dolerite
12032 310.5 D Bag 4-D; fines
12033 450.0 D Bag 5-D; fines
12034 155.0 C Bag 6--D; crystal breccia with glass
12035 71.0 B Bag 7-D; troctolite
12037 145.0 D Bag 8-D; fines
12038 746.0 A Bag 9-D; basalt
12041 24.8 D Bag ll-D; fines
12042 255.0 D Bag 12-D; fines
12043 60.0 A Bag 14-D; basalt
12044 92.0 D Bag 14-D; fines
12045 63.0 A Bag 15-D; basalt
12046 166.0 A Bag 15-D; basalt
12047 193.0 A Bag 15-D; basalt
12048 136.0 D Bag 7-D; fines
12050 1.0 E Chip for organic analysis
12051 1660.0 AB Olivine basalt
12052 1866.0 A Olivine basalt
12054 687.0 B Shatter cone with glass
splash-dolerite
12055 912.0 B Basalt
12056 121.0 AB Basalt
12057 650.0 D Fines and chips from bottom of
ALSRC
aThe ALSRC contained approximately 0.5 atm when returned to the LRL. All of these
samples were processed in dry nitrogen.
tubes were driven at two locations; one was a 12-VI) consisted of the four rocks that were not
double-core tube. Two special samples, the gas sealed in the second ALSRC. The rocks were
analysis sample container (GASC) and the lunar placed in a large Teflon bag for return to Earth.
environment sample container (LESC), which All four sample containers were placed in the
were designed to be sealed individually, were LM and bagged; then, after rendezvous, the con-
collected (table 12-V). All these samples, except tainers were transferred into the CM. The two
the four largest rocks, were sealed on the hmar ALSRC were returned to the LRL by means of
surface in the second ALSRC. This second the mobile quarantine facility on November 30,
ALSRC contained approximately 0.5 atm of gas 1969.
pressure when it reached the LRL. The con- Lunar Receiving Laboratory operations.-The
tainer showed evidence of leakage in three envi- configuration and operation of the biological bar-
ronments: the command module (CM) cabin, riers in the LRL remained essentially the same
air, and dry nitrogen test cabinets. as that described for Apollo 11 (ref. 12-1). The
Totebag sample.- The totebag sample (table selected sample was opened and studied in
PRELIMINARY
EXAMINATION
OFLUNARSAMPLES 193
TABLE
12-V. Special Samples
12023 269.3 D LESC

12024 101.4 D GASC
12025 56.1 D Core 2010 (EVA-2--top of
double-core tube)
12026 101.4 D Core 2013 (EVA-l)
12027 80.0 D Core 2011 (EVA-2-unopened as
of Jan. 1, 1970)
12028 189.6 D Core 2012 (EVA-2--bottom of
double-core tube )
TABLE 12-VI. Totebag Sample Inventory _
12060 20.7 D Fines

12061 9.5 E 10 chips from totebag
12062 738.7 AB Basalt; has depression with raised
cone with radial cracks
12064 1214.3 B Dolerite with cristobalite
12065 2109.0 AB Pigeonite porphyry, consists of
plagioclase, pigeonite, and
ilmenite
"Studied in dry nitrogen cabinets; handled by people in LRL crew reception area for 20 rain.
vacuum (generally on the order of 10 -8 torr). they consist essentially of clinopyroxene, calcic
The documented sample, contingency sample, plagioclase, olivine, and ilmenite. However, the
totebag sample, and core tubes were opened Apollo 12 collection return contrasts to the Apollo
and studied in dry-nitrogen glove cabinets. 11 collection return in that the Apollo 12 rocks
Approximately 50 g of core-tube material and exhibit a wide range in modal mineralogy, grain
450 g of fines and rock chips from the docu- size, and texture.
mented and selected samples were committed

Igneous Rocks
for biological testing.
Approximately half of the igneous rocks have
Mineralogy and Petrology vesicles present, and all have vugs. The vesicles
range in diameter from 0.1 to 40 mm (fig. 12-1)
The majority of the large rock samples re-
and are commonly lined by tangentially or sub-
turned by the Apollo 12 crew are holocrystalline,
parallel-oriented crystals of plagioclase, pyroxene,
with a range of textures and mineralogical com-
or olivine. The vugs contain euhedral crystals of
positions that are characteristic of igneous origin. pyroxene (fig. 12-2) and olivine and less-well-
Two breccias were also returned. The crystalline formed crystals of plagioclase, ilmenite, and
rocks are similar to the microgabbros and basaltic spinel. The volume occupied by vugs and vesicles
rocks returned from the Apollo 11 mission in that in any rock is generally less than that for the
FIGURE12-1. - Views of large (up to 8-cm) egg-shaped,

smooth-walled vesicles. The walls of these vesicles con-
sist of a matte of lath-shaped plagioclase crystals. Both
rocks are highly shocked and consist of plagioclase
crystals in a glass matrix. ( a ) Sample 12009. (NASA
S-69-82300) ( b ) Sample 12015. (NASA S-69-63391)
rocks from Tranquility Base. The vugs are irreg-

ular, and, in the coarser rocks, occur at the termi-
nation of sheaflike aggregates of pyroxene and
plagioclase. In one sample, pyroxene crystals ap-
pear in raised relief along a joint surface. Crys-
tals in vugs and along joints are considerably
coarser in grain size than the groundmass miner-
als. Variations in cooling rates can explain the
variety of grain sizes observed.
The grain size of the igneous rocks ranges from
0.05 to 35 mm. The textures show remarkable (b)
variations (fig, 12-3), many of which are com- FIGURE12-2. - A typical equigranular crystalline rock.
mon to volcanic and plutonic rocks on Earth. ( a ) Sample 12052. (NASA S-69-61241) ( b ) Closeup
Many of the rocks are equigranular gabbros, of sample 12052. Note the concentration of vugs, per-
some are ophitic to subophitic diabases, and haps forming a stratigraphic layer. Vugs contain large
euhedral crystals of pyroxene. ( NASA S-70-21320)
others are variolitic basalts. Feathering sheaves
of pyroxene-plagioclase intergrowths are found
in the groundmass of porphyritic rocks contain- 12 rocks reflects high iron oxide ( FeO) content.
ing phenocrysts of pigeonite. The olivine crystals The lower titanium dioxide (TiOz) content, as
in most rocks are equant euhedral grains that are compared to that of the Tranquility Base rocks,
somewhat coarser than the groundmass. is reflected in the smaller amounts of ilmenite.
The mineralogical composition of the Apollo The textural and mineralogical variations can be
PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION OF LUNAR SAMPLES 195
FIGUHE12-3. - Views of rocks and thin sections illustrat- FIGURE12-3 (continued). - ( c ) Sample 12031, rock
ing the various textures displayed by the Apollo 12 with the porphyritic variolitic texture. (NASA S-69-
crystalline rocks. ( a ) Sample 12064, an equigranular 63651)
holocrystalline rock. ( NASA S-69-60899)
FIGURE12-3 (continued). - (a) Photomicrograph of

olivine basalt from a chip of sample 12057. (NASA-
S-69-63409 )
L I
0 1
Scale, cm
FIGURE12-3 (continued). - ( b ) Chip of sample 12040,

an equigranular holocrystalline rock coarser than
sample 12064. (NASA S-69-64829)
FIGURE12-3 (continued), - ( e ) Photomicrograph -#

of sample 12021, porphyritic gabbro with variolitic
texture. Phenocrysts are pigeonite. Radiating laths are
an intergrowth of pyroxene and plagioclase. (NASA
S-70-20749 )
Plagioclase
I
Pyroxene
I I I
I '
b 01ivi n e
I I 1 I I 1 I I 1 I I
0 10 20 30 40 M 60 70 80 90 100
Volume, percent
FIGURE12-3 ( continued). - ( f ) Photomicrograph of

sample 12065 illustrating a mafic rock. The texture is Apdlo 11
variolitic. Plagioclase is approximately 15 percent in
this sample. The lath-shaped crystals are pyroxene; the 0Apollo 12
equant crystals are olivine. (NASA S-69-63405)
FIGURE 12-4. - Comparison of range of modal mineralogy
of Apollo 11 and 12 rocks.
roxene, 40 percent olivine, and 10 percent plagio-

clase), olivine gabbros (sample 12036: 25 percent
pyroxene, 40 percent olivine, 25 percent plagio-
clase, and 10 percent ilmenite), and gabbros (like
the Apollo 11 rocks) to troctolites (sample 12035:
15 percent pyroxene, 40 percent olivine, and 45
percent plagioclase). Rock sample 12013, which
consists largely of plagioclase and sanidine, ap-
pears to be a late-stage differentiate on the basis
of its modal mineralogy and trace-element con-
tent. This sample displays a volcanic breccia or
tuffliketexture (fig. 12-5).
Some rocks show evidence of planar features,
such as fractures and lines of vugs, but generally
FIGURE12-3 (continued). - (6) Photomicrograph of the rocks are without marked foliation or linea-
sample 12022 illustrating an equant texture in a mafic tion. All of the rocks are fresh and show no evi-
rock. The large equant crystals are olivine. (NASA dence of the hydration or oxidation reactions
S-70-20740) common during late-stage terrestrial magmatic
processes.
Mineralogy
explained readily by fractional crystallization
and mineral accumulation during the cooling of Mineral species identified in the Apollo 12
basaltic magmas. samples are similar to those observed in the
The modal mineralogy shows a wide variation Apollo 11 samples. Glass, plagioclase, pyroxene,
(fig. 12-4), especially when contrasted with the olivine, low cristobalite, ilmenite, sanidine, troi-
Apollo 11 modes. The Apollo 12 modes range lite, and metallic iron have been positively iden-
from peridotites (sample 12075: 50 percent py- tified. Tridymite, spinel, metallic copper, and the
-
0
Scale, cm
5
FIGURE12-6. - Photomicrograph illustrating the hour-

FIGURE12-5. - Photomicrograph illustrating the volcanic, glass structure in a pigeonite crystal from sample 12021.
breccialike structure of sample 12013. (NASA S-69- (NASA S-69-24205)
24223)
Olivine was identified by X-ray diffraction and
iron analog of pyroxmangite were tentatively optical properties. Estimates of composition
identified. based on optical properties disagree with those
Plagioclase is present in every rock sample, based on X-ray data. The discrepancy was shown
constituting from approximately 5 to 10 percent by spectrographic measurements to be due to a
(in sample 12075) to 70 percent (in sample fairly high calcium content. The samples for
12013). Estimates of plagioclase composition in which X-ray, optical, and spectrographic data
terms of the anorthite (An) component, based are available indicate a composition, in terms of
on.extinction-angle measurements and indices of mole percent of end-member pyroxenes, of ap-
refraction, range from Anso to Ango, with the proximately w00.05, Eno.60, Fs0.35. Olivine com-
median value falling near Anso. Some plagioclase monly contains inclusions filled with devitrified
is zoned, and most is twinned. Lath-shaped crys- glass or aggregates of plagioclase, pyroxene, and
tals prevail, and plagioclase-pyroxene inter- ilmenite. Some grains contain spherical glass in-
growths are very common. clusions. Fayalite grains were tentatively identi-
Pyroxenes were identified by X-ray diffraction fied by their optical properties. In contrast to the
and optical properties. Pigeonite and subcalcic Apollo 11 rocks, olivine occurs in almost all
augites are the most common, as determined Apollo 12 samples.
optically. Refractive indices indicate that the Low cristobalite occurs as interstitial aggre-
Fe/( F e f Mg) ratio is approximately 0.5. Zoned gates and as euhedral to subhedral crystals.
pigeonite phenocrysts occur in porphyritic and
Ilmenite was identified by X-ray diffraction,
in coarse-grained rocks (fig. 12-6). In some crys-
morphology, and optical properties. Ilmenite
tals, pigeonite occupies the core, and subcalcic
abundance ranges from less than 1 percent to 25
augite forms the rim. The subcalcic augite has a
deeper brown color than the pigeonite. The percent. In reflected light, some grains showed
groundmass pyroxenes are fine grained, darker in intergrowths with another unidentified oxide
color than phenocrysts, and not zoned. Pyroxene- phase. In some samples, the ilmenite displays an
plagioclase intergrowths are common and range oriented skeletal pattern (fig. 12-7).
in size from centimeter-long crystals to aggre- The presence of spinel is suggested by the
gates with individual crystals only several pm octahedral forms of opaque minerals of unknown
across. Pyroxenes are the dominant minerals in composition that occur within olivine grains and
all but two samples. in vugs. At least three other unidentified opaque
FIGURE 12-7. - Photomicrograph illustrating the gross

texture of the skeletal ilmenite crystals in sample 12022.
(NASA S-70-24742)
phases are also present. Troilite is a ubiquitous

phase in all polished thin sections.
Metallic iron occurs as interstitial blobs that
are commonly not associated with troilite grains,
rather than as blobs in troilite, as noted in Apollo
11. Metallic iron is more commonly associated
with ilmenite than with any other phase. Metallic
copper, tridymite, and the iron analog of pyrox-
mangite were tentatively identified by optical
methods. Glass occurs as minute interstitial ma-
terial in some crystalline rocks, as beads and
groundmass in clastic rocks, and as a thin coating
on several rocks.
Breccias
FIGURE12-8. - Views illustrating breccias. ( a ) Sample
One rock is a fragmental breccia similar to the 12073. Note the glass splash covering the lower right
Tranquility Base breccias (ref. 12-1). Two brec- part of the rock. (NASA S-69-61066) ( b ) Photomicro-
cia chips were also collected. The dominant com- graph of a chip of sample 12057. Note spherules in
matrix. (NASA S-69-63407)
position of the breccias appears to be pyroxene
and plagioclase, with accessory olivine and glass.
Lithic fragments are also present (fig. 12-8).
The average mineral composition of the breccias Rock Surface Features
appears to be less olivine-rich than the majority Most of the larger Apollo 12 crystalline rocks
of rock types collected. The rock appears to have are similar to the Apollo 11 rocks in that they are
a foliation developed in which both lithic and rounded on one surface and exhibit glass-lined
mineral fragments are subparallel. The lithic pits. Angular fractured surfaces also occur.
fragments are as large as 20 by 10 mm and are Small pits, similar to those previously de-
both igneous and fragmental rocks, an indication scribed (ref. 12-1), occur on rock surfaces (fig.
of several periods of fragmentation and consoli- 12-9). The density of the small pits ranges from
dation. 1 to 30 pits per square centimeter; however,
tightly to the rock surface. The thick (0.1 mm to

1cm) layers found on samples from the bottom
of a 3-ft-diameter crater are light to dark brown,
have vesicle sizes increasing from 0.1 mm to sev-
eral millimeters from the base to the outer sur-
face, and have smooth botryoidal surfaces (fig.
12-10). These layers coat several highly frac-
tured breccias and fine-grained crystalline rocks,
filling fractures in the rocks to a depth of several
centimeters. Contacts between glass and rock
are sharp. The glass coatings locally contain a
large number of angular, highly shocked rock
chips (fig. 12-11). Some of the vesicular glass
has been partly devitrified. A light-gray glass of
uncertain origin with pronounced flow structure
was also collected.
FIGURE12-9. - View of sample 12006 illustrating a typi-

cal surface of crystalline rocks. Note the vugs, glass-
lined pits, and white blotchy areas caused by crushed
feldspar. ( NASA S-69-62341)
angular bottom surfaces have few or no pits.

Pits visible under a binocular microscope are
0.1 mm to 1 cm in diameter; depth-to-width
ratios are approximately 1:s.Most of the pits are
circular; the exceptions are (1) oval pits with
their long axis parallel to elongate feldspar or
( 2 ) pyroxene crystals in coarse crystalline rocks.
Glass lining the pits varies greatly in thickness
and vesicularity. Pulverized minerals form white
halos, 0.5 to 1.0 crater widths wide, around pits
on crystalline rock surfaces. Where pit density is
high, a crust (1 to 2 mm thick) of pulverized FIGURE12-10. - View of sample 12054. This photograph
minerals is formed on the rock surface. Impact illustrates a 1-mm-thick black glass coating that is
pits in glass coatings are surrounded by radiating sealing a fracture (on the left-hand side). The part of
fractures. On many of the medium- to coarse- the sample that is not glass coated is straited. (NASA
S-69-60972 )
grained crystalline rocks, the glass pit linings are
raised slightly above the rock surface. These
glass-topped pedestals appear to be more resist-
ant to erosion than is the rock. Fines
Irregular patches of glass have been spattered The Apollo 12 lunar fines are contrasted with
on rock surfaces. Two types that grade into each the Apollo 11 fines in that the Apollo 12 fines
other can be distinguished: thin films and thick, consist of different proportions of mineral phases
highly vesicular coatings. The thin (less than 0.1 and, as a result, are lighter in color. The major
mm thick) films are brownish black in reflected constituents, in decreasing order of abundance,
light and brown in transmitted light, cover 1 to are pyroxene, plagioclase, glass, and olivine. The
16 cm2, are usually slightly vesicular, and adhere minor constituents, totaling only a few percent,
11 fines, feldspar glass, dark-colored to nearly

opaque spheroidal glass, and fragments of dark
scoriaceous glass are relatively rare.
The pyroxenes, mostly pale yellow to tan and
brown in color, range widely in composition and
include augite, subcalcic augite, and pigeonite.
The pyroxenes constitute approximately 40 per-
cent of the whole fines. The range of indices of
refraction is somewhat greater than that of the
pyroxenes of the Apollo 11 fines. Plagioclase has
indices of refraction mostly in the bytownite-
anorthite range. A small amount of more sodic
plagioclase is also present. Olivine totals approx-
imately 5 to 10 percent and is more abundant
than in the Apollo 11 fines. In terms of forsterite
(Fo ), the few carefully measured grains of oli-
vine fell in the compositional range Fom-70. Many
lithic fragments are present. Low tridymite is in
the form of anhedral grains, and low cristobalite
occurs as microgranular aggregates.
There are two fine samples of notably different
character: one is the light layers in the double-
core tube, and the other is sample 12033, a docu-
mented fine sample taken in a trench dug near
the northwest rim of Head Crater. The color of
these samples is light gray. Sample 12033 consists
12-11.- Two views of several chips from sample

FIGURE
12030 that are cemented together with glass. ( a )
NASA S-69-23380. ( b ) NASA S-69-23384.
are ilmenite, tridymite, cristobalite, nickel-iron,

and several unidentified phases. The iron analog
of pyroxmangite was tentatively identified.
Glass totals approximately 20 percent of the
Apollo 12 fines, Included in the glass are sphe-
roidal and dumbbell-shaped objects and angular
fragments. The glass ranges in color from color-
less through pale yellow-brown to dark brown;
the index of refraction is generally from 1.55 to
FIGURE 12-12. -View of the 1-mm to 1-cm fraction of
1.75. Bubbles and solid inclusions are common lunar fines, sample 12057. The particles are resting on
in the colored glasses. In contrast to the Apollo a 1-mm sieve. (NASA S-69-60961)
PRELIMINARY
EXAMINATION
OFLUNARSAMPLES 201
of clear,angulargrainsof feldspar with some are as large as 10 mm in diameter and occupy

olivine, pyroxene, and abundant basaltic glass. up to 50 percent of the preserved fragment.
The coarser (1-mm diameter) glass fragments
are pumiceous, exhibiting well-developed flow Drive-Tube Core Samples
structure and stretched vesicles; finer fragments
The Apollo 12 core samples differ from those
are angular and somewhat vesicular. The finer
collected at Mare Tranquillitatis on the Apollo
shards also contain flow structure that consists of
11 mission in that the Apollo 12 core samples
oriented microlites. Sample 12033 is tentatively
have easily recognizable stratigraphy and two
considered to be a erystal-vitric ash.
coherent, crustlike layers; otherwise, the Apollo
A significant feature of the fines is the presence
12 core samples resemble the Apollo 11 core
of a considerable number of very well-rounded
samples in their dominantly fine-grained textures
grains (fig. 12-12) with minutely chipped sur-
and loose consistence; in their restricted range of
faces that resemble grains in terrestrial detrital
medium-gray colors and fresh, unoxidized ap-
sands. Many of these well-rounded grains are
pearance; and ih their abundance of glass, in-
slightly elongate, oblate bodies with a beanlike
cluding some spherules. As in the case of sedi-
shape. They range in size to considerably less
ment from Apollo 11 core samples, dissection of
than 0.1 mm. Presumably the result of mechani-
the Apollo 12 core samples produces weakly co-
cal abrasion, the grains are chiefly glass, but some
herent ephemeral structures, ranging from fine
are composed of pyroxene, plagioclase, or inter- subrounded crumblike units 1 to 2 mm in diame-
growths of these minerals.
ter.to subangular blocky, or occasional angular
units with maximum dimensions of 5 ram. Co-
Impact Metamorphism herence was adequate throughout most of the
Impact metamorphism in Apollo 12 samples is sediment to permit dissection (with care) of
similar to and as common as in Apollo 11 samples. small vertical faces that were 1 cm high before
Shock-vitrified mineral fragments and impact- slumping occurred.
fused glass spherules and beads are present both All core samples opened were broken by fine
in the fines and in the few microbreccias returned fracture planes, usually transverse to the core
from the Apollo 12 mission. Most of the large tube. Where such fractures coincide with changes
Apollo 12 crystalline rocks are apparently un- in character of the sediment, they are interpreted
shocked or only weakly shocked. as bedding planes. Other, more complex fracture
Several smaller crystalline rocks show moder- zones, not coinciding with morphologic changes,
ate to strong shock. A thin section of one of these may be shear fractures produced when the drive
rocks showed extensive fracturing of the plagio- tubes were rotated as the core samples were
clase and partial vitrification and development of collected.
lamellar microstructures. The coexisting clino- The core sample collected during EVA-1 is
pyroxenes show one to two sets of closely spaced 19.3 cm long and is uniformly medium to dark
lamellar twinning that are absent in cIinopy- gray. Stratification shows clearly in the abrupt
roxene of similar unshocked crystalline rocks. change in abundance of rock fragments and glass
Another rock shows extensive shock vitrification. particles coarser than 1 mm below a transverse
Shocked microbreccias are also present. Many fracture at a depth of 5.9 cm. This stratification
small, fractured microbreccia fragments are held is also reflected by changes in mean grain size
together by glass spatters. Breccias within brec- with depth (fig. 12-13). Because of coherence of
cias, indicating a history of multiple shock, are fine particles, it was not possible to obtain re-
also present. liable mechanical analyses for material finer than
Small pebbles, which are either glassy or apha- 0.062 to 0.031 mm. Material coarser than 2.00
nitic, were collected and are highly vesicular or mm could not be analyzed because of the limited
vuggy. They are presumably caused by melting sample size.
and fragmentation and are probably the result The three mechanical analyses made of the
of impact metamorphism. Some of the vesicles first Apollo 12 core sample are similar to those
98 the sorting, is similar to that of the fine material,

97
but the slope displaces markedly towards the
95
coarse end of the graph. Extrapolating. to the
90 50th percentile, the median grain size is approxi-
mately 4.9 mm. The sharp contact with the fine
80 material above and below the coarse layer, the
lack of fines in the coarse layer, and the log-
normal distribution in the coarse layer suggest
that the coarse layer is of primary impact origin.
The gradual increase in grain size with depth
shown by the three analyses from the first core
sample suggests also that grain size of the debris
has decreased because of reworking, probably
by successive impacts.
Other units found in the deep core of the
double-core tube include a fine-textured zone of
lighter-medium-gray material; a zone of mixed,
incoherent light- and medium-gray sediments;
and at the base of the core, a layer of much
lighter gray material. This lowermost layer is
similar in appearance to sample 12033. Both the
I I I coarse layer and a medium-gray layer 2 cm thick,
2000 1000 500 250 125 62. 5 31.2 just below the surface at Halo Crater, have a
Grain size, microns
friable consistence unlike any core materials ob-
served previously, and particles coarser than 1
FiGtrnw 12-13. -- Grain-size analysis of core-tube material.
mm in both layers may be strongly bonded ag-
Numbers 1, 2, and 3 are top, middle, and bottom,
respectively, of core-tube sample 12026; 4 is the gregates indigenous to the layers, rather than
coarse layer in core-tube sample 12028. admixed fragments.
Chemistry
made of Apollo 11 core samples. The slope of the
Chemical analyses of the samples were carried
cumulative curves and hence the sorting is very
out mainly by optical spectrographic techniques
similar for all three samples. However, succes-
conducted inside the LRL biological barrier. An
sively deeper samples are progressively coarser.
instrument with a dispersion of 5.2 A/mm was
The median grain size changes from 0.062 mm in used.
the surface sample material to 0.074 mm for the
The procedures were generally similar to those
middle sample material and 0.11 mm for the
used to analyze the Apollo 11 samples, but modi-
deepest sample material.
fications were made to cope more effectively with
Stratification and morphological change are
the high concentration of refractory elements.
most evident in the core sample collected in the
For example, the weight ratio of admixed carbon
double-core tube used at Halo Crater (fig. 12-
to sample was increased from 1:1 to 4:1 for the
14). The entire lower tube (32 cm) and 9.3 cm
method using palladium as internal standard,
of the upper tube were filled with sediment. At
least 10 layers or horizons have been recognized. and the range of intensity measurements possible
The most distinctive of these units is a coarse was increased by a factor of 3, thus enabling a
layer of angular rock fragments, minerals, and wider spread in concentrations to be effectively
glass, comprised mostly of olivine grains and covered (e.g., barium and zirconium).
olivine-rich gabbros (fig. 12-15). The fourth me- The overall precision of the determinations is
chanical analysis is of this coarse layer. The slope -+-5 to +10 percent of the amount actually pres-
of the cumulative grain-size curve, and hence ent. Accuracy was controlled by use of the inter-
Morphologic FIGURE12-14. - Views of the double-

units core tube. ( a ) Schematic diagram
that describes the layering present.
Medium dark gray (N3) to dark olive 15Y311).
Loose, n o recognizbble structure. X (NASA S-70-22669) ( b ) Photo-
graph of the lower part of the
Medium gray (N5) crustlike layer. Friable,
[x double-core tube. Note coarse layer
some strongly bonded aggregates.
between 3 and 5 cm and light layers
between 10 and 13 cm and at the
Medium gray (N3) to dark olive (5Y3111. Loose, bottom of the tube. (NASA S-69-
forms crumblike very weak u n i t s on dissection 23734)
to 1 to 2 mm diameter. Includes Occasional rn
coarse particles z 1 mm. one pebble 1.2 cm
diameter. Relationship to unit below unclear
may be continuous.
- ---------- -----------
Color as above. Loose, forms slightly larger
weak crumblike or subangular blocky u n i t s PII
than layer above. Lower boundary irregular.
Coarsegrained olive (10Y311) crustlike layer

of glass, olivine crystals. Weakly-bonded gabbr' !n
fragments. Abrupt lower boundary.
Mediumgray (N3-4) todark olive (5Y3111.

Loose. forms very weak subangular u n i t s on P
dissection. not mixed with layer above.
Distinctly lighter medium gray (N3). Loose,

includes mixed subangular and angular inco-
herent masses of light and dark fine-grained
IP
n
material to 5 mm across.
Medium gray (N3-N4) todark olive

l5Y3111. Loose, includes scattered
partrcles of glass, spherules and
rock fragments coarser than l m m .
On dissection, forms weakly
coherent u n i t s of crumblike to
subangular blocky or angular shape m
with maximum dimension of 5 mm.
Maintains vertical faces 1 cm high.
Becomes slightly lighter in color
towards base, Boundary marked by
concentration of coarse particles.
Medium gray (N3-N4l as above, but coarser.

contains greater percent of > 1 mm particles.
Some white weakly coherent fragments. 'II
Lower boundary abrupt.
Medium to light gray (N51. Loose. contains

many coarse particles of glass and rock 1 to .I
7 mm maximum diameter. Base not determined (bl
204 APOLLO 12 PRELIMINARY SCIEKCE REPORT
tamination of up to several hundred parts per

million was encountered.
The major constituents of the samples are, in
general order of decreasing abundance, silicon,
iron, magnesium, calcium, aluminum, and titani-
um. The major silicate and oxide mineral phases
present in the samples allow the deduction that
oxygen comprises the major anion. Chromium,
sodium, manganese, and potassium are minor
constituents, with concentrations ranging from
0.05 to 0.6 percent. Occasionally, barium and
zirconium reach these concentration levels. The
other constituents are present mostly at less than
200 ppm (0.02 percent). The volatile elements
FIGURE 12-15. - View illustrating the coarse layer near (lead, boron, bismuth, thallium, etc. ) are gener-
the top of the lower part of the double-core tube. ally below the limits of detection of the spectro-
(NASA S-69-23404) graphic methods employed, although lead ( 2 30
ppm) and boron ( 2 2 0 ppm) were detected in
sample 12013. Gold, silver, and the platinum
national rock standard samples (G-1, W-1, SY-1, group elements were not detected in any samples.
BCR-1, AGV-1, GSP-1, G-2, PCC-1, and DTS- The chemistry of the crystalline rocks is dis-
1) for calibration. tinct from that of the fine material and the brec-
The spectrographic plates were examined to cias. The rocks are lower in rubidium, potassium,
establish the presence or absence of all elements barium, yttrium, zirconium, and lithium. Iron
that have spectral lines in the wavelength regions and chromium contents are higher in the rocks.
covered (2450 to 4950 A and 6100 to 8600 A ) . Several critical-element ratios are likewise dis-
Line interferences were checked for all lines. tinct: K/Rb ratios average 850 in the rocks as
Several samples were brought from behind the compared to 450 in the fines. The Fe/Ni ratio in
biological barrier and analyzed by atomic ab- the rocks (average: 3000; range: 2000 to 11000)
sorption procedures for aluminum, calcium, mag- is much higher than in the fine material (with
nesium, iron, titanium, sodium, and potassium ratios of approximately 600). The Rb/Sr ratios,
and by chemical colorimetric procedures for sili- which are very low in the rocks (0.005), are
con. The data reported for these elements in higher (0.02) in the fines.
sample 12013 were obtained by these methods. The fine material and the breccias are gener-
A total of 32 samples were processed, and a rep- ally quite similar in composition and could not
resentative set of 14 analyses is given in table have formed directly from the large crystalline
12-VII. Sample weights provided for analysis rock samples. The nickel content of the breccias
were typically 100 to 150 mg. and the fine material places an upper limit on
The samples appear to be free from inorganic the amount of meteoritic material contributed to
contamination from either the rock box or the the lunar surface regolith. By using an average
LM. Niobium, present at 88 percent in the skirt meteoritic nickel content of 1.5 percent, the
of the L M descent engine, was detected in only nickel content of the fine material represents a
two samples-sample 12013 with 170 ppm and meteoritic contribution of approximately 1 per-
sample 12033 with 44 ppm. These amounts are cent, if all the nickel were extralunar.
almost certainly indigenous to the rocks, and the The crystalline rocks show minor, but signifi-
presence of niobium is consistent on geochemi- cant, internal variations in chemistry (table 12-
cal grounds with the high abundance of geo- VI1 ) . The rock samples are tabulated in order of
chemically associated elements zirconium and decreasing magnesium content, which appears
yttrium. Indium, present in the seal of the rock to be the most significant parameter among the
boxes, was not detected. Sporadic copper con- major constituents. A number of interesting geo-
oO
t-- .6
z
0
..6o
8"
_.em
0 o
Cxl
_5
0 ,-_¢0
O_ o o
q_
k_
oo
_ • 00 _ __ _ ._ . ._
r..-i
o
4"
_ • .-...
iiiiiiiiii
iiiiii
i i i i : i i ! i ! : : :
_'_'_ _ _ _
i ! ! i ! i ! : i : : : : : : ' = ' • _ ._ ._
Q9
o o"_
_._ o-_. o_._._
•_., o_ o,_, "_ o_ "_
o_ "o
_
_3 _ _'-o.= E _ _
• . . • . [.r., _'_ _ _
_ _0 _._ e_ O
C .,., .o_,.n_ _ o _ = _5.o,.n = _ _,.= _
0
chemical trends appear when the samples are so 106 - 100

arranged (fig. 12-16). Nickel shows a striking
decrease (by an order of maghitude) in concen-
tration. Chromium shows a smaller relative de- Si02 /
crease in the same direction, and cobalt shows a
slight decrease. Silicon increases as magnesium
decreases. Similar trends are shown by vanadium,
scandium, zirconium, yttrium, potassium, barium,
and calcium, although the variations are small. 105 - 10
As the amount of magnesium decreases, the
critical-element ratios Fe/Ni, Ni/Co, and Cr/V
decrease, and V/Ni increases. No significant
trends are shown by K/Rb, Rb/Sr, or K/Ba
ratios.
Sample 12013 is unique among lunar samples.
This rock sample contains the highest concentra-
tion of silicon dioxide (SIO2) yet observed (61 104 - 1.0
percent), and the amounts of potassium, rubid-
ium, barium, zirconium, yttrium, lithium, and
the rare-earth element ytterbium are enriched --
E
10 to 50 times, as compared to the other rocks.
These high concentrations are reminiscent of the
terrestrial enrichment of elements in residual g_
melts during the operation of fractional crystalli-

103 - .1
zation processes. The amounts of magnesium,
iron, chromium, manganese, nickel, titanium,
scandium, and cobalt in sample 12013, although
low in comparison with the other rocks, are not
strikingly depleted. Nickel, in particular, is not
depleted,
Sample
as it would be in terrestrial
12033 from the light-gray
analogs.
fine material
zr /
f
shows some analogs in composition to tile rock
102 - .01
(sample 12013), containing high quantities of
ytterbium, niobium, and rubidium.
A comparison of the Apollo 12 samples from
Oceanus Procellarum with tile Apollo 11 samples
from Mare Tranquillitatis shows that tile chem-
istry at the two mare sites is clearly related. Both
sites show the distinctive features of high con-
centrations of refractory
tents of volatile elements;
elements
these
and low con-
two features
lo;_ .ooll J i I i [ 1 l i
12012 170i5 12009 17052 17038
most clearly distinguish lunar material from
12004 12022 12065 12064
other material. In detail, there are numerous and
interesting differences between tile Apollo 12 Samplenumber
and 11 rocks, including the following:
( 1 ) There is a lower concentration of titanium
both in tile rocks and in tile fine material of
FlcuaE 12-16.- Element variation within the crystalline
Apollo 12. Tile range in composition is 0.72 to
rocks. Samples are arranged in order of decreasing
3.45 percent titanium (1.2 to 5.1 percent TiO2), magnesium content. Note the decrease in nickel content
as compared with tile range in tile Apollo 11 by an order of magnitude in this sequence.
PRELIMINARY
EXAMINATION
OFLUNARSAMPLES 207
rocksof 4.7 to 7.5 percenttitanium (7 to 12 The Apollo 12 material is enriched in many

percentTiO2). elements by 1 to 2 orders of magnitude in com-
(2) Therearelowerconcentrations of potas- parison with estimates of cosmic abundances.
sium,rubidium,zirconium,yttrium,andbarium
in Apollo12rocks. Noble Gases
(3) Therearehigherconcentrations of iron,
magnesium, nickel,cobalt,vanadium,andscan- SeveraI samples each of fine material, breccias,
dium in the crystallinerocksfrom Apollo 12. and crystalline rocks returned by Apollo 12 have
Thesedataare consistent with the moremarie been analyzed for noble-gas isotopes. Analyses
character of theApollo12rocks. were performed by mass spectrometry, and the
(4) The significantvariationin theApollo12 general technique used was the same as for the
rocksis amongtheelements thatfavorferromag- preliminary examination of Apollo 11 samples
nesianminerals.The rangeof abundance was (ref. 12-1). As was the case for Apollo 11 ma-
notnearlyasgreatin theApollo11rocks. terial, the Apollo 12 fines and breccias are char-
(5) The fine materialat the Apollo 12 site acterized by large abundances of noble gases of
differsfromthatat theApollo 11 site in contain- solar-wind origin, as exemplified by the large
ing approximately one-half the titanium content; relative abundances of helium and by the char-
more magnesium; and possibly higher amounts acteristic 4He/3He and 2°Ne/22Ne ratios. The
of barium, potassium, rubidium, zirconium, and crystalline rocks, however, contain much smaller
lithium. The light-gray fine material (sample amounts of noble gases that arise mainly from
12033) is strongly enriched in rubidium, zirco- spallation reactions within the samples or from
nium, ytterbium, and niobium, relative to the radiogenic decay. Table 12-VIII lists noble-gas
other fine material. isotopic contents for typical samples of all three
The chemistry of the Apollo 12 samples does types of lunar material from Apollo 12, Ratios
not resemble that of chondrites; nickel, in par- are believed to be accurate to within ±2 percent
tic'ular, is strikingly depleted. The eucrite class (except 4He/3He, which has a larger uncer-
of the basaltic achondrites is closest in composi- tainty), and abundances are accurate to within
tion, and sample 12038 shows some similarities in ±20 percent (except 84Kr, which is less well
composition (table 12-VII). The felsic rock known).
(sample 12013) does not resemble terrestrial In spite of the general similarity in noble-gas
diorites, dacites, anorthosites, or tektites in the content of Apollo 12 and 11 material, there are
abundances of most elements. several real and significant differences between
TABLE 12-VIII. Noble-Gas Abtmdances of Apollo 12 Lunar Material a
Type Sample 4He 4He/3He 20Ne 20Ne/ 2ZNe/' 40Ar 40Ar/aeAr a6Ar/3SAr S4Kr 132Xe
22Ne _XNe
Fines 12070 6 700 000 2 300 120 000 13.3 28 12 000 0.60 5.1 .13 2.6
12060 4 000 000 2 100 73 000 13.2 26 9 800 .80 5.2 4 1.1
Breccia 12034 130 000 940 8 700 12.0 13 3 500 2.1 4.8 .95 1.1
12071 1 700 000 2 100 33 00O 12.3 21 5 300 .90 5.1 4.8 1.2
Typical 12062 9 0O0 59 63 2.4 1.3 1 400 .57 .98 .07 .021
crystalline 12064 13 000 64 60 1.6 1.2 1 300 50 .83 .033 .012
rocks 12004 15 000 200 46 3.6 1.5 900 87 1.9 .02 .014
Special 12013 360 000 10 000 100 7.8 2.5 820 O00 51 000 2.5 .21 .15
cases 12010 24 00O 270 20 5.2 1.8 1 400 72 1.6 .015 .017
(light )
12010 2 700 000 2 800 88 000 11.9 27 42 000 3.4 5.2 2.9 1.2
(dark)
a In 10 -8 cm3 at standard temperature and pressure per gram every 10" yr.
208 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
thetwo.Thenoble-gas contentof the Apollo12 chapter were completely interior chips and con-
finesandbreccias is lower-thefinesby a factor tain noble gas in amounts that are orders of mag-
of 2 to 5 andthebrecciasby anorderof magni- nitude less than that in the fine material. The
tude.By usinga modelof formationof finema- exceptions are 3He, 21Ne, 4°Ar, and some of the
terialby degradation of surfacerock,surfaceir- lighter isotopes of krypton and xenon, isotopes
radiationbyconstantsolarwind,andsubsequent whose abundances have been greatly increased
burialby additionalfinematerial,the lowergas by spallation reactions and radioactive decay. By
contentof the finesimpliesa higheraccumula- using the potassium concentrations obtained for
tion rateofmaterial.TheApollo12brecciasare the rocks, K-Ar ages have been calculated. Sev-
approximately afactorof2 lowerin contentthan eral crystalline rocks give ages between 1.7 X 109
Apollo 12fines.This finding constitutesa re- and 2.7X109 yr, with an average value of 2.3>(
versalof thetrendobserved with Apollo11ma- 109 yr. Rock sample 12013 has a unique chemis-
terial andimpliesthat the Apollo 12 breccias try, characterized in part by much higher abun-
wereformedfromfine materialof lowersolar- dances of potassium and uranium and, conse-
wind gascontent.Possibly, the Apollo12brec- quently, also of radiogenic 4He and 4°Ar. Sample
ciaswereformedatsomedistanceor depthfrom 12013 also contained excess radiogenic 4°Ar,
theircurrentlunarlocation. rendering the K-Ar age meaningless. However,
For brecciasample12034,the total noble-gas as is the case for many of these crystalline rocks,
contentis lowenoughfora spallationcomponent the U-Th-4He age is consistent, with a value of
to be quiteevident.Sample12010is anunusual approximately 2.3X109 yr. This age is consider-
caseof a breccialikerockthatwasidentifiedon ably less than that found for the Apollo 11 crys-
thebasisof its noble-gas content.Thissampleis talline rocks, although the range of ages for the
characterized by a largerelativeabundance of two sites overlap. It appears that at least this
lithic material,with dark-grayfine-grained ma- portion of Oceanus Procellarum has a more re-
terialoccurringasveins.In table12-VIII, sam- cent crystallization age than the rocks sampled
ple12010, labeled"dark,"contains approximately by the Apollo 11 crew in Mare Tranquillitatis,
70percentof thisfine-grained material,whereas which implies that lunar maria have a formation
the samplelabeled"light" is essentiallypure history of at least 1 billion years.
]ithic material.The typicalbreccialikenatureof Cosmic-ray exposure ages (i.e., integrated ex-
sample12010 in termsof itsnoble-gas contentis posure time at the lunar surface) have been cal-
obvious. culated for several rocks on the basis of 27r geom-
The 4°Ar/36Ar ratioin the Apollo12finesand etry and a ZHe production rate of 1X10 -8 cm 3 at
breccias is lowerthanthatfor Apollo11samples standard temperature and pressure per gram
(with theexception of sample12010),although every 108 yr, with some apparent grouping of
the ratio still showslargervaluesfor breccias ages. The breccias also give radiation ages in
thanforfines.Theoretical considerationsprohibit this group. These exposure ages resemble those
4°Ar/ZSAr ratiosevenaslargeas0.6for the Sun, found for the Apollo 11 rocks. Spallation-produced
makinga solar-windoriginof the 4°Arunlikely. isotopes other than ZHe are consistent with the
Theamountof4°Arin thefinesis toolargetobe 3He ages and with the special chemistry of the
generated by in situ decay of potassium; how- lunar material. Because of the high-alkaline
ever, for the breccias, this mode of origin may be earth, yttrium, and zirconium abundances,
possible. Excess 4°Ar of lunar origin thus appears spallation-produced krypton and xenon are quite
to have been acquired by the fine material. The obvious in the rocks. The amounts of these gases
amount of 4°Ar and the 4°Ar/38Ar ratio in sample are also roughly consistent with the chemistry.
12010 demonstrate this phenomenon well. While
the lithic phase resembles the other crystalline
Total-Carbon Analyses
rocks in its argon content, the fine-grained ma-
terial shows not only large amounts of solar-wind The total carbon content of the lunar samples
argon, but also large excesses of 4°Ar. was determined by oxygen combustion followed
The crystalline rock samples reported in this by gas chromatographic detection of carbon
PRELIMINARY
EXAMINATION
OFLUNARSAMPLES 209
dioxide(CO2) produced.Samples weighing50 igneous rocks. The igneous rocks are consistently
to600mg,togetherwithironchipsandacopper- low in carbon abundance. A total carbon abun-
tin accelerator,wereplacedin a preburnedre- dance of approximately 40 ppm appears to be
fractorycruciblethatwasthenheatedin excess indigenous to lunar rocks. Additional carbon ap-
of 1600° C in a flowingoxygenatmosphere. The pears to have been added to the fines and subse-
combustion productswereanalyzed usingprevi- quent breccias by meteoritic impact, by the solar
ouslydescribed procedures(ref. 12-2). wind, and possibly by contamination. The total-
The systemwascalibratedby usingNational carbon results give no indication of the specific
Bureauof Standards SteelStandard101e.Sam- chemical species present.
plesof thisstandard,containingfrom 5 to 50 _g
of carbon, were analyzed, using the same condi-
Gamma-Ray Spectrometry
tions as for the lunar samples. To reduce the
background, the crucible was burned in air at Operation of the LRL radiation counting labo-
1000 ° C for at least 1 hr. Only crucibles heated ratory (RCL) followed the general procedures
to 1000 ° C in a single batch were used in a se- developed for Apollo 11 studies (ref. 12--1). Ttle
quence of standards and samples. The precision first RCL sample was received for measurement
of the method was evaluated by making replicate on November 30, 1969.
runs on sample blanks. A typical standard devia- Analysis was performed by use of the NaI (T1)
tion of a series of 10 runs was 2 _g of total car- low-background spectrometer and the online
bon. The results for the standard samples were computer data-acquisiti6n system described in
plotted on linear graph paper, and the carbon reference 12-1. Samples were mounted in stain-
content in lunar samples was read directly from less-steel cans of 16.2-cm diameter and 0.8-mm
the standard linear curve. wall thickness with bolt-type indium seals.
The results of the analyses are given in table Standard containers of overall heights of 5.6 or
12-IX. The highest carbon abundances, like 7.6 cm were used for all rock samples. Fines
were packaged in a cylindrical container used in
searches for magnetic monopoles.
TABLE 12-IX. Total Carbon Analysis For this preliminary study, calibrations were
obtained with a series of radioactive standards
.Type Sample Total that were prepared by dispersing known

carbon, ppm
amounts of radioactivity in quantities of iron
powder. Time did not permit recording a library
Fines 12003 180
12024 115 of standard spectra with the standard sources
12032 25 placed inside the steel containers actually used.
12033 23
12042 130 Empirical corrections for the effects of the con-
12059 200
Breccia tainers were applied; these corrections were
12034 65
12057 120 least important for the 4°K data and most serious
Coarse-grained rocks 12040 45 for the 26A1 and 2_Na results.
12040 45
12044 44 The results are summarized in table 12-X. Be-
Fine-grained rocks 12052 34 cause of the preliminary nature of the investi-
12052 34
12063 35 gation, rather large errors have been assigned.
12065 31 These errors include, in addition to the statisti-
cal errors of counting, estimates of possible sys-
tematic errors caused by uncertainties in the
those of the Apollo 11 samples (ref. 12-2), tend detector efficiency calibration.
to be found in the fines. Exceptions to this gen- Although there are many qualitative similari-
eralization are sample 12032 from the ejecta ties between the RCL data on samples from
blanket of Bench Crater and sample 12033 from Apollo 11 and 12, there are also some notable
the bottom of a trench at Head Crater. Carbon differences. The potassium concentration of the
is more abundant in the breccias than in the crystalline rocks is remarkably constant at ap-
proximately 0.05 weight percerlt, and the K/U

ratio is approximately 2200. These properties
appear significantly lower than the typical crys- IIIII
talline rocks (ref. 12-1) from Apollo 11; how-
ever, one of the coarsely crystalline Apollo 11
;>
rocks (sample 10003) did resemble very closely
the chemical composition of the crystalline rocks
shown in table 12-X. The Th/U ratio, as found
for the materials from Tranquility Base, is ap-
proximately 4 for all typical materials listed in
table 12-X. The concentrations of the radioactive
elements potassium, thorium, and uranium in the
crystalline rocks listed in table 12-X are all re-
markably constant and, on the average, are
much lower than comparable Apollo 11 rocks.
Because so few samples can be compared, it is +1 +1 +1+[ +1 +1 +1 ÷1 +1 +1
not possible to discount biased sampling of the
lunar surface material as a factor in the expla-
nation of the differences between the soils and
+1 +1+1 +1 +1 +1 +1 ÷1 +1 +1
the rocks.
The breccias and fines are quite different from
the crystalline rocks in several respects. The
K/U ratio is only 1400 to 1500, compared with
an average K/U ratio of approximately 2800 for +1 ÷1 ÷1 +1 +1+i 41 41 41 41 ÷l
_1___
all Apollo 11 materials. Thus, the Apollo 12
samples show even greater differences from ter-
restrial rocks and meteorites than did the surface
material from Tranquility Base. Although thc
41 +1 4[ ÷l 41 41 41 41 41 41 ÷1
Th/U ratio remains approximately 4 in ttle
___1_
Apollo 12 samples, the concentrations of all the _._ .... _
radioactive elements are much higher in the

brcccias than in the crystalline rocks.
x,
c,1
In general, the amounts of cosmogenic 2_A1

and 22Na appear saturated but show variations +l +[ 41 41 41 41 +1 4[ 41 41 41
that may be related to chemical composition or
to cosmic-ray exposure. For example, sample
12034 was recovered from a trench dug during .,,2
the lunar surface activities. When collected, it

was buried to a.depth of 10 to 15 cm. The satura-
tion activities of 26A1 and 22Na are reduced by
the approximate factor expected because of at-
tenuation of the irradiation flux in tlle hmar soil.
Biology
To date, it has been impossib]e to demonstrate .o

O
any viable organism in tlle lunar material, and
e_
there is no evidence of previous living or fossil
material. Direct observations involved light mi-
croscopy using white light, ultraviolet light, and
PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION OF LUNAR SAMPLES 9.11
phase-contrast techniques. A wide variety of bio- presented in the following three types of plots:
logical systems are now undergoing tests with (1) Summarize plot- A plot is made of the
lunar material to determine if there is any tox- total ion current of each scan as a function of
icity, microbial replication, or pathogenicity. the scan number. The total ion current of each
Germ-free in vivo systems include mice,_ plants, scan is arrived at by a summation of all peak
plant tissue cultures, and viral assay tissue cul- areas in the scan (except major background
tures. Other in vivo tests are being performed peaks) and is directly proportional to the
on animals that are not germ free, including fish, amount of volatilizable material or pyrolyzable
insects, Japanese quail, oysters, flatworms, pro- material, or both, in the sample. Increasing scan
tozoans, and shrimp. Histological studies are number also represents increasing sample tem-
being made to determine whether there is any perature, but the sample temperature was not
evidence of pathogenicity. Other activities involve actually measured. The summarize plot is, then,
extensive in vivo study of the early biosample a plot of intensity versus temperature.
and of the regular lunar samples. (2) m/e plot-The m/e plot is a single-scan
plot of peak intensity (area) versus mass num-
Organic Chemistry ber; that is, the mass-to-charge (ree) ratio for
A computer-coupled high-sensitivity mass the ion. These plots are usually normalized to
spectrometer has been used to estimate the the most intense peak above mass 50.
abundances of organic matter in the lunar sam- (3) Summarize-m/e plot- The summarize-
pies. Information on the volatile organic matter m/e plot is a plot of the ion current for a given
or pyrolyzable organic matter, or both, as a func- mass as a function of scan number. The sum-
tion of sample temperature has been obtained marize plot gives information on the thermal
from detailed mass-spectrometer data. From stability and amounts of volatile material or py-
these data on the lunar samples and from blanks rolyzable material, or both, while the m/e plot
and controls, an assessment has been made of allows qualitative identification of the material.
the relative contributions of terrestrial contami- Mass number was calibrated using perfluoro-
nants as opposed to possible indigenous lunar kerosene (PFK). Sensitivity calibrations were
organic matter. made by introducing samples of n-tetracosane
Samples were sealed in stainless-steel vials (C24) on clean quartz at concentrations of 1, 2,
with aluminum caps and were heat sterilized at and 3 ppm to determine the total ion current
130 ° C for 30 hr. Portions of these samples (35 produced for given amounts of volatile or pyro-
to 500 mg) were transferred to a nickel con- lyzable material, or both.
tainer for mass-spectral analysis. The inlet sys- Typical summarize, ree, and summarize-m/e
tem on the mass spectrometer permitted inser- plots are shown for sample 12026 in figure 12-17.
tion of these capsules into an oven heated to The summarize plot shows two distinct peaks
500 ° C. This oven is connected to the mass- at scan numbers 7 and 21 and a possible peak at
spectrometer ionization chamber by means of a scan 53. The summarize-m/e plot for mass 44
heated 8-cm quartz tube. The mass spectrometer (CO2) shows that the initial peak at scan 7 is
was operated on line with a Sigma-2 computer mainly CO2 (possibly adsorbed), but the peak
and was equipped with a high-efficiency ion at scan 21 is not CO2. The CO2 peak at scan 45
source and a high-gain electron multiplier. The is common to most of the lunar samples and
online computer permitted continuous control of could be caused by thermal decomposition of a
the scanning circuit and recording of the mass carbonate present in ppm quantities. The m/e
spectra, as well as calibration of the mass scale, plots (fig. 12--17(c)) aid in identifying possible
spectrum normalization, and visual display of organic material coming off at various scans.
the spectrum during each scan cycle. Samples representative of all Apollo 12 rock
One hundred mass spectra were collected by types and core-tube fines were analyzed, as were
scanning the magnet, beginning with the inser- appropriate blanks and controls. In comparison
tion of the sample into the oven and continuing with the results reported from examination of
every 15 sec for 25 min. The data are normally Apollo 11 samples, the data obtained for the
212 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
H- _!,,H,,,,,,,,,,,,tlItll I,,_,,!,L,
7Tiii_iiiiiiil, il;;ii [f
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Scannumber
FIGURE 12-17.- Typical organic mass spectra for Apollo 12 samples (representative sample
12026). (a) A summarize plot.
5
&
I I I I I J I I
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Scannumber
FrGtraE 12-17 (continued).- (b) A summarize-m/e plot for mass 44.
Apollo 12 samples, as well as the controls, indi- 0.3 to 1.0 ppm. A feature common to all the
cate a significant reduction in the level of samples was the high yield of CO2. The evolu-
ALSRC and LRL organic contamination to val- tion o£ CO2 characteristically reaches a maxi-
ues below the 1 ppm level. This situation has mum rate approximately 10 to 15 rain after
alleviated significantly the previous ambiguities sample insertion into the mass spectrometer and
in interpretation of data. The levels of organic then decreases, although in many cases COs
material in the rock chips were between 0.1 and remains a significant contributor to the total ion-
0.4 ppm. The levels for the fine material (GASC, ization throughout the analysis (approximately
core-tube fines, and other fines) ranged from 30 min). Mass spectra from the core-tube fines
IA luE JJ .,u,,t,, ,
0 50 100 50 lOO
Mass-to-chargeratio,mle Mass-to-chargeratio,mle
Jt • I.,I.d i..I
50
I
IO0
Mass-to-charge ratio,role
FxctraE 12-17 (continued). - (c) Representative m/e plots.
display ions up to the m/e=120 range that, if In conclusion, then, if there is any naturally
they were ions of aliphatic hydrocarbons, would occurring organic matter present in the Apollo
be unsaturated but not aromatic. 12 samples, its concentration is extremely low
Comparison of the mass spectra and the vola- (no more than 10 to 200 ppb).
tilization characteristics of the evolved gases
from the blanks and controls with the corre-
Conclusions
sponding data on the lunar sample shows that
most of the organic matter observed can be The major finding of the preliminary examina-
attributed to terrestrial contamination. The evo- tion of the lunar samples is that the conclusions
lution of sulfur dioxide (SO2) and relatively reached concerning the rocks from Tranquility
large quantities of carbon monoxide (CO) and Base (ref. lO,-1) also apply to the Apollo 12
CO2 would be consistent with reactions of ele- rocks, except as follows:
mental carbon and sulfur with the mineral ma- (1) Whereas all the Apollo 11 crystalline
trix. rocks displayed essentially one texture (lath-
A somewhat striking contrast is evident be- shaped ilmenite and plagioclase with interstitial
tween the Apollo ll and 12 material. There is no pyroxene) and similar modes (50 percent py-
indication (based on the observations late in the roxene, 30 percent plagioclase, 20 percent
heating cycle of m/e = 78 and m/e = 91 ) that py- opaque, 0 to 5 percent olivine), the Apollo 12
rolysis of any indigenous organic matter is crystalline rocks show a wide range in both
occurring in the Apollo 12 samples. texture and mode.
(2) Most of the igneous rocks fit a fractional nesium, nickel, and chromium contents occur in
crystallization sequence indicating either that the crystalline rocks, but there are only small
they represent parts of a single intrusive se- differences in the potassium and rubidium con-
tents.
quence or that they are samples of a number of
similar sequences. (13) Rock sample 12013 has a distinctive
(3) Breccias are of lower abundance at the composition, similar to that of a late-stage ba-
Oceanus Procellarum site, as compared to Tran- saltic differentiate. This sample contains higher
quility Base, presumably because the regolith at amounts of silicon, potassium, rubidium, lead,
the Oceanus Procellarum site is less mature and zirconium, yttrium, ytterbium, uranium, thorium,
not as thick as that at Tranquility Base. and niobium than previously encountered.
(4) Complex stratification, presumably due
mainly to the superposition of ejecta blankets, Discussion
exists in the lunar regolith. At present, the possi-
bility of a layer of volcanic ash cannot be dis- Even though the preliminary examination has
carded. included only superficial scientific reconnais-
(5) The greater carbon content of the breccias sance of samples that will be studied for years
and fines as compared to that of the crystalline to come, a number of new, important findings
rocks is presumably due largely to contributions have emerged from the data, especially by com-
of meteoritic material and the solar wind. paring the data with those for the Tranquility
(6) The level of indigenous organic material Base rocks. A comparison of the Apollo 12 sam-
capable of volatilization or pyrolysis, or both, ples from Oceanus Procellarum with the Apollo
appears to be extremely low (i.e., no greater 11 samples from Mare Tranquillitatis shows that
than 10 to 200 ppb). the chemistry at the two mare sites is clearly re-
(7) The content of noble gas of solar-wind lated. Both sites show the distinctive features of
origin is less in the fines and breccias of the high concentrations of some refractory elements
Apollo 12 rocks than in the fines and breccias and low contents of volatile elements; these two
from Tranquility Base. The breccias contain less features most clearly distinguish lunar material
solar-wind contribution than the fines, indicating from other material. This overall similarity indi-
that the breccias were formed from fines lower cates that the Apollo 11 sample composition is
in solar-wind noble gases than the fines pres- not unique. Taken in conjunction with the Sur-
ently at the surface. veyor 5 and 6 chemical data, this similarity is
(8) The presence of nuclides produced by suggestive of a similar chemistry for mare basin
cosmic rays shows that the rocks have becn fill. In detail, there are numerous and interesting
within 1 m of the surface for 1X106 to 200×10 G chemical differences between the Apollo 12 and
yr. 11 rocks. It is clear that,, although they differ in
(9) The 4°K-4°Ar measurements on igneous details, the geochemical problems raised by the
rocks show that they crystallized 1.7×109 to Apollo 11 samples are still present for the Apollo
2.7)< 109 yr ago. 12 material.
(10) The Apollo 12 breccias and fines are Unlike the Tranquility Base samples, the ele-
similar chemically and contain only half the ment abundances in the fines in the Apollo 12
titanium content of the Apollo 11 fines. The com- samples display a generally more fractionated
position of the crystalline rocks is distinct from character than in the rocks. The fine material
that of the fine material in containing less nickel, and the breccias are generally quite similar in
potassium, rubidium, zirconium, uranium, and composition and could not have formed directly
thorium. from the large crystalline rock samples. The
(11) The Apollo 12 rocks contain less tita- chemistry of the fine material is not uniform in
nium, zirconium, potassium, and rubidium and the different maria.
more iron, magnesium, and nickel than the The overall geochemical behavior of the rocks
Apollo 11 samples. is consistent with the patterns observed during
(12) Systematic variations among the mag- fractional crystallization in terrestrial igneous
PRELIMINARY
EXAMINATION
OFLUNARSAMPLES 215
rocksinvolvingolivineandpyroxene separation. logically very old. If the minimum ages estab-
Thus,thesilicatemeltis observed to bedepleted lished by this method are indicative of the true
in elementssuchasnickeland chromiumthat age of the Apollo 12 rocks, then the mare ma-
preferentiallyenter olivineand pyroxene,and terial from Oceanus Procellarum at the Apollo 12
theresidualmeltis enrichedin elements suchas site is approximately 1 billion years younger
bariumandpotassium thatareexcluded fromthe than the material from the Apollo 11 site. Al-
earlycrystalfractions.The slightdegreeof en- though this K-Ar age is subject to various un-
richmentof the elementssuchas bariumand certainties, the younger age for the Apollo 12
potassium indicatesan earlystageof fractional material is consistent with geological observa-
crystallization process.Sample12038fits neatly tions. This large age difference indicates a pro-
as a late-stagedifferentiatein sucha process. longed period of mare filling.
Whethertheserocksforma relatedsequence or
area heterogeneous collectionof similarorigins References
cannotbeanswered fromthechemicalevidence.
12-1. Lunar Sample Preliminary Examination Team:
Thechemistryof the Apollo12samplesdoes Preliminary Examination of Lunar Samples
not resemblethat of any knownmeteorite,be- from Apollo 11. Science, vol. 165, no. 3899,
causenickelis,in particular,strikinglydepleted. Sept. 19, 1969, pp. 1211-1227.
TheApollo12samplechemistryhasinteresting 12-2. MOORE, C. B.; LEwis, C. F.; GmsoN, E. K., JR.; and
NICHIPORUK,W.: Total Carbon and Nitrogen
similaritieswith the eucrites;sample 12038 Abundances in Lunar Sample. Science, vol. 167,
showsmanysimilaritiesin composition. Thecon- no. 3918, Jan. 30, 1970, pp. 495-497.
centrationsof titanium, zirconium,strontium, 12-3. DUKE, M. B.; and SILVER, L. T.: Petrology of
andbariumaresufllcientto distinguishthe eu- Eucrites, Howardites, and Mesosiderites. Geo-
crites,but it nowseems to bea fairly goodpossi- chim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 31, no. 10, 1967,
pp. 1637-1665.
bility that rocks of similar chemistryto the
eucriticmeteoritesarepresenton the Moon,in
view of the variationin composition observed
betweenandat thetwomaresites.Thispossibil-
ity haspreviouslybeensuggested(ref. 12-3). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Eventhoughthe Apollo12rocksaremoresim-
ilar to tholeiiticand alkalinebasaltsthan the theThedatafollowing people contributed directly to obtaining
and to the preparation of this report: D. H.
Apollo11rocks,therearestill somestrikingdis- Anderson, Manned Spacecraft Center (MSC); E. E.
similarities. Anderson, Brown and Root-Northrop (BRN); P. R. Bell,
The Apollo12 materialis enrichedin many MSC; Klaus Beimann, Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology (MIT); D. D. Bogard, MSC; Robin Brett, MSC;
elements by 1 to 2 ordersof magnitude in com- A. L. Burlingame, University of California at Berkeley;
parisonwith estimatesof cosmicabundances, Patrick Butler, Jr., MSC; A. J. Calio, MSC; E. C. T. Chao,
andthe marematerialis stronglyfractionated U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); R. S. Clark, MSC; D. H.
relativeto ideasof the composition of the prim- Dahlem, USGS; J. S. Eldridge, Oak Ridge National Lab-
itive solarnebula.The Apollo12 site appears oratory (ORNL); M. S. Favaro, U.S. Public Health Serv-
ice; D. A. Flory, MSC; C. D. Forbes, MSC; T. H. Foss,
tobe lessgeomorphologically maturethanTran- MSC; Clifford Frondel, Harvard University; R. Fryxell,
quility Base,with a thinnerregolith.The lower Washington State University; John Funkhouser, State
amountof solar-windmaterialin the fines,com- University of New York, Stony Brook; E. K. Gibson, Jr.,
paredto that in samplesfromTranquilityBase, MSC; W. R. Greenwood, MSC; R. S. Harmon, MSC; J.
alsosuggeststhat OceanusProcellarummare Hauser, University of California at Berkeley; G. H.
Heiken, MSC; Walter Hirsch, BRN; P. H. Johnson, BRN;
materialis youngerthanthatin MareTranquil- J. E. Keith, MSC; C. F. Lewis, Arizona State University
litatis. (ASU); John F. Lindsay, MSC; Gary E. Lofgren, MSC;
The singlemostinterestingscientificobserva- V. A. McKay, ORNL; N. Mancuso, MIT; J. D. Menzies,
tion is the K-Ar age of the Apollo 12 rocks. The U.S. Department of Agriculture; Carleton B. Moore, ASU;
D. A. Morrison, MSC; R. Murphy, MIT; G. D. O'Kelley,
K-Ar age of these rocks reinforces the possibility
ORNL; M. A. Reynolds, MSC; R. T. Roseberry, ORNL;
indicated from the data obtained on the Apollo
O. A. Schaeffer, State University of New York, Stony
11 rocks, that is, that the lunar maria are geo- Brook; Ernest Schonfeld, MSC; J. W. Schopf, University
of California at Los Angeles; D. H. Smith, University of of the BRN staff: John H. Allen, Travis J. Allen, A. Dean
California at Berkeley; R. L. Smith, USGS; R. L. Sutton, Bennett, L. E. Cornitius, J. B. Dorsey, Paul Gilmore,
USGS; S. R. Taylor, Australian National University; Jeff George M. Greene, William R. Hart, D. W. Hutchison,
Warner, MSC; Ray E. Wilcox, USGS; D. R. Wones, Robert W. Irvin, Carl E. Lee, J. D. Light, E. Allen Locke,
MIT; and J. Zahringer, Max-Planck-Institut, Heidelberg, J. Roger Martin, David R. Moore, Weldon B. Nance,
Germany. Albert F. Noonan, David S. Pettus, Clifford M. Polo, W.
The members of the Lunar Sample Preliminary Exam- R. Portenier, M. K. Robbins, Louis A. Simms, and R. B.
ination Team wish to acknowledge the technical assistance Wilkin.
13. Preliminary Results [ram Surveyor 3 Analysis
R. E. Benson, a B. G. Cour-Palais, _ L. E. Giddings, 1r., b Stephen lacobs, _
P. H. ]ohnson, b 1. R. Martin, b F. 1. MitcheU, c and K. A. Richardson _
Surveyor 3 was launched on April 17, 1967, of future lunar and space vehicles. The Surveyor
and landed on the lunar surface in the Ocean of 3 TV camera contains elements common to most
Storms on April 20, 1967. The Surveyor 3 mission space vehicle systems, including electronics,
and scientific results are described in detail in active mechanical devices, optical elements, de-
reference 13-1. tectors, and a wide variety of materials.
The vernier engines remained on through the
first two lunar touchdowns of Surveyor 3 at a Preliminary Results
thrust level equal to approximately 90 percent
The engineering investigations have just
of the spacecraft lunar weight, which caused the
begun, and it is impossible to draw definitive
spacecraft to rebound each time from the lunar
conclusions as yet. Based on examinations to
surface. The vernier engines were shut down by
date, the following preliminary observations can
ground command approximately 1 see before the
be made.
third touchdown, and the spacecraft came to
rest. The failure of the vernier engines to shut Cold Welding
down before landing appeared to have caused
During the disassembly of the camera housing
contamination or pitting of the optical surfaces
for biological sampling, removal torques were
of the Surveyor 3 television (TV) camera. The measured for the collar nuts, the connector-
Surveyor 3 spacecraft was apparently in good
retaining nuts, and the screws that hold the lower
condition when it was secured for the lunar night
shroud. These removal torques were all within
on May 4, 1967, 14 days after touchdown.
the range specified for installation prior to
The Apollo 12 lunar module (LM) landed on
launch, which indicates the absence of cold
the northwest rim of Surveyor Crater in the
welding for these particular elements. The force
Ocean of Storms, approximately 183 m from
required to demate the three connectors on the
the Surveyor 3 spacecraft (fig. 13-1 ). During the
front of the camera was measured, and again,
second extravehicular activity (EVA) period, the
no evidence of cold welding was found.
astronauts removed several pieces of hardware
Difficulty was encountered in retracting one
from the Surveyor 3 spacecraft. The hardware of the connector bodies from the lower shroud.
removed from Surveyor 3 by the Apollo 12 astro-
The mating surfaces will be examined when they
nauts and returned to Earth presents a unique
can be removed to determine if cold welding
opportunity to evaluate the influence of pro-
was a contributing factor to this difficulty.
longed lunar-environment exposure on the ele-
ments that comprise typical spacecraft engineer- Discoloration
ing systems. The principal objectives of the The discoloration observed on the exterior
engineering investigations will be to improve the surfaces of the TV camera includes unusual pat-
technology base that will be used in the design terns of relative light- and dark-colored areas
that do not appear to correlate with solar illumi-
• NASA Manned Spacecraft Center.
nation and the resulting radiation degradation.
bBrown & Root-Northrop.
c U.S. Air Force. Handling during retrieval and return has pro-
217
FIGURE13-1. - The Apollo 12 LM approximately 183 m from the Surveyor 3 spacecraft on the
lunar surface.
duced considerable disturbance of the original dominant or contributing mechanisms cannot be

discoloration patterns. The discoloration is at- precluded. For example, if a significant fraction
tributable to at least three possible sources: (1) of the camera surface were covered by lunar
radiation darkening of the surface coating; ( 2 ) material during the Surveyor 3 landing, such
lunar debris accumulated on the camera surface; material would shield the paint underneath from
and ( 3 ) contamination from various sources, in- radiation darkening, and a mechanism that
cluding prelaunth environments, retrograde en- simply removes this lunar debris, without re-
gines, and spacecraft outgassing. It is not feasible moving any of the radiation-darkened surface-
at this time to assign relative importance to these coating layer, would produce the light-colored
three possible sources, nor is it feasible to pre- areas observed.
clude the presence of additional contributing Organic contaminants on the order of a few
factors. thousandths of an angstrom thick, which result
Inspection indicates that some of the unusual either from prelaunch contamination or from
patterns of the light- and dark-colored areas outgassing of spacecraft components, can pro-
can be traced to a lightening mechanism that duce deep discoloration that is difficult to dis-
apparently originated above and behind the tinguish from radiation damage to the coating
camera in the general direction of the LM. While or from accumulated lunar material. Because the
a “sandblasting” mechanism is most likely, other camera was stored in a polyethylene bag upon its
PRELIMINARY
RESULTS
FROMSURVEYOR
3 ANALYSIS 219
return to the Lunar ReceivingLaboratory ported elsewhere in this section. The remaining
(LRL), it maynot be possibleto clearlyelim- debris has, at this time, received only cursory
inatephotolyzedorganiccontaminant asa source low-power microscopic examination. This re-
of discoloration. maining debris appears to be lunar fines and
contains various minerals with a wide range of
Polished Tube
particle sizes (up to approximately 150 t_m).
The unpainted tube that was cut from a sup- This debris probably entered the recess under
port strut adjacent to leg 2 of the Surveyor 3 the collar through the inspection hole, either
spaeecraft was contaminated on one side ap- during the original Surveyor 3 landing or, more
proximately one-half to two-thirds of the way likely, during the Apollo 12 LM landing. En-
around the circumference. The contaminant on trance during LM landing would account for
this tube was much heavier at one end than at the larger particles in this area and not those in
the other. It is possible that some of the con- the open front of the camera. The inspection hole
tamination was rubbed off during return and could "see" the LM landing site, whereas the
handling. The total content of this contaminant front of the camera could not. It may be possible
has not been determined, but it appears to con- to determine some parameters of the disturbance
tain a significant portion of particulate matter caused by the LM descent from debris particle
that is probably lunar debris. Obviously the dis- size and from acceptance-angle geometry of the
coloration visible on the polished tube and on inspection hole.
the bare areas of the camera could not include One of the screws and its matching washer
radiation damage, except to contaminants. from the lower shroud that was removed during
operations at the LRL have been examined in
Optics
the scanning electron microscope. The surface
The mirror surface of the camera is very has considerable particulate debris that covers
diffuse because of accumulated lunar dust but an estimated 15 to 20 percent of the surface area.
is substantially less diffuse than the photographs The material contains a substantial number of
taken on the Moon indicate. Part of the Surveyor spheres and angular particles that range in size
3 investigation will include attempts to compare from a fraction of a micron to approximately
the current dust coverage with that which was 4 _m. The absence of particles larger than ap-
present when the camera was photographed by proximately 4 _m may be the result of their
the Apollo 12 astronauts on the Moon and with absence in the original source of the dust, their
the dust coverage present at the time of the failure to adhere on the Moon, or mass-to-
Surveyor 3 mission. No pitting of the mirror has adhesion characteristics which are such that the
been observed, but an adequate examination larger particles fell off during or after the return
will be difficult until dust has been removed to Earth. Preliminary examination indicates ap-
from selected areas.
proximately uniform distribution of particles
There is a considerable amount of dust on tile over all surfaces of the screwhead.
filters immediately below the mirror and on those It may be possible to determine the source and
areas that are partially protected by the filter- transport mechanism of the dust by examination
wheel drive mechanism. Until the filter wheel of the screws from various locations on the
is actuated or removed, it will be impossible to camera. Because approximately 500-power mag-
determine whether the partially shielded areas nification is required to clearly resolve the par-
are as thoroughly covered with dust as are the ticulate material, such an examination will be a
exposed areas. Herculean task and can only be undertaken on
Lunar Dust a statistical basis.
Some fine debris estimated to be a few milli-
grams in weight was found to be clinging to Preliminary Scientific Investigation
the camera surface in the recessed area under
the support collar. The sample of this material A large number of scientific tasks have been
was analyzed by emission spectroscopy, as re- approved for the returned Surveyor items, and
these tasks are outlined in the official flow plans. counting standard. Following completion of the
Proposed work on radioisotope production by gamma-spectrum analysis of the nonflight model
energetic charged particles, cosmic-ray tracks, camera, analysis of the Surveyor 3 camera data
soil mechanical properties, albedo and particle can be completed, and a report of final results
size, biological assay, optical and scanning elec- will become available.
tron microscopy and electron microprobe of
meteoroid impacts, and alpha- and gamma- Analysis of Dust From the Surveyor 3 TV Camera
particle activity of returned parts has either Dust from the Surveyor 3 TV camera was
been underway or will soon commence. analyzed by quantitative emission spectroscopy.
The preliminary reports contained in this sec- The sample came from a fine line of the dust
tion consist of work performed by scientists at that lay along the lower edge of the positioning
the NASA Manned Spacecraft Center (MSC) bearing attached to the outer cover of the
and were begun when the returned Surveyor camera. It is assumed that the sample is com-
parts were still at the LRL. These preliminary posed of bearing material, lunar surface fines
studies report on the radioactivity analysis of the material, or dust from another source.
Surveyor 3 TV camera, the analysis of the dust The sample weighed slightly less than 0.5 rag,
from the Surveyor 3 TV camera, the examination which is an insufficient amount for the normal
of Surveyor 3 components for meteoroid damage, 1:1:4 ratio of sample to strontium carbonate to
and alpha-particle activity of the Surveyor 3 graphite. The total sample was mixed with ap-
spacecraft. proximately 4 g of 1:4 strontium carbonate-
graphite mix. All this material was loaded into
Radioactivity Analysis of the Surveyor 3 TV Camera
an electrode and was excited by an 8-A dc arc.
The Surveyor 3 TV camera was examined by The atmosphere was 80 percent argon and 20
gamma spectrometry on January 7, 1970. The percent oxygen, and the sample was burned to
purpose of this examination was to measure the completion. From the results of the analysis, it
radioactivity present and, more particularly, to appears that the Surveyor 3 dust consists of
determine if there was induced radioactivity lunar surface fines material.
present that could be attributed to the exposure
of the camera to solar and galactic cosmic radia- Examination of Components for Meteoroid Damage
tions while the camera was located on the The external surfaces of the Surveyor 3 TV
lunar surface. camera and of the polished aluminum tube were
The camera was counted for 50000 sec in microscopically examined for evidence of meteor-
the gamma spectrometry system located in the oid impact. Approximately 60 percent of the TV
MSC Radiation Counting Laboratory. This sys- camera surface area of nearly 1900 cm 2 was
tem, which is located in an exceptionally low- scanned at 25-power magnification. Every sus-
background counting room, includes an array of pected impact crater on selected areas of the
six 5- by 4-in. NaI (T1) thallium-activated crys- fiat surfaces was recorded. The remainder of
tals and associated electronics with a 4096- the camera surface was scanned at lower magni-
channel analyzer. fications to insure that no significant meteoroid
Qualitative analysis indicated the presence of damage had occurred. The polished tube, 19.7
4°K, 56Co, and 22Na in the Surveyor 3 camera. cm long and 1.3 cm in diameter, was carefully
These tentative results indicate that some in- scanned at a general level of 40-power magnifi-
duced radioactivity was present. The total cation with a stereozoom microscope. Local areas
amount of radioactivity, for all radionuclides of interest were examined at much higher mag-
present, was very small and amounted to ap- nifications. Typical surface effects and suspected
proximately 0.003 tzCi/kg. These results are con- impact craters were photographed (figs. 13-2
sidered to be preliminary because the data will and 13-3).
be subjected to further analysis. Arrangements Two 2.5-cm-long sections of the polished tube
have been made to obtain an identical nonflight have been under detailed examination since the
model of the Surveyor 3 camera for use as a preliminary examination at the LRL. These sec-
PRELIMINARY RESULTS FROM SURVEYOR 3 ANALYSIS 221
13-2. - Possible 133-pm-diameter crater near the

FIGURE FIGURE 13-3. - Possible 250-pm-diameter crater near the
top right-hand screw on the gear housing. bottom left-hand screw on the gear housing.
tions have been optically scanned at up to lations, particularly for the calculations that
400-power magnification. The specimens were pertain to EVA periods.
mounted on a special jig that allowed 360' In addition to the possible meteoroid impacts,
rotation of the tube. The jig was then indexed numerous surface effects of probable low-veloc-
to the microscope base, which had the neces- ity origin were noted on the TV camera surface.
sary translational capability. Typical samples of In general, these low-velocity effects were shal-
the polished tubing and the painted surface of low craters, and most were of recent origin,
the camera were supplied by the prime con- as indicated by their whiteness against the
tractor for Surveyor 3. These samples were sandy-brown color of the painted surface of
examined with the same microscope to deter- the TV camera housing. There was a definite
mine typical surface background. concentration (10 to 100 times more) of these
A preliminary assessment of the meteoroid white craters on the side of the TV camera
examination of the TV camera indicates that facing the LM, as compared with the other side
there is no damage of any consequence by of the camera. The number density of these
primary or secondary meteoroids. After approxi- craters peaked at a region approximately directly
mately 950 days of exposure to the meteoroid in line with the LM. In addition, protuberances
environment, there were no impacts that com- on the camera (such as screwheads, support
pletely penetrated the protective paint or that struts, etc.) left dark shadows on the camera
damaged the surface of the mirror. There are paint, which again pointed toward the LM. After
five craters on the camera surface that are a detailed examination of the geometry involved
possibly meteoritic in origin. These craters range and by taking into account the relative angles
between 0.025 and 0.25 mm in diameter. How- of the shadowing, the TV camera, the Surveyor
ever, this is compatible with the MSC flux esti- spacecraft, and the LM position, it was readily
mates used to calculate the meteoroid reliability shown that the LM was the most probable origin
for the Apollo lunar missions. This suggests that for these craters. It is, therefore, postulated that
there is a greater confidence in these flux calcu- in the final moments of landing, the LM gener-
ated a dust shower that affected the Surveyor 3 rium lunar surface activities to 4 disintegrations/
spacecraft and sandblasted the camera surface cm2/sec for radon and 1 X 10 -2 disintegrations/
that faced toward the LM. This is the most em2/sec for thoron.
significant result obtained from the meteoroid- Yeh and Van Allen (ref. 13--3), by using alpha-
impact examination of the Surveyor 3 TV camera particle measurements made by the Explorer 35
to date. spacecraft, have shown that the alpha-particle
The preliminary examination of the polished emissivity of the Moon is not likely to exceed
tube at low magnifications revealed four craters 0.1 of the value estimated by Kraner et al. This
that exhibited the characteristics of hypervelocity observed upper limit of alpha-particle emissivity
impacts. Subsequent detailed examination at of the Moon implies that the concentration of
higher optical magnifications has ruled out the 2_8U in lunar surface material is less than in
possibility that one of these craters was caused average terrestrial crustal material but may be
by a hypervelocity impact. The examination re- comparable to the uranium content of terrestrial
vealed the crater to be a surface pit caused by basalt or chondritic meteorites.
polishing, and the other three craters have not Measurement of the surface alpha-particle
yet been identified positively as impact pits. activity of samples of the Surveyor 3 spacecraft
Further analysis of these craters is proceeding. provides further information on the radioactivity
The detailed scan has established that the sur- of the lunar surface layer. During the period that
face of the tube is covered with polishing the Surveyor 3 spacecraft was on the Moon, a
scratches and gouges, with the gouges being radioactive deposit of radon and thoron daughter
easily mistaken for lipped hypervelocity craters. products should have accumulated on the sur-
There appears to be a marked concentration of faces of the spacecraft by the mechanism de-
surface effects on the same side of the tube as scribed by Kraner et al. When samples removed
the deposit, and the significance of this correla- from Surveyor 3 were returned to the LRL and
tion is currently being analyzed. released from quarantine, many of the radionu-
Both sections of the polished aluminum tube clides with short half lives would have decayed
have been examined with a scanning electron to leave the alpha-emitting nuclide zl°Po, with a
microscope at up to 12 000-power magnification. half life of 138 days, supported by 21°Pb, with a
At this power, it has been possible to observe the half life of 22 yr. In the 30-month period that
suspected micrometeoritic craters in sufficient the Surveyor 3 spacecraft was on the lunar sur-
detail and to examine the residue in some of face, _l°Po activity on the surface of the space-
them. Positive identification of the origin of the craft would have reached 6 percent of the
craters is still not possible at this time. Analysis amount that would be in equilibrium with radon
of all the data obtained to date is in progress, in the lunar atmosphere.
and a comprehensive report will be made avail- The alpha-particle activity of a section of the
able at a later date. Surveyor 3 unpainted aluminum support tube
was measured by using a 300-ram 2 gold-silicon
Alpha-Particle Activity of the Spacecraft
surface-barrier detector, with the results re-
Kraner, Schroeder, Davidson, and Carpenter
corded in a 256-channel spectrum. The sample
(ref. 13-2) have suggested that diffusion of
was 1.2-cm-diameter tubing of aluminum alloy
radon and thoron from the lunar soil and deposi-
2024, approximately 2.5 cm long. For back-
tion of their radioactive daughter products on
ground measurements, typical samples of the
the lunar surface could result in the presence
same aluminum alloy were used.
of significant quantities of these radioactive
Preliminary results show no detectable alpha-
noble gases in the atmosphere of the Moon and
could also result in the formation of a radioactive particle activity above the background level.
Considering the sensitivity of the method, this
deposit on the surface of the Moon. By assuming
a diffusion rate of 0.02 cm2/sec and a lunar sur- measurement indicates that the quantity of radon
in the lunar atmosphere at the Surveyor 3 site
face porosity of 0.25 and by using concentrations
of radon and thoron measured in terrestrial sur- is an order of magnitude less than the upper
face layers, Kraner et al. calculated the equilib- limit measured by Yeh and Van Allen.
PRELIMINARY RESULTS FROM SURVEYOR 3 ANALYSIS 223
References 13-2. KRANER, H. W.; SCHROEDER, G. L.; DAVIDSON,

G.; and CARPENTER, J. W.: Radioactivity of the
13-1. ANON.: Surveyor IiI Mission Report. JPL Tech Lunar Surface. Science, vol. 152, no. 3726,
Rept. 32-1177, 1967. Part I- Mission Descrip- May 27, 1966, pp. 1235-1236.
tion and Performance. Part II- Scieritific Re- 13-3. YEH, R. S.; and VAN ALLEN, J. A.: Alpha-Particle
sults. (Also, RENNILSON, J. j.: Surveyor III Emissivity of the Moon: An Observed Upper
Mission Results. Part II-Scientific Results Limit. Science, vol. 166, no. 3903, Oct. 17,
(Addendum). JPL Tech Rept. 32-1177, 1967. ) 1969, pp. 370-372.
APPENDIX A
Glossary
achondrite - a stony meteorite devoid of rounded groundmass - the fine-grained or glassy mixture of a por-
granules. phyritic rock in which the larger, distinct crystals are
anhedral - having mineral grains lacking external crystals. embedded.
anorthoslte - a granular, plutonic igneous rock composed holocrystalline - consisting wholly of crystals.
almost exclusively of a soda-lime feldspar. ilmenite- a mineral rich in titanium and iron; usually
augite - one of a variety of pyroxene minerals, containing black with a submetallic luster.
calcium, magnesium, and aluminum. Usually black or lithie - of, relating to, or made of stone.
dark green in color. lithifleation- consolidation and hardening of fines into
bleb - small bit or particle of distinctive material. rock.
breeeia- a rock consisting of sharp fragments embedded magma - molten rock material that is liquid or pasty.
in a fine-grained matrix. magnetosphere- the region dominated by the magnetic
bytownite-anorthite - calcium-rich varieties of plagioclase forces of the Earth.
feldspar. microlite -small lath-shaped minerals, commonly plagio-
calcic - derived from or containing calcium. clase feldspar, occurring as minute phenocrysts in basalt.
chondrite - a meteoritic stone characterized by the pres- olivine - an igneous consisting of a silicate of magnesium
ence of rounded granules. and iron.
chondrules -- a rounded granule of cosmic origin.
ophitic-a rock texture characterized by lath-shaped
clast - a discrete particle or fragment of rock or mineral,
plagioclase crystals enclosed in augite.
commonly included in a larger rock.
peridotite- an igneous rock, composed largely of olivine
dinopyroxene- a mineral occurring in monoclinic, short,
and pyroxene with little or no plagioclase feldspar.
thick, prismatic crystals, varying in color from white to
phenocryst - crystals larger than the crystalline matrix in
dark green or black (rarely blue).
which they occur.
eristobalite - an isometric variety of quartz that forms at
high temperature (SiD2). pierite basalt- a basalt containing ferromagnesian min-
dacite- an extrusive igneous rock composed of plagio- erals and a little feldspar.
clase and quartz, with other minerals. pigeonite- a variety of pyroxene.
detrital - pertaining to loose material that results directly plagioclase--a feldspar mineral composed of varying
from rock disintegration or abrasion. amounts of sodium and calcium with aluminum silicate.
diabase- an igneous rock of basaltic composition, but plutonic- pertaining to igneous rock that crystallizes at
with slightly coarser texture. depth.
diorite - a granular, crystalline igneous rock. Poisson's ratio- ratio of elongation to diameter contrac-
eucrite - a meteorite composed essentially of feldspar and tion.
augite. porphyritic- a rock texture displaying mineral grains in
euhedral - pertaining to minerals whose crystals have had a relatively fine-grained base.
no interference in growth. porphyry- a rock with distinct mineral grains in a rela-
exfoliation- the process of breaking loose thin concen- tively fine-grained base.
tric shells or flakes from a rock surface. pyroxene- a mineral occurring in short, thick, prismatic
fayalite - an iron-rich variety of olivine (Fe2SiO4). crystals or in square cross section; often laminated; and
felsic- consisting of or chiefly consisting of feldspar or varying in color from white to dark green or black
feldspar-type minerals, commonly with quartz. Also (rarely blue).
refers to light-colored rocks. pyroxmangite- a pale red mineral, consisting essentially
gabbro - a granular igneous rock of basaltic composition of manganese silicate, containing approximately 20 per-
with a coarse-grained texture. cent manganese.
goniophotometric- pertaining to angle measurement by regolith-the layer of fragmental debris that everlies
means of photography. consolidated bedrock.
225
226 APOLLO
12PRELIMINARY
SCIENCE
REPORT
sanidine-
a feldspar
mineralthatis somewhat
glassy tridymite - a variety of quartz with minute, thin, tabular
(KA1Si3Os). forms of crystallization (SiOz).
seoriaceous- having the characteristics of rough, vesicu- troilite - a mineral that is native ferrous sulfide.
lar, cindery, usually dark lava. variolitie- pertaining to a fine-grained, basic rock, con-
sodie- relating to or containing sodium. taining crystal forms made up of fibers of feldspar and
spinel- a mineral that is noted for its great hardness augite in radial development.
MgAI_O4). vesicle- a small cavity in a mineral or rock, ordinarily
tholeiitie- pertaining to a composition of basalt having produced by expansion of vapor in the molten mass.
low olivine. vug - a small cavity in a rock.
APPENDIX B
Acronyms
A/D - analog to digital LPZ- long-period vertical component (seismometer)

ALSCC - Apollo lunar surface closeup camera LRL -- Lunar Receiving Laboratory, NASA Manned
ALSEP -- Apollo lunar surface experiments package Spacecraft Center
ALSRC - Apollo lunar sample return container MIT -- Massachusetts Institute of Technology
ASU -- Arizona State University MSC -- Manned Spacecraft Center
ac -- alternating current MSFN -- Manned Space Flight Network
BRN -- Brown & Root-Northrop
NASA -- National Aeronautics and Space Administration
CCIG - cold cathode ion gage
ORNL -- Oak Ridge National Laboratory
CM -- command module
PFK - perfluorokerosene
CSM -- command and service module
PRA -- parabolic reflector array
DPS - descent propulsion system
de - direct current PSE - passive seismic experiment
EOS -- Electro-Optical Systems, Inc. PTL -- Photographic Technology Laboratory, NASA

e.s.t. -- eastern standard time Manned Spacecraft Center
EVA -- extravehicular activity RCL--Radiation Counting Laboratory, NASA Manned
GASC - gas analysis sample container Spacecraft Center
g.e.t. -- ground elapsed time RCS - reaction control system
G.m.t. - Greenwich mean time RTG -- radioisotope thermoelectric generator
IR -- infared SIDE - suprathermal ion detector experiment
JPL-Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of SIVB - Saturn IVB ( rocket stage)
Technology
SP - short period ( seismometer )
LESC -- lunar environment sample container
SPZ- short-period vertical component (seismometer)
LM -- lunar module
LP - long period (seismometer) SWC - solar-wind composition ( experiment )
TV - television
LPD -- landing point designator
LPX, LPY -- long-period horizontal component USGS -- U.S. Geological Survey
( seismometers ) VFC -- video film converter
NASA-Langley, 1970 _ 30 227

Apollo 12 Preliminary Science Report

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Apollo 12 Preliminary Science Report

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Apollo 12 Preliminary Science Report

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NASA SP-235

Preliminary Science Report

NASA MANNED SPACECRAFT CENTER

Scientific and Technical Information Division

The material submitted for the "Apollo 12 Prelim-

CFSTI price $3.00 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 73-606625

SUMMARY OF SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 1

I PHOTOGRAPHIC SUMMARY OF THE APOLLO 12 MISSION 7

3 PASSIVE SEISMIC EXPERIMENT 39

4 LUNAR SURFACE MAGNETOMETER EXPERIMENT 55

5 THE SOLAR-WIND SPECTROMETER EXPERIMENT 75

6 SUPRATHERMAL ION DETECTOR EXPERIMENT (LUNAR

7 COLD CATttODE GAGE (LUNAR ATMOSPHERE DETECTOR) 93

8 THE SOLAR-WIND COMPOSITION EXPERIMENT 99

9 APOLLO 12 MULTISPECTRAL PHOTOGRAPHY EXPERIMENT 103

10 PRELIMINARY GEOLOGIC INVESTIGATION OF THE

PART A. GEOLOGY OF THE APOLLO 12 LANDING SITE 113

E. M. Shoemaker, R. M. Batson, A. L. Bean, C. Conrad, Jr.,

PART B. PHOTOMETRIC AND POLARIMETRIC PROPERTIES OF

THE LUNAR REGOLITH 157

PART C. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE LUNAR REGOLITH 161

11 LUNAR SURFACE CLOSEUP STEREOSCOPIC

12 PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION OF LUNAR SAMPLES 189

13 PRELIMINARY RESULTS FROM SURVEYOR 3 ANALYSIS 217

APPENDIX A-GLOSSARY OF TERMS 225

APPENDIX B - ACRONYMS 227

camera,andthe Surveyor3 scoop.Stereoscopic that hadbeenemplacedduringthe first extra-

Darkerregolithmaterialthat generallyover- of the measurements. The optical properties indi-

ogousterrestrialevents.The velocity of the first tail boundary, as indicated by the solar-wind

colorvariation.TheframecontainingLalande,1 Experiments on Returned Materials

ence.Actually,timevariationsin isotopicratios surprisingly low number (0 to 3) of high-

TABLE 1-I. Apollo 12 Photographic Equipment Used in CM

Camera Features Film Remarks

Multispectral See section 9 See section 9

"For complete information, see section 10 of this document.

Camera Features Film Remarks

Apollo lunar Stereoscopic; 35-mm, type SO-368 film Stereoscopic convergent

FIGURE 1-2. - Shortly after translunar

FIGURE1-3.- Made during the trans-

FIGURE 1-4.-The LM is shown in

FIGURE1-5. - Looking back to the

FIGURE1-6. - Looking into Sinus Aes-

FIGURE 1-7. - Alphonsus, the target

FIGURE 1-8.- Looking into the ter-

FIGURE 1-9. - The difference between

FIGURE 1-10. - An oblique view look-

FIGURE 1-11.-The Fra Mauro area.

FIGURE1-12. - Davy Rille, potential

FIGURE1-13.-The LM is above the

FIGURE1-14.- A high-oblique view

FIGURE 1-15.- Earthrise as seen from

PHOTOGRAPHIC SUMMARY O F THE APOLLO 12 MISSION 19

FCGURE 1-18.- Astronaut Bean un-

FIGURE 1-19. - After unloading the

FIGURE 1-20. - The deployed ALSEP

FIGURE1-21.-Looking back at the

FIGURE 1-20.- The deployed ALSEP

FIGURE 1-21.--Looking back at the

FIGURE1-22. - After deploying the

Electronic modules (27 each )--_____. (50 ft)